SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Development Report 2011 
South Africa’s 
future 
Prospects for
Published by 
Development Planning Division 
Development Bank of Southern Africa 
PO Box 1234 
Halfway House 1685 
South Africa 
Intellectual Property and Copyright 
© Development Bank of Southern Africa Limited 
This document is part of the knowledge products and services of the Development Bank of Southern Africa Limited and is therefore the intellectual property of the Development Bank of Southern Africa. All rights are reserved. 
This document may be reproduced for non-profit and teaching purposes. Whether this document is used or cited in part or in its entirety, users are requested to acknowledge this source. 
Legal Disclaimer 
The findings, interpretations and conclusions expressed in this report are those of the authors. They do not necessarily reflect 
the views or policies of the Development Bank of Southern Africa. Nor do they indicate that the DBSA endorses the views of the authors. 
In quoting from this document, users are advised to attribute the source of this information to the author(s) concerned and not to the DBSA. 
In the preparation of this document, every effort was made to offer the most current, correct and clearly expressed information possible. Nonetheless, inadvertent errors can occur, and applicable laws, rules and regulations may change. The Development Bank of Southern Africa makes its documentation available without warranty of any kind and accepts no responsibility for its accuracy or for any consequences of its use.
Development Report 2011 
South Africa’s 
Overview 
future 
Prospects for 
Photo: Graeme Williams, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com,
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
2 
ince 1994, South Africa has made tremendous 
progress in achieving a number of developmental 
objectives, including building democratic institutions, 
maintaining macroeconomic stability, decreasing 
non-income poverty and inequality through increasing 
access to basic services and, more recently, improving 
trends in levels of crime and health. At the same 
time, however, many challenges remain. For example, 
the nature and form of economic growth and job 
creation have not been sufficient to address high levels 
of poverty and inequality, and the effectiveness of the 
South African state is still hampered by significant 
capacity gaps – even after more than a decade 
of reform. In addition, contestation about the nature of 
the transition has increased amid growing community 
frustration and protest, while ongoing efforts to unite 
South Africans behind a common national agenda have 
yet to bear fruit. 
These internal trends have also been affected by a 
world in transition. Growing concerns about climate 
change have brought issues of sustainability to the fore, 
while the ongoing global financial crisis has heralded 
shifts in global economic dominance and the future 
geopolitical landscape. These events, amid the dawn 
of the ‘Arab Spring’, growing social unrest in Europe 
and protests in the United States, have led to calls for 
a fundamental redesign of the values and systems that 
drive our social coexistence. 
South Africa’s ability to realise an inclusive and 
sustainable development path will be influenced by 
these internal and external trends, as well as the 
driving forces behind them. While many of our 
developmental objectives are only likely to be realised 
in the long term, their achievement will depend on 
the choices that we make today. Improving the quality 
of our choices will require us to understand the nature 
of South Africa’s current trajectory and its implications 
for the future. Changing this trajectory will require an 
understanding of the key driving forces that shape it, 
which in turn will help us identify the right levers of 
change, i.e. the interventions required to bring about 
the changes we desire. 
Hence, this Development Report seeks to focus on 
the core, critical interventions that will be needed 
if South Africa’s development objectives are to be 
met. It draws on the Development Bank of Southern 
Africa's own experience and that of our partners to 
put forward practical and workable solutions that 
we believe will have a significant positive impact on 
South Africa’s future trajectory. 
In so doing, this report seeks to provide a useful set 
of perspectives to inform and complement strategic 
planning processes undertaken by government 
leaders and policymakers, other development finance 
institutions and donor agencies, as well as the private 
sector. It is also hoped that the Development Report 
will be useful to, and enjoyed by, researchers and 
academic institutions with an interest in development 
planning, as well as members of the general public 
with an interest in shaping South Africa’s future. In this 
way, we hope that this report will serve as a practical 
and thoughtful contribution to ongoing debates about 
South Africa’s growth and development path. 
Foreword 
Andrew Boraine 
Chairperson 
Development Planning Committee 
S
Development Bank of Southern Africa 3 
T 
South Africa’s ability to realise 
an inclusive and sustainable 
development path in the long term 
will be determined by the choices 
that we make today. 
Photo: Sasol, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
4 
Editor’s note 
great many people have contributed to the development of this report, from within the Development 
Bank of Southern Africa as well as external experts. Key contributors have been: 
Overall programme management 
Ravi Naidoo, Group Executive, Development Planning Division 
Mxolisi Notshulwana, Research Unit Coordinator and Project Manager for the 2011 Development Report. 
Chapter and data development 
Development Bank of Southern Africa 
Marina Mayer, Mary Metcalfe, Nolwazi Gasa, Thabo Rakoloti, Godfrey Mwiinga, William Gumede, 
Sinazo Sibisi, Tom Scott, Tabo Foulo, Zerihun Alemu, Bongi Gasa, Lwazi Tyani, Ruse Moleshe, 
Pamela Sekhonyana, Kate Rivett-Carnac and Richard Goode 
Built Environment Unit, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research 
Elson van Huyssteen, Johan Maritz, Alize le Roux, Maria Coetzee, Jeremy Norseworthy and Peter Schmitz 
Energy Solutions Africa 
Honey Mamabolo and Moeketsi Thobela 
Independent Consultant 
Zav Rustomjee 
Institute for Security Studies 
Dr Cheryl Hendricks 
School of Public Leadership, Sustainability Institute, Stellenbosch University 
Dr Camaren Peter and Prof. Mark Swilling 
South African Millennium Node 
Michael O’Donovan 
Peer reviews 
A number of other specialists and experts have generously given of their time to review this work and provide 
very useful and thought-provoking comments, namely Prof. Maxi Schoeman, Chris Botha, Dr Phillip Spath, 
Dr Anthony Turton, Smangele Mgquba and Adj. Prof. Mike Muller. 
Publications team 
This report could not have been produced without the hard work of the publications team, who oversaw the editing, 
typesetting and printing process. The members of this team are Marié Kirsten, Lyn Sumners and Rose Ngwenya. 
I would like to take this opportunity to thank all the people cited above for their sterling insights and contributions 
to this Development Report. 
A 
Sinazo Sibisi 
Divisional Executive: Planning 
Editor: 2011 Development Report
Development Bank of Southern Africa 5 
Photo: Graeme Williams, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com 
Table of contents 
Introduction 8 
Overview 11 
1. South Africa’s current trajectory: Key challenges and trends 11 
2. Future implications of current trends 41 
3. Key driving forces 46 
4. Key levers of change 47 
5. Scenarios for the future 64 
6. Conclusion 68 
Endnotes 69 
List of figures 71 
List of tables 71
6 Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
AIDS acquired immune deficiency syndrome 
ANC African National Congress 
AsgiSA Accelerated and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa 
BEE black economic empowerment 
BRIC Brazil, Russia, India and China 
BRICS Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa 
BUSA Business Unity South Africa 
CO2e carbon dioxide equivalent 
COMESA Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa 
COSATU Congress of South African Trade Unions 
CSIR Council for Scientific and Industrial Research 
DBSA Development Bank of Southern Africa 
dbsaMDM DBSA Municipal Differentiation Model 
EAC East African Community 
EIA environmental impact assessment 
EPWP Expanded Public Works Programme 
FET Further Education and Training 
GDP gross domestic product 
HIV human immunodeficiency virus 
ICT information and communications technology 
IDP Integrated Development Plan 
IMF International Monetary Fund 
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 
IRP Integrated Resource Plan 
JIPSA Joint Initiative on Priority Skills Acquisition 
MDG Millennium Development Goal 
MEC Member of the Executive Council 
NEDLAC National Economic Development and Labour Council 
NEET not in education, employment or training 
NEPAD New Partnership for Africa’s Development 
NERSA National Energy Regulator of South Africa 
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development 
REFIT Renewable Energy Feed-In Tariff 
SADC Southern African Development Community 
SARS South African Revenue Service 
SME small and medium enterprise 
SMME small, medium and microenterprise 
SPV Special Purpose Vehicle 
UNRISD United Nations Research Institute for Social Development 
WMA Water Management Area 
Abbreviations
Development Bank of Southern Africa 7 
Photo: Sasol, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com 
A better life for all is within our grasp, 
but to achieve it we must act now, 
act together and act differently.
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
8 
he Medium-Term Strategic Framework developed 
by the South African government identifies a 
number of priorities for the period 2009—2014, namely: 
1. Improve the quality of basic education. 
2. Live long and healthy lives. 
3. Ensure that South Africans are and feel safe. 
4. Ensure decent employment for people by 
facilitating and contributing to inclusive 
economic growth. 
5. Develop skills and capabilities to support 
an inclusive growth path. 
6. Promote rural development with a focus 
on former homeland areas. 
7. Create sustainable human settlements 
and improve the quality of household life. 
8. Create stable and well-serviced communities 
with well-planned and managed local 
governments. 
9. Protect and enhance our environmental 
assets and natural resources. 
10. Create a better Africa and a better world 
— make our contribution to global relations. 
11. Promote a strong, fair and inclusive citizenship. 
12. Create public sector capacity that is efficient, 
effective and worthy of a developmental state. 
However, many of these priorities will only be achieved 
in the long term and, as the National Planning 
Commission points out, ‘to date, the lack of a coherent 
long term plan has weakened [the South African 
government’s] ability to provide clear and consistent 
policies, to mobilise all of society in the pursuit 
of our developmental objectives, to prioritise resource 
allocations and to drive the implementation of 
government’s objectives and priorities’.1 
Thus, the purpose of this Development Report is to 
provide an independent perspective on South Africa’s 
potential long-term development path from the point 
of view of the Development Bank of Southern Africa 
(DBSA). It is hoped that this report will contribute to 
the work of key national departments, the National 
Planning Commission and other critical role players by: 
 Providing evidence-based projections of 
South Africa’s current path and its strategic 
implications in terms of meeting the 
government’s stated objectives, including 
best and worst case scenarios; 
 Highlighting the priority areas that need to 
be addressed if a sustainable and inclusive 
development path is to be attained; and 
 Suggesting possible areas of focus and 
associated programmes to set South Africa 
on a new trajectory. 
In so doing, this report aims to identify and focus 
on the most important constraints to South Africa’s 
development and what needs to be done to address 
those constraints. 
Hence, the report is structured in five parts: 
 Part One outlines key challenges and trends 
in South Africa’s current growth path and 
highlights the constraints that must be 
overcome to set the country on a new, 
inclusive and sustainable growth trajectory. 
 Part Two highlights challenges and opportunities 
with regard to energy and water security, 
looking at the measures that need to be 
taken to improve performance in future. 
 Part Three assesses the factors that have 
prevented progress in improving the performance 
of the education system — from basic to further 
and higher education — and what can be done 
to turn the situation around. It also looks at 
challenges in the health sector and the main 
interventions required to address them. 
 Part Four begins with an outline of spatial 
projections up to 2025 and the implications 
for economic, environmental and spatial 
development in South Africa. This is 
followed by a discussion on how to change 
South Africa’s spatial trajectory, including 
urban and rural development, as well as the 
role of housing and connective infrastructure. 
T 
Introduction
9 
 Part Five outlines the institutional factors 
that have influenced South Africa’s current 
development in terms of the state, as well as 
the relationship between the state and civil 
society. It then discusses ways to increase the 
performance and impact of key institutions in 
the state and civil society in the short term, 
while laying the foundation for longer-term 
institutional change. 
Changing South Africa’s current trajectory will require 
decisive leadership and focus. It will also require 
developing innovative solutions to overcome institutional 
weaknesses and creating effective partnerships to mobilise 
the talents of all South Africans. As a development finance 
institution, the DBSA has a critical part to play in supporting 
such initiatives, not just from a financial perspective but 
also in terms of all our roles as an advisor, integrator, 
convenor and implementer. We are already involved 
with many partners in national, provincial and local 
government, as well as other development finance 
institutions, to provide collective solutions to common 
problems. We hope this Development Report serves 
as a further contribution towards helping South Africa 
fulfil its potential, today and tomorrow. 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
Paul Baloyi 
Chief Executive Officer 
Development Bank of Southern Africa 
Photo: Chris Kirchhoff, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
10 
Photo: Chris Kirchhoff, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com 
Ultimately, South Africa's 
success will depend on our 
ability to execute the plans 
we make.
Development Bank of Southern Africa 11 
Overview 
1. South Africa’s current 
trajectory: Key challenges 
and trends 
South Africa‘s long-run growth path has been volatile, 
with growth accelerations in 1960 to 1964, 1971 to 
1974, 1977 to 1980 and 2004 to 2009. None of these 
accelerations were sustained beyond five years 
and, with the exception of 7.9% growth in the gross 
domestic product (GDP) in 1964, growth was not 
sufficient for a fundamental transformation of the 
economy. In 2009, the economy contracted because 
of the global economic recession. Whether or not the 
growth path would have been sustained in the absence 
of the global economic crisis is unclear. South Africa's 
demand-driven growth path had already been seen as 
unsustainable before the impact of the global recession 
was felt. In essence, growth was consumption-driven: 
consumption exceeded production and investment was 
higher than savings. South Africans consumed more 
than they produced and filled the gap through imports 
and portfolio inflows on the capital account. Thus, since 
the 1990s, South Africa’s saving rate has been lower 
than that of other emerging economies (see Figure 1). 
GDP growth to date has been volatile 
and potentially unsustainable. 
A recent South Africa economic update, compiled by 
the World Bank,3 argues that the primary driver behind 
low savings is a low household savings rate, driven by 
the country’s exceptionally high unemployment rate. 
In addition, South Africa’s domestic fixed investment rate 
has also not been on par with that of other emerging 
economies (see Figure 2). Public investment fell in the 
1990s and rose only marginally in the 2000s. Private 
investment, which has largely tracked public investment, 
has been surprisingly low, despite real returns to 
capital rising sharply since the early 1990s. Some 
of the primary reasons put forward for low private 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
China 
Malaysia 
India 
Russia 
Chile 
Mexico 
UMIC* 
Argentina 
OECD** 
Brazil 
Turkey 
South 
Africa 50 
40 
30 
20 
10 
0 
Fixed investment (% of GDP) 
1980 
1990s 
2000s 
China 
Malaysia 
India 
Russia 
Chile 
Mexico 
UMIC* 
Argentina 
OECD** 
Brazil 
Turkey 
South 
Africa 
1980 
1990s 
2000s 
50 
40 
30 
20 
10 
0 
Fixed investment (% of GDP) 
Figure 1: Savings rate: South Africa and other 
emerging economies, 1980, 1990s and 2000s2 
Figure 2: Trends in the domestic fixed 
investment rate, 1980, 1990s and 2000s4 
*Upper middle-income countries 
**Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
12 
by Transnet. Investment in South Africa’s logistics 
system has long been inadequate, and the national 
road and rail grid is still distorted by old bantustan 
boundaries. The major corridors for the movement of 
goods are Gauteng–Durban and Gauteng–Cape Town, 
with almost 40% of all corridor movement. This results 
in higher transportation costs between Gauteng and 
the coastal cities, while the inefficient distribution 
of goods movement between road and rail increases 
costs even further. The inefficiency of the logistics 
system affects not only the mining sector but also all 
the other sectors in the economy. It also affects South 
Africa’s ability to maximise productivity through spatial 
agglomeration and specialisation. The Minister of 
Transport recently held an investors conference to try 
to address critical gaps in the sector. The Development 
Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA) is also developing an 
Integrated Transport Investment Plan, in consultation 
with the main stakeholders in the sector. 
Another suggested reason is that the ‘introduction of 
a new mining law (associated with a redistribution of 
ownership and control rights between the state and the 
industry) and the BEE [black economic empowerment] 
requirements have contributed to a decline in investment 
and output at a time when the industry has been facing 
very high international prices and when investment has 
been rising elsewhere.’5 The mining sector has also been 
affected by institutional challenges within the state, 
such as the poor management of mining licences. 
Thus, in 2010, stakeholders in the mining industry came 
together to develop a Strategy for the Sustainable 
Growth and Meaningful Transformation of South 
Africa’s Mining Industry.6 The Declaration relating to the 
Strategy cites infrastructure inadequacies, the paucity 
of requisite skills, the regulatory framework, low levels 
of exploration, as well as low investment in research and 
development as some of the key constraints affecting 
the industry. In the Declaration, the parties commit to 
working together to address these constraints, as well 
investment include barriers to entry in a weak competitive 
environment, the lack of requisite skills, a contentious 
labour relations climate and low savings rates. 
Economic output has shifted from 
the primary to the tertiary sector 
as mining stagnates. 
With regard to sectoral trends, since 1994, the 
contribution of the primary sector (mining and agriculture) 
to aggregate GDP has declined substantially, while that 
of the secondary sector (manufacturing; electricity, 
gas and water; and construction) declined marginally. 
The contribution of the tertiary sector (trade, catering and 
accommodation; transport, storage and communication; 
finance, insurance, real estate and business services; 
and community, social and personal services) grew 
from 49% in 1994 to 57% in 2009. 
These growth trends illustrate that between 1994 and 
2009, primary output grew very slowly (averaging 
0.8% a year), while tertiary output showed a significant 
increase (averaging 8.5% a year and more than doubling 
during this period). The secondary sector grew at 
a relatively solid pace (averaging 5.3% a year), but 
contracted in 2009 because of the global recession. 
The stagnation and then contraction of the mining 
sector explain much of the relative contraction of 
the primary sector’s contribution to GDP. A further 
disaggregation of the mining sector reveals a secular 
decline in gold mining between 1996 and 2009, alongside 
very slow growth in coal mining. Growth in ‘other mining’ 
(which includes platinum, iron ore and non-precious 
stones) was robust until 2007, but contracted in 2008 
and 2009. 
In a context of high international demand for minerals, 
it is difficult to explain the poor performance of the 
mining sector. Some have argued that it is because 
mining exports depend on state-owned transport 
infrastructure (primarily rail and ports), which acts as 
a bottleneck to growth owing to a lack of investment
Development Bank of Southern Africa 13 
as issues relating to transformation, beneficiation 
and sustainable development. Given that the mining 
sector has been identified as one of the priority labour-absorbing 
sectors in the New Growth Path, rectifying 
the underlying causes of contraction in this sector is 
a critical imperative. 
In addition, growth trends in the agricultural sector 
have been volatile, with an average annual growth rate 
of 3.6% during 1994 to 2009. The agricultural sector 
is particularly open to global markets, and there are 
few subsidies to the farming sector. International trade 
(imports and exports) constitutes a large proportion 
of total production, and trade has been substantially 
liberalised. Farmers’ incomes are, therefore, highly 
dependent on movements in the exchange rate 
and on global economic conditions. Combined with 
factors such as decreasing soil quality and changing 
weather patterns, this has contributed to a decrease 
in agricultural production, a higher volume of food 
imports and an increase in the use of genetically 
modified crops. There has also been an increase in 
scientific and technology-driven farming practice, 
larger average farm sizes and a decrease in the number 
of commercial farmers. This, in turn, has affected 
the number of successful new entrants into the 
agricultural sector. Again, this is cause for concern, 
considering that the New Growth Path sees the 
agricultural sector as a major contributor to job 
creation and rural development. 
In many developing countries, such as India, China 
and Tanzania, the small-farming sector is a dynamic 
part of food production and rural local economies. 
Subsistence agriculture provides a safety net when 
employment opportunities fail. In South Africa, 
however, this role has been severely constrained by 
the legacy of apartheid, which drove the destruction of the 
small-farming sector and the ‘de-agrarianisation’ of former 
bantustan areas, while dispossessing the African majority 
of their land and land rights. While the post-1994 
period has seen a strong emphasis on land and agrarian 
reform, the impact of these redress measures has been 
limited. Land reform has moved at a very slow pace — only 
5% of commercial farmland has been redistributed 
over the past 15 years, against a target of 30% — while 
the level of support for the new, small, cash-strapped 
farmers who were settled on this land has also been 
extremely limited. Hence, the failure rate of new land 
reform projects is estimated as being as high as 50%. 
Moreover, the nature of the land rights process has 
led to a number of delays and disputes. 
The expectation that agrarian reforms would bring a 
transformation of agriculture, with greater variability in 
farm sizes and, thus, a reduction in the stark differences 
between commercial and ‘traditional’ agriculture has 
also, by and large, not yet been realised. There seems 
to have been both an absolute and a relative loss of 
access to land, particularly for households with very 
small land parcels. It can, therefore, be concluded 
that smallholder agriculture has declined over the 
past ten years. Binding constraints faced by these 
farmers include agronomic factors, such as disease 
and adverse climatic conditions, coupled with a lack of 
adequate information on how to manage these events; 
institutional factors, such as insecure land tenure 
and access to production credits to purchase inputs; 
as well as declining agricultural support services, 
such as research and the provision of extension services. 
Hence, for most of the 1.3 million rural households with 
access to land for farming purposes, farming production 
makes only a limited contribution to their livelihood. 
Rather, their most important sources of livelihood are 
social grants and remittances, while farming often serves 
as a coping strategy when other livelihood sources fall 
away. Thus, the significance of agricultural income as 
an asset for poor rural households is also declining. 
These developments, combined with growing concerns 
about food security, have led to calls for a significant 
review of current policies on land reform and restitution; 
a review of approaches to agrarian reform, including the
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
14 
the splitting of rural development/land reform and agriculture 
functions between two ministries is cause for concern. 
In addition, both the mining and agricultural sectors have 
been affected by an increase in political contestation 
about nationalisation and land restitution, which has 
increased policy uncertainty in these areas. Over and 
above the impact on investor confidence, should 
this policy uncertainty persist, it is likely to have a 
significant impact on any real attempts to increase 
the competitiveness and job absorption potential of 
these sectors in the short to medium term. 
role of commercial agriculture, value chains and strategies 
to target smallholders; and better integration between land 
reform and use, agrarian reform, commercial agriculture 
and economic development. The recently published 
Green Paper on Land Reform seeks to address some 
of these elements, such as a single land tenure framework 
and a common land management system through a 
proposed Land Management Commission. However, 
the extent to which the Green Paper effectively 
addresses other critical elements, such as building 
strong linkages between land reform and economic 
development, and improving post-settlement support 
and extension services, is open to question. In this context, 
Food security challenges in South Africa 
The United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization defines food security as being when 'all people, at all 
times, have physical, social and economic access to sufficient, safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary 
needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life'.7 The majority of South African households are food 
insecure. Estimates range from 50%–80%, depending on the criteria and survey data used, such as undernutrition 
or undernourishment, and income and expenditure, general household or national food consumption surveys.8 
The drivers of household food insecurity include food prices; the amount of household income available for 
purchasing food, mediated by household size; the effectiveness of agricultural production as a source of food 
and/or income, mediated by access to land, soil quality, access to credit and markets; as well as access to 
basic services, which affects health and nutritional requirements, food safety and the household income available 
for food instead of other livelihood costs, such as transport. DBSA estimates of household food insecurity in 
South Africa at a district level are depicted in Figure 3. 
The Department of Agriculture has developed an Integrated Food Security Strategy, which identifies 
five priority areas of intervention: increasing household food production, increasing food trade and 
distribution, increasing income opportunities, improving nutritional status, and enhancing institutional support 
networks.9 However, implementation of this Strategy requires the support of other important departments 
and spheres and, in the context of weaknesses in government coordination and institutional capacity, 
driving such an integrated approach remains a challenge. Moreover, while the private sector can make a 
significant contribution to food security by helping to educate consumers through proper food labelling, 
maximising efficiencies to decrease food prices, supporting smallholder farmers to improve productivity and 
market access, as well as integrating small and medium enterprises (SMEs) into supplier and distribution 
value chains, progress to date has been limited. Furthermore, the monopoly structure of the economy 
means that almost every single staple in South Africa is already produced by large manufacturers that can 
produce it at better quality and lower cost than the average smallholder enterprise or cooperative. This then 
fundamentally undermines the development of local markets, where local small-scale producers sell to their 
local community. This situation is exacerbated when local spaza shops are displaced by established retailer 
franchises, since the profits made from these enterprises are then drawn out of the community rather than
Development Bank of Southern Africa 15 
With regard to the manufacturing sector, the updated 
Industrial Policy Action Plan (IPAP 2) identified a number 
of value-added sectors with high employment and 
growth multipliers (see Figure 4). 
However, since 2008, this sector has been performing 
significantly worse than other sectors in the South 
African economy (see Figure 5). 
According to Business Unity South Africa (BUSA), 
setting South Africa on an industrial growth path will 
require significant structural change: 
The South African economy is service-driven 
as in the case of Brazil, Chile and Poland and 
would require major structural overhaul in 
order to follow a manufacturing growth path 
as in the case of Malaysia. This would be very 
difficult given current low labour productivity 
and the low levels of socio economic development 
which underpin the quality of the labour force. 
It would also require unprecedented focus on 
seizing opportunities in the global manufacturing 
value chain in which countries in the Far East 
have massive competitive advantages.11 
Concerns have also been raised about the overall 
efficiency of sectoral planning processes. For example, 
BUSA comments that ‘[m]any Customised Sector 
Plans (CSPs) have been drawn up in consultation with 
industry. However as is the case with IPAP 2, these 
initiatives tend to involve a wish list of sectors and 
industries, without the capacity or the resources to 
(Food security challenges in South Africa continued) 
circulated within it. In this context, South Africa needs to develop a food economy that not only sells to the 
poor but also works for the poor through developing local, community-level food systems that allow for local 
markets and local beneficiation. 
Figure 3: Food insecurity by district municipality10
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
16 
Figure 4: IPAP 2 sectoral analysis12 
Figure 5: South African sectoral activity, 2008–201113 
1. Other chemicals and man-made fibres 
2. Furniture 
3. Plastic products 
4. Television, radio and communications equipment 
5. Electrical machinery and apparatus 
6. Paper and paper products 
7. Rubber products 
8. Non-metallic minerals 
9. Beverages 
10. Glass and glass products 
1 1 . Professional and scientific equipment 
12. Metal products excluding machinery 
13. Machinery and equipment 
14. Footwear 
*High employment multipliers 
and strong backward linkages 
Low employment multipliers 
and strong backward linkages 
Low employment multipliers 
and weak backward linkages 
High employment multipliers 
and weak backward linkages 
Paper and paper products 
Basic chemicals 
Basic iron and steel 
Basic non-ferrous metals 
Electricity, water and gas 
Business services 
Total backward linkages 
5 
4.5 
4 
3.5 
3 
2.5 
2 
1.5 
1 
0.5 
0 
Employment mulipliers 
0 7 
14 
Excluding medical, dental and veterinary 
Financial sevices 
1 
2 
Goverment services 
Mining Wholesale and retail trade 
Other manufacturing 
Leather and leather products 
Textiles 
Food 
Wood and wood products 
3 Wearing apparel 
3 
6 
7 
Agriculture 
4 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 13 
14 
Mining Motor vehicles, 
parts and accessories 
117.50 
115.00 
112.50 
110.00 
107.50 
105.00 
102.50 
100.00 
97.50 
95.00 
92.50 
90.00 
87.50 
85.00 
2008 
Q1 
2008 
Q2 
2008 
Q3 
2008 
Q4 
2009 
Q1 
2009 
Q2 
2009 
Q3 
2009 
Q4 
2010 
Q1 
2010 
Q2 
2010 
Q3 
2010 
Q4 
2011 
Q1 
2011 
Q2 
Construction (Contractors) 
Community, social and 
personal services 
Transport, storage and 
communication 
Financial intermediation, real estate 
and business services 
Agriculture, forestry 
and fishing 
Total gross value added 
at basic prices 
Mining and quarrying 
Wholesale and retail trade, 
catering and accommodation 
Electricity, gas and water 
Manufacturing 
Index Q1 2008 = 100 
Index 100 = Q1 2008 — constant 2005 prices, seasonally adjusted 
*High employment multipliers and strong backward linkages
Development Bank of Southern Africa 17 
make a meaningful impact’.14 This points to weaknesses 
in the government’s and the private sector’s ability 
to develop meaningful sector strategies that are both 
practical and achievable. 
In addition, the structural transformation from the 
non-tradable to the tradable sector is hampered by 
disincentives to the search for products that can 
profitably be produced in the tradable sector, 
because it is difficult to recoup the investment in 
research and development. The path dependency of a 
resource-based economy such as South Africa makes 
structural transformation difficult without forceful state 
intervention. While there has been an increase in 
research and development expenditure in recent years, 
it is still below international norms, and there are still 
too few ‘triple helix’ partnerships between business, 
academia and the government. 
While technology transfer through foreign direct 
investment and developmental trade partnerships can 
help South Africa to leapfrog the skills and technological 
constraints in the manufacturing sector, relatively high 
input costs could impede progress. These constraints 
will need to be addressed if South Africa is to succeed 
in reindustrialising, with the long-term intent of moving 
towards a knowledge-based economy. 
The growth trends discussed above suggest a clear 
delineation between the growth drivers of the apartheid 
era and the democratic era. While growth was driven by 
the resource base or minerals-energy complex during 
the apartheid era, the democratic period has seen 
indications of a potential structural transformation, 
with the relative contributions of mining, agriculture 
and manufacturing declining, alongside a significant 
expansion of the services sector. 
An inefficient logistics system 
and challenges in energy and water 
security act as constraints to growth. 
Another important factor that affects economic 
growth in South Africa is the security of the supply 
of energy and water. With regard to electricity, 
one of the challenges relating to capacity additions 
is timing. A major consideration in this respect is the 
time difference between demand growth and the 
addition of new capacity, resulting in periods of 
overcapacity (where capacity additions outpace 
demand growth) or unreliable supply or load shedding 
(where demand growth outpaces capacity additions). 
One of the measures used to indicate a system’s 
vulnerability is the reserve margin, which expresses 
the ‘spare’ generation capacity as a percentage of the 
system peak demand. Since 1994, South Africa’s reserve 
margin has dropped significantly from a high of 45% 
to a low of 5.9% in 2004 and 2005. Although it 
improved to around 12% in 2009, it is generally accepted 
that the economic downturn was the main reason for 
this improvement, as it dampened demand. In this 
context, Eskom has embarked on an extensive build 
programme to enhance its generation and transmission 
capacity. However, challenges in accessing finance 
seem set to delay progress. In addition, the efficiency 
of the conversion of coal to electricity has been of 
particular concern in recent years. Overall thermal 
efficiency has dropped steadily from a high of 34.5 
in 1996 to 33.1 in 2010. Hence, over time, Eskom has 
been increasing the amount of coal burned per unit of 
electricity output or, conversely, producing less electricity 
for the same amount of coal burned. 
With respect to electricity distribution, the two main 
concerns relate to the investment backlog in that 
sector, as well as the extent of the so-called non-technical 
losses (i.e. electricity consumption additional 
to normal technical losses), including the widespread 
theft of electricity. According to the Department 
of Public Enterprises, the investment backlog was 
estimated at R32 billion by end-2010, and losses resulting 
from equipment and electricity theft were estimated 
at R4.4 billion a year. There were claims in municipal 
circles that uncertainty about the status and direction 
of the restructuring of the electricity distribution 
industry contributed to this backlog. However, 
the extent of the investment backlog suggests that 
the failure, particularly by municipalities, to maintain
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
18 
This was possible only because a number of the 
WMAs, notably the Crocodile West, received water 
transfers from those with a surplus. 
The development of South Africa’s economy around 
mineral resources that are far from the main water 
resources poses a further problem: the dominant 
pattern of settlement and economic activities is largely 
out of line with water availability (see Figure 6). 
With economic expansion, the risk of polluting existing 
water resources has also increased, especially owing to 
increased domestic and industry effluents that do not 
comply with effluent standards. Hence, the management 
of water quality in water resources and distribution 
systems remains a huge challenge. Recent cases of 
acidic water from disused mines (commonly known 
as acid mine drainage) have highlighted the pollution 
problems. In order to address these challenges, 
the Department of Water Affairs is developing a 
National Water Investment Framework in partnership 
with the DBSA, linked to the review and updating of 
the National Water Resources Strategy. In addition, 
the Department has embarked on an institutional 
and legislative review process to increase the efficacy 
of water services delivery. 
Security of supply concerns regarding energy and 
water are strongly linked to rising prices. South Africa 
has historically enjoyed low electricity prices because 
of overcapacity in the generation sector and access 
to ‘cheap’ coal. This has, however, been reversed, 
as generation capacity declined relative to demand 
and there were disruptions in the supply of ‘cheap’ 
coal. Between 1997 and 2010, the annual changes to 
average prices have been in the following ranges: 
distribution infrastructure is endemic and prevailed 
long before the distribution industry process was 
mooted. The November 2010 announcement that 
the government would discontinue the restructuring 
of the distribution industry owing to concerns about 
municipal finances means that this issue will remain 
unresolved, resulting in a further deterioration of the 
security of supply at the customer interface. All the 
efforts to strengthen generation and transmission 
capacity will be compromised should this weak link 
in the electricity supply chain be allowed to remain. 
With regard to water security, South Africa is characterised 
by water scarcity and extreme variability of rainfall 
distribution. To compound this situation, the country 
is located in a semi-arid region and its climate varies 
from desert to semi-desert. The country’s average 
rainfall of about 450 mm a year is well below the world 
average of about 860 mm a year. The predominantly 
hard rock nature of the country’s geology means that 
only about 20% of groundwater is collected in major 
aquifer systems that allow it to be utilised on a large 
scale. To facilitate the management of South Africa’s 
water resources, the country has been divided into 
19 Water Management Areas (WMAs). Table 1 below 
summarises the water requirements in all 19 WMAs, 
as reported in the 2004 National Water Resource 
Strategy, and the attendant reconciliation of water 
requirements and availability scenarios. 
Table 1 shows shortages that may occur in 2025 
should resource development not be implemented. 
Nine WMAs were reported to be substantially in deficit, 
since more water was being used than was reliably 
available from both surface and groundwater sources. 
Table 1: National water reconciliations and potential for development in South Africa (million m3/year) 
Local yield 
Local 
requirements 
Balance 
Potential for 
development 
2000 Reconciliation 13 227 12 871 186 – 
2025 Base scenario 14 166 14 230 (234) 5 410 
2025 High scenario 14 940 16 814 (2 044) 5 410 
Note: Figures in brackets are negative.
Development Bank of Southern Africa 19 
management will become increasingly necessary to 
support future growth. 
Imports continue to outstrip exports, 
and new emerging market opportunities 
will be difficult to realise. 
With regard to trade, South Africa’s exports are low 
relative to those of other middle-income countries. 
In the 44 years between 1960 and 2004, the real value 
of exports grew by only 34% (about 0.7% per year). 
By contrast, export growth was 169% in Argentina, 
238% in Australia, 1887% in Botswana, 385% in Brazil, 
387% in Canada, 390% in Chile, 730% in Israel, 1192% 
in Italy, 4392% in Malaysia, 1277% in Mexico and 120% 
in New Zealand. Since 1994, South Africa has imported 
more than it has exported, with the trade deficit rising 
sharply from 2004. 
Minerals and metals dominate the merchandise export 
basket, with motor vehicles and parts contributing 
significantly. Exports to Africa consist mostly of 
manufactured goods (machinery and electrical exports, 
footwear and processed agricultural products), while 
exports to Europe, Asia and the Americas are mostly 
minerals, metals and mineral products. With regard 
 Residential customer segment: 10% to 21% 
 Industrial customer segment: 7% to 26% 
 Mining customer segment: 6% to 32% 
In all cases, the steepest price increases occurred 
between 2008 and 2009, because of the national 
utility’s colossal funding requirements, which were 
approved by the National Energy Regulator of South 
Africa (NERSA). However, despite the substantial 
increases since 2009, the slowdown in GDP growth 
means that any dampening effect these price 
increases may have had on consumption cannot 
readily be determined at this stage. 
The South African economy is also vulnerable to 
international movements in petroleum prices. Local 
reserves are insufficient to meet the country’s 
transport energy requirements, forcing South Africa 
to rely on crude oil imports, mainly from the Middle 
East. The increase in the international oil price to 
a peak of US$147 per barrel in June 2008 saw a 
corresponding spike in local prices. Following the global 
recession, oil prices plummeted, resulting in lower 
local petroleum product prices. However, oil prices are 
expected to remain volatile. Moreover, water prices 
are also expected to rise in the medium to long term. 
Hence, better and more sustainable resource use and 
Figure 6: Mean annual runoff, population and economic activity (GDP) per WMA15 
25 
20 
15 
10 
5 
0 
Limpopo 
Luvuvhu/ 
Letaba 
Olifants 
Inkomati 
Usutu to 
Mhlatuze 
Thukela 
Upper Vaal 
Middle Vaal 
Lower Vaal 
Mvoti to 
Umzimkulu 
Mzimvubu to 
Keiskamma 
Upper Orange 
Lower Orange 
Fish to 
Tsitsikamma 
Gouritz 
Olifants/ 
Doring 
Breede 
Berg 
Crocodile West 
and Marico 
Mean annual runoff Population GDP 
% of national
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
20 
negotiating more Free Trade Area agreements with other 
African countries and regions in order to boost intra-continental 
trade and support the economic agenda of 
the African Union and the New Partnership for Africa’s 
Development (NEPAD). The agreement on the Southern 
African Development Community (SADC) Free Trade Area 
was signed in 2010. At the June 2011 SADC-Common 
Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA)-East 
African Community (EAC) Tripartite Summit, a roadmap 
for the establishment of a Tripartite Free Trade Area 
was agreed upon. It is founded on the three pillars of 
market integration, infrastructure development and 
industrial development as a step towards the ‘ultimate 
goal of an economic community of Africa’.18 
While regional integration has begun to gain momentum, 
many hurdles still need to be overcome. For example, 
while the Trade Protocol with the SADC aims to 
encourage member countries to remove all tariffs on 
85% of traded commodities, in practice the SADC Free 
Trade Area has faced a number of challenges, the chief 
one being full reciprocity of duty-free access among 
members. In addition, the White Paper on South Africa’s 
Foreign Policy notes that the challenges of accelerating 
regional integration include ‘harmonising policies, 
addressing overlapping memberships, developing 
cooperative sovereignty, and the asymmetrical 
nature of the South African economy in comparison 
to imports, petroleum is one of the most significant: 
between 1995 and 2010, crude oil constituted between 
7% and 17% of total imports. Other significant imports 
include motor vehicles and parts, electrical equipment 
and machinery, mostly from Asia, Europe and the 
Americas. From 1990 to 2009, the European Union was 
the dominant trading partner, but its importance has 
begun to decline in favour of Eastern Asia. 
Within this context, a new Trade Policy and Strategic 
Framework16 has been adopted, which sets out the 
principles, approaches and main elements that should 
shape South Africa’s strategy for integration into 
the global economy. The proposed interventions 
include tariff reform to improve trade performance 
and new tariff policies for agriculture, which aim 
to balance export growth with the need for value 
addition and employment generation. It also proposes 
the adoption of a ‘strategic integration’ approach 
that aims to preserve South Africa’s ability to pursue 
national objectives while leveraging the benefits of 
more integrated regional and global markets. Finally, 
it proposes the negotiation of more nuanced Preferential 
Trade Agreements, measures to address non-tariff 
trade barriers, and the expansion of Free Trade Areas. 
Building on this Framework, the recently published 
White Paper on South Africa’s Foreign Policy states 
that ‘South Africa’s economic diplomacy will therefore 
be focused on providing guidance to government and 
the business sector on economic developments and 
markets, pursuing market access for South African 
products, attracting investments and tourism, removing 
barriers to trade, and supporting the development of 
larger markets in Africa’.17 The White Paper emphasises 
the need to take advantage of opportunities to position 
Africa as a significant player in the changing global 
economy through accelerating continental and regional 
integration, including transformation of the South 
African Customs Union. 
However, trade among African countries in 2011 continues 
to be far less than trade with countries beyond the 
continent (see Figure 7). Hence, South Africa has been 
55 
50 
45 
40 
35 
30 
25 
20 
15 
10 
5 
0 
Africa Europe America Asia Oceania Other 
unclassified 
Import Export Total trade 
Total imports January—June: R329.1 billion 
Total exports January—June: R326.8 billion 
% share 
Figure 7: Distribution of South African trade, 
January–June 201119
Development Bank of Southern Africa 21 
South Africa’s economic and political influence in the 
global arena (see Table 2). The BRICS nations as a bloc 
are demanding a more meaningful voice at multilateral 
institutions such as the United Nations and the World 
Bank, as well as major reform of the International 
Monetary Fund (IMF). 
However, problems in advanced economies, linked to 
the Eurozone sovereign debt crisis and the fiscal 
imbalances in the United States and Japan, have 
moderated emerging market growth. This has not 
only hampered South Africa’s own economic recovery 
but also affected the ability of emerging markets to 
step into the gap and create the demand required to 
power the global economy. For example, China is facing 
the impact of weaker growth in important trading 
partners in Europe and America, while inflation 
pressures, the threat of asset bubbles, high levels 
of local government debt and worsening inequality 
challenge attempts to boost domestic demand. Hence, 
South Africa’s transition from the European Union as 
its major trading partner to Africa and other emerging 
markets may take longer than anticipated. 
with that of the region’,20 as well as strengthening 
governance and institutional capacity. Furthermore, the 
White Paper warns that — while Africa has benefitted 
from the demand for its natural resources — existing 
trade paradigms will need to be altered through 
restructuring African economies to support value 
addition, industrialisation and intra-African trade to 
avoid the continent simply remaining a supplier of 
raw materials. ‘This transformation’, argues the White 
Paper, ‘can only be achieved through the development 
of common trade and industrial policies, as well as 
strategies to build production value chains across all 
member states, underpinned by regional infrastructure 
development programmes’.21 
With regard to accessing new emerging markets, 
at the end of 2010, South Africa was invited to become 
a member of the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and 
South Africa) nations (see Table 2). It formally accepted 
the invitation in April 2011. This move will see the country 
formalising trade relations with other economically 
advanced emerging economies. According to the World 
Bank, the BRICS association should also strengthen 
Table 2: Key BRICS indicators, 200922 
Indicator Brazil 
Russian 
Federation 
India China 
South 
Africa 
Population (million) 194 142 1.155 1.331 49 
Gross domestic product (GDP) in purchasing power 
parity (PPP) terms 
2 017 2 690 3 778 9 091 507 
GDP per capita, PPP (current international $) 10 412 18 963 3 270 6 828 10 278 
Land area (million km2) 8.5 19.4 3 9.3 1.2 
Urban population (percent of total) 86 73 30 44 61 
Under-five mortality rate (per 1000) 21 12 66 19 62 
Gross savings rate (percent of GDP) 14.6 22.7 33.6 53.6 15.4 
Ores and metal ores exports (percent of GDP) 1.7 5.7 6.2 1.2 29.3 
Ores and metal ores imports (percent of GDP) 2.9 1.6 5.6 13.5 1.3 
Portfolio inflows, net ($ billions) 37.1 3.4 21.1 28.2 9.4 
Agriculture (percent of GDP) 6.1 4.7 17.1 10.3 3 
Manufacturing (percent of GDP) 14.8 15 15.9 33.9 15.1 
Carbon dioxide emissions (kg per PPP $ of GDP)* 0.2 0.6 0.5 0.9 0.9 
Energy use (kg of oil equivalent per capita) 1 239 4 730 529 1 484 2 784 
GDP per unit of energy use (PPP $ per kg of oil 
equivalent)* 
7.9 3.6 5.4 3.7 3.6 
*Data for 2007
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
22 
additional coal-fired power stations, coal-to-liquid 
plants, refineries and other large industrial facilities, 
would still be built. In addition, there would be a 
significant and proactive drive to decarbonise the 
national energy system and increase investment in 
energy efficiency in all sectors. This would be 
accompanied by a sizeable increase in the amount of 
renewable and nuclear energy in the energy mix, and 
a substantial switch in modal transport to low-carbon 
and public transportation. A fiscal and economic 
framework that supports carbon reduction would also 
be needed, and new low-carbon technologies would 
have to come on stream on a commercial basis. 
In addition, the current fiscal and regulatory 
framework would have to be reviewed to incentivise 
efficiency and renewable energy, and penalise those 
who produce excess carbon. More recently, South 
Africa has committed to reducing emissions by 34% by 
2020 and 42% by 2025, subject to adequate financial 
and technical support.23 
In terms of the current energy mix, the energy 
sector is dominated by coal, which contributed 72% 
of South Africa’s total primary energy supply in 2007. 
This is followed by crude oil at 13% and traditional 
biomass (renewable combustibles and waste) at 10%. 
The contribution of modern renewable energy sources 
such as hydro (0.1%), geothermal, solar and wind 
energy (0.02%) remains below the targets set in the 
Renewable Energy White Paper of 2003. 
Lack of skills and technological, 
financial and institutional constraints 
are likely to impede the achievement 
of renewable energy and green 
economy targets. 
The 2010 Integrated Resource Plan (IRP 2010) of the 
Department of Energy proposed a reduction in the 
contribution of coal to total generation capacity from 
83% in 2010 to 48% by 2030. However, coal-fired 
plants are expected to dominate new capacity 
addition for some time to come. This is because of the 
expected requirement for new capacity to replace the 
ageing coal-fired plants that will be decommissioned 
within the planning period. Additions to the coal 
South Africa’s global competitiveness is 
becoming increasingly dependent on the 
sustainability of its growth path. 
Globally, there have also been significant moves to 
invest in green innovation and technology, partly 
in response to the introduction of a global carbon 
economy driven by concerns over climate change. 
Based on the work of the Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change (IPCC), it is now broadly accepted that 
increases in the global temperature need to be restricted 
to as far below 2°C as possible to avoid triggering 
runaway, irreversible and catastrophic climate change. 
The move towards green economies in dominant 
trading nations will increasingly dictate the 
competitiveness of all economies (and their products 
and services), as new forms of consumer demand are 
created by regulatory interventions, market forces 
and cultural change. These factors all point to a 
future where the competitiveness and sustainability 
of growth in South Africa will be intimately linked to 
the sustainability of its growth path. 
Even though South Africa is currently responsible for 
only about 1% of the world’s total emissions (ranking it 
11th in the world), it is among the most carbon-emissions-intensive 
countries due to its energy-intensive economy 
and high dependence on coal. Its per capita emissions 
are higher than those of many European countries 
and more than three and half times the average for 
developing countries. In addition, South Africa is by 
far the largest emitter in Africa, responsible for 39% 
of the continental total. Almost all sectors of the 
South African economy contribute to the emission of 
greenhouse gases. Energy supply and consumption 
accounted for 78.9% of emissions, with smaller 
contributions from industrial processes (14.1%), 
agriculture (4.9%) and waste (2.1%). 
In this context, Cabinet decided in 2007 that South 
Africa’s greenhouse gas emissions should peak 
then plateau in 2020 to 2025, begin to decline in 
absolute terms around 2030 to 2035, and then fall 
to 300 million tons of carbon dioxide equivalent 
(CO2e) by 2050 to 2060. This trajectory presumes that 
most large planned infrastructure projects, including
Development Bank of Southern Africa 23 
Over and above moves towards a low-carbon economy, 
from the mid-2000s, the government has also developed 
a variety of policies and laws to promote sustainable 
development, including the introduction of a carbon tax, 
accompanied by an increasing focus on sustainability 
issues within government programmes. The impact of 
these initiatives (and their conscious integration with 
economic policy) has been mixed, with some focusing 
purely on environmental conservation, while others 
have been impeded by weak institutional capacity and 
poor coordination within government. At the same 
time, the relationship between the transition to a low-carbon 
economy versus a green economy have tended 
to be unclear, with the exact definition of the latter 
remaining a matter of debate. 
Hence, a Green Economy Summit was held in 2010, 
which initiated the process of identifying flagship 
programmes to demonstrate green economic activity. 
Following further consultations with the Departments of 
Economic Development and Environmental Affairs, the 
Industrial Development Corporation and the Economic 
Cluster, several programmes and enabling platforms 
have been tentatively identified (see Figure 8). 
A Green Economy Mechanism has also been proposed 
‘as an engagement platform between public and private 
financing institutions to advance the national green 
economy agenda and support the priority programmes’.24 
However, the most critical constraint in transitioning 
towards a green economy is the lack of skills, both 
governance and technical. The 2011 Global Change Grand 
Challenge of the Department of Science and Technology 
suggests that considerable skills development is required 
to facilitate this transition. A similar conclusion was 
reached in a report that assessed the implementation 
of environmental technologies for sustainable human 
settlements.25 If this is not addressed, it is likely that 
opportunities in the South African and African green 
economy will be taken up by foreign manufacturers 
who already have an established footprint in these 
technologies, thereby undermining localisation efforts. 
In addition, sourcing the requisite private sector 
generation capacity include the effect of Eskom’s 
return-to-service programme (e.g. the continuing 
de-mothballing of Grootvlei and Komati), as well as 
the Medupi and Kusile power stations, which were 
committed to as part of the previous Integrated 
Resource Plan (IRP 1) promulgated in January 2010. 
This assumes that uncertainty about the funding 
arrangements for Kusile will be resolved early enough for 
the short-term generation capacity plans to be realised. 
The IRP 2010 indicates that renewable energy technologies 
(e.g. wind and solar) will account for the next largest 
contribution to new capacity addition, followed by 
nuclear energy. However, note that, due to its inherent 
intermittency, the contribution of wind is less recognised 
from a capacity perspective (i.e. in terms of MW) than 
it is from an energy perspective (i.e. the production of 
energy in MWh). Hence, there is a proposed increase in 
the open cycle gas turbine capacity allocation. Depending 
on the extent to which such a backup service is required, 
there could be an unintended consequence of increasing 
costs due to the integration of the electricity and world 
liquid fuels markets (e.g. diesel prices). An important 
variable in this respect will be the load factor of the 
envisaged open cycle gas turbine plant. In addition, 
while solar power is usually seen as the most viable 
renewable energy alternative, delays in finalising the 
regulatory framework for solar water heaters and 
challenges with the financing of Eskom’s Renewable 
Energy Feed-In Tariff (REFIT) programme have delayed 
implementation. 
Furthermore, the feasibility of the potentially ambitious 
nuclear programme depends on a number of factors. 
These include the availability of funding, the ability to 
negotiate a potentially arduous regulatory approval 
process (e.g. environmental impact assessment 
(EIA), the electricity and nuclear licencing processes, 
and any public fallout that might accompany the 
decommissioning of the continent’s first nuclear 
power plant), as well as the procurement process for 
acquiring the new capacity. The estimated capacity 
addition allocations are based on a cumulative capacity 
of 85 241 MW by 2030.
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
24 
25.2% in 2010 in terms of the ‘official’28 definition and 
35.9% in terms of the ‘wide’29 definition. In absolute 
terms, the number of officially unemployed increased 
from 1.99 million in 1994 to 4.31 million in 2010. 
Notably, unemployment declined and then levelled out 
between 2006 and 2009 because of the faster growth 
since 2004. Between 2009 and 2010, some 833 000 
jobs were lost, reversing what appeared to be a long-term 
decline in the unemployment rate. 
The formal sector (excluding agriculture) accounts 
for 70% of employment, with community and social 
services, trade, finance and manufacturing comprising 
the bulk of formal employment. In aggregate, the 
formal services sector constitutes 71% of total formal 
sector 30 employment (see Figure 9). 
In terms of the growth and contraction of 
employment by sector, Figure 10 illustrates changes 
in employment between 2001 and 2010. In relative 
terms, there have been significant job losses in 
agriculture and mining: in the last decade, employment 
in the mining and agricultural sectors contracted by 
191 000 and 309 000 respectively. Employment in 
construction grew substantially, as did employment in 
financial services and community and social services. 
However, with the global economic recession, a significant 
number of jobs were recently lost in manufacturing, 
trade and finance. Job losses in the informal sector and 
the personal household sector were also substantial. 
Furthermore, in contrast to other countries with high 
unemployment rates, the informal sector accounts for 
a very small proportion of employment — a mere 16%. 
The combination of economic marginalisation and 
spatial marginalisation has resulted in a highly skewed 
distribution of assets (land, capital and human capital), 
which limits the productive capability of the majority 
and their ability to capitalise on potential opportunities. 
This has been further entrenched by the monopoly 
structure of South Africa’s core economy, which 
reduces the scope for new job creation, new ventures, 
SMEs and even the most survivalist subsistence 
activities. 
investment to drive growth in these industries will 
require a high level of market certainty through 
clear policy direction, comprising ‘robust policy 
frameworks with clearly defined national targets and 
strong economic incentives’.27 However, government 
policy and practice in this area continues to be piecemeal 
and fragmented. 
Employment rates have been insufficient 
to address high levels of poverty and 
unemployment, while the global financial 
crisis has resulted in further job losses. 
With regard to economic participation, the majority 
of the population are still excluded from the formal 
labour market. The overall participation rate declined 
by 6.2 percentage points (or 10.2%) between 2001 
and 2010. Participation rates are substantially lower 
for Africans than for other racial groups. They are 
also markedly lower for women and extremely low for 
African and Indian women. Against a backdrop of low 
participation rates, unemployment rates are very high: 
Figure 8: Potential green economy programmes 
and enabling platforms26 
Enabling knowledge platforms 
Local Government Green Built Environment toolkit 
Spatial Development Planning Frameworks 
Non-motorised 
urban 
transport 
Integrated 
sustainable 
agricultural 
production 
Rural 
rain 
water 
harvesting 
Off-grid 
options 
Zero 
waste 
Alternative 
effluent 
systems 
Water 
metering 
Refit 
optimisation 
Waste 
beneficiation 
Solar water 
heating 
rollout 
Transport Agriculture Water Energy Waste 
Infrastructure 
resilience and 
ecosystems 
‘Working for’ 
programmes 
Greening 
public 
buildings 
Payment for 
ecosystem 
services
Development Bank of Southern Africa 25 
Given that expenditure on education has increased 
during the democratic era, unemployed youth have 
higher educational qualifications than older age cohorts 
in employment. Hence, ‘the fact that better-educated 
young people remain poor suggests that the labour 
market has not been playing a successful role in 
alleviating poverty and that the education system is 
not delivering the skills needed in the labour market’.33 
A dysfunctional education system, 
combined with mismatches in supply 
and demand, constrains growth and 
exacerbates unemployment. 
With regard to basic education, key challenges include 
poor school management, inappropriately trained 
teachers, insufficient time spent on teaching, and a 
lack of critical learning resources and infrastructure 
in poor schools. However, poor educational outcomes 
are also driven by historical and current inequalities. 
For example, 62.5% of white Grade 6 learners can 
do mathematics compared with only 0.1% of black 
Grade 6 learners. Parent education and socioeconomic 
status are strong predictors of educational outcomes, thus 
reducing intergenerational social mobility. This often 
results in a power differential between poor parents 
and teachers, limiting accountability and the effective 
functioning of school governing bodies. Apartheid also 
left a legacy of differential access to teacher education 
in terms of the level and quality of education, in both 
content knowledge and pedagogy. Areas that are poor 
and rural also experience greater difficulties in attracting 
qualified teachers. In addition, the structures that 
different provinces inherited, particularly those that 
had to integrate homeland governments, seem to have 
affected provincial performance. Hence, the education 
performance of the Western Cape and Gauteng seems 
to reflect their historic privilege. In contrast, the poor 
educational performance of Limpopo, the Eastern Cape 
and Mpumalanga could be argued to reflect not only 
their current relative poverty but also the complexity 
of the apartheid infrastructure they inherited. At the 
same time, marked differences in performance, not 
only within the same province but also within districts, 
suggest that effective school management can make a 
huge difference to educational outcomes. 
Agriculture 5% 
Informal (non-agricultural) 16% 
Private households 9% 
Formal (non-agricultural) 70% 
Community and social services 
27% 
Mining 
3% 
Manufacturing 
17% 
Utilities 
1% 
Construction 
8% 
Trade 
21% 
Transport 
6% 
Finance 
17% 
Formal sector 
Figure 9: Distribution of employment by sector, 
201031 
All sectors 
Formal sector 
—39.9 
—7.3 
—14.6 
59.9 
—16.0 
12.3 
44 
26.4 
—1.6 
—32.9 
60 
40 
20 
0 
—20 
—40 
—60 
Agriculture 
Mining 
Manufacturing 
Utilities 
Construction 
Trade 
Transport 
Finance 
Community and 
social services 
Private households 
% 
Figure 10: Change in employment by sector, 
2001–2010 32
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
26 
of the main post-school institutions is not configured 
to respond to the huge population of youth not in 
employment, education or training (NEETs). While 
South Africa is short of both high and intermediate 
skills, the shortage of intermediate skills is perceived 
to be more acute. 
FET colleges also have weaker links to employers, 
affecting the quality of teaching and the employability of 
FET learners. Previously, FET (technical) colleges worked 
in tandem with employers on vocational training, and 
employers sponsored students. This link has weakened 
since the 1990s and FET colleges now struggle to 
find placements for learners. In turn, employers raise 
concerns about the quality and relevance of FET 
qualifications. Hence, graduates of FET colleges have about 
a 30% chance of getting a job. The poor performance 
of the vocational training system has been exacerbated 
by confusion over the status of apprenticeship 
training, with the result that, from 2001 to 2006, South 
Africa produced on average 5600 artisans per year, 
as against the need for 12 500. 
With regard to higher education, while access has 
increased, student readiness and the quality of skills 
produced remain cause for concern. After 1994, the 
primary focus was on significantly increasing the 
enrolment of black students at higher education 
institutions — white students had a 75% participation 
rate in the 18—25 age group, but the rate for black 
students was only 5%. The number of institutions was 
The underperformance of the education system has 
resulted in poor educational outcomes in science, 
mathematics and basic literacy, combined with high 
dropout rates from Grade 9. This affects the development 
of important economic skills, such as engineering. 
South Africa has approximately 30 engineers per 
100 000 people, as against 255 in the United States 
and 340 in Australia. The Department of Basic 
Education recently released the Action Plan to 2014: 
Towards the realisation of schooling 2025 for public 
comment. However, many areas in the framework for 
improving schools are still underdeveloped and much 
needs to be done to identify implementable activities 
that will have an impact. In addition, goals related to 
the teaching and learning process, enabling conditions 
and school climate — on which the whole enterprise 
crucially depends — are underdeveloped. If the Action 
Plan is to be successful, the institutional capacity within 
provinces and districts will need to be significantly 
increased and the role of the national department in 
enforcing minimum standards will need to be enhanced. 
With regard to higher and further education, as an 
economy changes, the shape of its skills needs also 
changes. In the transition from a developing economy 
to an industrialising economy, the following underlying 
shifts are commonly manifested: 
 Increased demand for highly skilled professionals; 
 Increased demand for intermediately skilled 
associate professionals and technicians; 
 Lower demand for workers with basic skills; and 
 Sharply lower demand for unskilled workers. 
Enrolment in higher education and further education 
and training (FET) institutions and the production of 
graduates should reflect the shape of the demand for 
labour. The desired distribution of the proportions 
between highly skilled, intermediately skilled and technical 
workers is given in Figure 11 (the normal triangle). 
It reflects the need for higher proportions of intermediately 
skilled workers relative to highly skilled workers. 
The current situation in South Africa is depicted by 
the inverted triangle, showing that the proportion of 
enrolment in higher education is larger than enrolment 
in the FET sector. This shows that the current shape 
Professionals and highly skilled 
workers in higher education 
Associate professionals and 
intermediately skilled workers in 
further education and training 
Current shape Desired shape 
Figure 11: Enrolment in higher education and 
FET institutions in South Africa
Development Bank of Southern Africa 27 
and academia also affects growth in research and 
development, limiting the rate at which the economy 
moves up the productive value chain. 
The Department of Higher Education and Training 
has embarked on various reform initiatives. These 
include a review of the sector education and training 
system, an assessment of student finance mechanisms 
and the development of a 10-Point Plan for Higher 
Education and Training in partnership with the DBSA. 
However, many of these initiatives have not been fully 
operationalised. Moreover, the challenges of youth 
unemployment and the poor performance of the 
further and higher education system require a 
multi-departmental and multi-stakeholder response. 
For example, aligning educational outputs with the 
needs of the economy requires the development of an 
industrial strategy with a coherent long-term perspective 
that describes the envisioned macro shape of the 
economy. This should be augmented by sectoral 
(e.g. mining) or cluster (e.g. boat building) plans, each 
with a skills plan based on committed interaction 
between the key players — government, industry and 
education. Joint commitments among the partners would 
hopefully generate the trust necessary for businesses 
to invest in expansion, for education institutions to 
develop programmes to generate new kinds of skills, 
and for the government to put in place the incentives. 
The Department of Higher Education and Training’s 
Strategic Plan sets out its responsibility to anticipate 
needs, facilitate institutional linkages, provide a policy 
and resource environment in which providers are 
supported and accountable to be efficient and effective, 
and establish and manage incentives that enable the 
system to be responsive and relevant to the complex 
dynamics of demand. The extent to which this new 
department can sustainably source, recruit and retain 
the required skills over the long term will affect the 
outcome of its plans. 
Income inequality has increased 
but non-income inequality and 
poverty have declined. 
With regard to inequality, income inequality, as measured 
by the Gini coefficient, grew between 1996 and 2009. 
reduced from 36 to 23. This was combined with increased 
capital investment in historically black institutions, as 
well as attempts to improve financial management. 
Despite these initiatives, urban universities still dominate. 
In addition, although black student numbers have 
increased from 473 000 in 1994 to 737 000 in 2005, 
enduring social and economic inequalities still result in 
asymmetrical patterns of access to higher education. 
Hence, in 2006, enrolment in public higher education 
institutions substantially favoured white students: 
59% of the relevant age group were enrolled in 
higher education, as against only 12% of African 
students. Of the entire cohort of black children entering 
school in any one year, the education system can only 
convey approximately 5% to graduation, that is, from 
Grade 1 to the completion of an undergraduate degree. 
This contrasts starkly with the fortunes of white children, 
who have almost a 60% chance of graduating from 
university. Overall dropout rates remain high (50% in 
the first two years), and only 22% of students finish a 
three-year degree in three years. While greater focus 
on academic support programmes to compensate for 
schooling deficiencies will assist in improving throughput 
rates, this problem can only really be addressed by 
increasing schooling efficiencies in the medium to long 
term. From an employment perspective, those with 
incomplete secondary education have a 75% chance of 
being unemployed, those with matric 66%, those with 
a diploma 50% and those with a degree 17%. 
In addition, the quality of higher education outcomes 
remains inadequate in important social sectors 
(e.g. teacher development and nursing), as well 
as economically important high-end skills such as 
engineering. There is growing evidence that the 
curricula taught in important sectors are increasingly 
out of step with the needs of the market. For example, 
one of the constraints in the country’s ability to 
convert innovative ideas into economic growth is that 
many innovators are not taught business skills while 
learning about their primary discipline. The Department 
of Science and Technology also estimates that, in 
order for South Africa to move towards a knowledge-based 
economy, it will need to increase its rate of PhD 
production by a factor of five over the next 10 to 20 
years.34 
The lack of partnerships between business
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
28 
significantly from the increase in the provision of 
basic services since 1994, a large share of the African 
population remains without access to water, electricity, 
housing and sanitation’.36 
Institutional, financial and spatial 
challenges continue to impede 
infrastructure delivery. 
With regard to electrification, the annual increase in 
the number of electrified households between 1999 and 
2000 was 6%, while the average change in electrification 
from 1999 to 2009 was even lower at 4%. The reduction 
in the rate of electrification can be attributed to the 
difficulty of electrifying urban areas because of the 
substantial growth in informal settlements, which 
makes service delivery more challenging. The high 
cost of connecting households in remote and/or rural 
areas is another contributing factor to this reduction 
in electrification rates. According to the Department of 
Energy’s Strategic Plan for 2010/11, the amounts required 
for electrification for the years ending March 2011 and 
2012 are R7.47 billion and R7.67 billion respectively. There 
is no indication of the number of annual connections 
linked to these funding requirements. However, only 
R2.7 billion and R2.97 billion were allocated for 2010/11 
A decomposition of income by decile for 1993, 2000 
and 2008 reveals that the income accruing to the 
richest decile increased, while that of the remaining nine 
deciles either declined or remained stagnant. Inequality 
also has a racial dimension, as demonstrated by changes 
in the per capita incomes of Africans, coloureds and 
Indians relative to that of whites from 1917 to 2008 
(see Figure 12). 
In 1917, the per capita income of black South Africans 
was 9.1% of white per capita income. For coloureds and 
Indians, it was 22%. In 2008, per capita incomes (as 
a percentage of white per capita incomes) were 13% 
for Africans, 22% for coloureds and 60% for Indians. 
Consequently, ‘at any poverty line, Africans are very much 
poorer than Coloureds, who are very much poorer than 
Indians/Asians, who are poorer than whites’.35 However, 
evidence also suggests that, with the impact of black 
economic empowerment (BEE), income inequality within 
racial groups is also growing. 
At the same time, non-income inequality has declined 
in the democratic period, owing to the rollout of 
basic services and housing. This has to some extent 
mitigated the negative impact of income inequality. 
However, ‘while the African population has benefitted 
Figure 12: Annual per capita personal income by race as a proportion of white levels, 1917–200837 
1917 1936 1956 1970 1980 1993 2000 2008 
 African 9.1 7.6 8.6 6.8 8.5 10.9 15.9 13.0 
 Coloured 22.0 15.6 16.9 17.3 19.1 19.3 23.0 22.05 
 Indian 22.1 23.1 21.9 20.2 25.5 42.0 41.0 60.0 
 White 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 
120 
100 
80 
60 
40 
20 
0 
%
Development Bank of Southern Africa 29 
the housing and infrastructure subsidies and 
provide land free of charge, a budgetary shortfall 
would still exist. In addition, reports of poor quality 
housing continue to emerge, while the expansion of 
low-density housing raises additional challenges 
of transport and service delivery. 
 Infrastructure finance: The integration of bulk service 
delivery with housing delivery is critical, but there 
is a lack of alignment between the funding streams. 
This has also had a detrimental impact on the level 
of private sector investment in the housing market. 
 Current economic climate: Job losses, declining 
productivity and reduced revenue suggest that 
public sector budgets are unlikely to grow in the 
short term and that allocations will be tighter than 
anticipated. At the same time, banks now require 
higher deposits, which, combined with the National 
Credit Act, severely hamper access to credit. 
 South Africa’s housing finance system and institutions: 
The current subsidy regime does not adequately 
respond to the challenges of scale, affordability 
and sustainability. Meanwhile, development finance 
institutions in the housing sector seem either to have 
inadequate financial capacity or not to use their 
capacity effectively to address the main challenges 
at hand. 
 State capacity: State institutions seem to lack the 
capacity to respond to the demand for services and 
the envisioned scale of delivery. This is exacerbated 
by the fact that the roles and responsibilities of 
provincial and local government in the delivery of 
housing and human settlements are unclear. 
In general, progress has been made in the delivery 
of basic services infrastructure. However, delivery 
continues to be dogged by poor planning and 
management, including inadequate maintenance. 
This is largely due to institutional weaknesses in 
individual government bodies, the lack of effective 
coordination and accountability mechanisms across 
the state, and the fact that infrastructure investments 
are not spatially referenced in terms of a clear national 
spatial development plan that articulates the growth 
and 2011/12 respectively. If the allocated budget is meant 
to address the goal of achieving universal electrification 
by 2012, based on the shortfall, it is unlikely that this 
target will be reached. 
In terms of water and sanitation, although South Africa 
has already attained the Millennium Development Goals 
(MDGs) for access to water and sanitation services, some 
water services backlogs still exist: three million people 
are without access to basic water supplies and 12 million 
are without access to basic sanitation services. Water 
services backlogs persist in rural areas and informal 
settlements. In addition, with the focus on addressing 
access backlogs, less attention has been given to 
maintaining infrastructure. This resulted in new 
backlogs in the effective operation and sustainable 
maintenance of old and new infrastructure. 
With regard to housing and human settlements, 
a recent discussion document entitled ‘Framing a 
finance strategy for human settlements’ identified 
six core challenges, namely: 
 Scale: It has become increasingly clear that the 
current rate of housing delivery cannot keep up with 
demand. This not only suggests that the backlog 
eradication target of 2014 will not be met but also 
that informal settlements will continue to persist, 
given current patterns of migration and population 
growth and future trajectories. This has contributed 
to increasing frustration, sometimes resulting in 
service delivery and housing protests and labour 
strikes. 
 Affordability: Approximately 20% of South Africa’s 
population (about 2.3 million households) earn 
between R3500 and R9000. They are too rich to 
be eligible for a subsidy but too poor to buy new 
housing. At the same time, the ‘specs applied to a 
government subsidised house price the next level 
up out of the affordability of the target market’.38 
 Sustainability: Even if the problems of scale could 
be overcome, the budgetary capacity to meet the 
current backlog and address new family formation 
is insufficient. If the government were to combine
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
30 
High levels of poverty have also contributed to a 
high burden of disease. South Africa has a quadruple 
burden of disease associated with the epidemiological 
transition between diseases of poverty and lifestyle-related 
diseases, malnutrition and diarrhoea. In addition 
to poverty-related conditions and the growing burden 
of non-communicable diseases, the ‘third’ burden 
relates to premature deaths from violence and injuries, 
largely attributable to the high crime rate and motor 
vehicle accidents. The ‘fourth’ burden, human 
immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and acquired immune 
deficiency syndrome (AIDS), has been described as the 
greatest one, accounting for nearly 40% of lives lost 
to premature death. South Africa has the highest 
number of people living with HIV (approximately 
5.5 million), posing significant challenges for the health 
system. HIV and AIDS largely affect women, the poor 
and unemployed, and children. The disease also tends 
to strike victims during their most economically active 
years, with grave implications for growth and development. 
To make matters worse, South Africa reportedly has 
the 7th highest incidence of tuberculosis in the world, 
with a prevalence rate that has increased from 260 
cases to 720 cases per 100 000 people.40 This has been 
exacerbated by the outbreak of multi-drug-resistant 
tuberculosis and extreme drug-resistant tuberculosis, 
which has a very high case fatality rate. The country 
also has low cure rates, owing to socioeconomic 
factors and HIV, among others. The high co-infection 
rate of HIV and tuberculosis does not appear to have 
been well managed, further extending the health 
system and driving (especially poor) households into 
strife and poverty. 
The government has demonstrated a renewed 
commitment to and has made significant investments 
in antiretroviral therapy, the prevention of mother-to-child 
transmission and tuberculosis programmes. 
However, reports of inefficient management of 
financial resources, resulting in limited access to 
comprehensive care and in preventable fatalities, 
reflect institutional issues that are great cause for 
concern. Hence, South Africa will struggle to achieve 
the health-related MDGs (reducing child mortality; 
improving maternal health; and combating HIV and 
path. Moreover, while delivery agreements have been 
developed for all the main infrastructure sectors, 
the indicators in these agreements reflect continued 
fragmented planning. The Presidential Review of 
State-Owned Enterprises, the Presidential Infrastructure 
Commission and initiatives to develop a 10-Year Integrated 
Infrastructure Plan are thus welcome within this context. 
However, the level and extent of institutional failure 
across all three spheres of government make turning 
the situation around a daunting task. 
Poverty remains high but crime and the 
high burden of disease are decreasing. 
With regard to poverty, empirical evidence suggests 
that while income poverty remained relatively stagnant, 
non-income poverty (i.e. access to services, housing, 
education and health) declined between 1994 and 2010. 
That said, more than 20 million people are living in 
poverty and the distribution of poverty across racial 
groups remains symptomatic of the apartheid era: 
in 2009, Africans accounted for 93% of poor households, 
coloureds for 6.1%, Indians for 0.7% and whites for a 
negligible 0.2%. Overall, 49.5% of Africans, 29.4% of 
coloureds and 11.5% of Indians were living below the 
poverty line in 2009. 
High levels of poverty and employment are often 
accompanied by high levels of crime; South Africa 
is no exception. However, crime statistics have shown 
a steady decrease in recent years. For example, the 
2010/11 crime statistics reveal a decline in all types of 
‘contact crime’, including murder, rape, assault with intent 
to do serious bodily harm, common assault, aggravated 
robbery and common robbery. Murder was down by 6.5% 
and sexual offences by 3.1%. Assault with intent to do 
serious bodily harm dropped by 4.5%, while robbery 
with aggravating circumstances was down by 12%. 
The biggest improvement was in bank robberies, which 
fell by a massive 58.1% — just 39 cases were recorded 
in 2010/11, down from 93 in the previous year. While 
much still needs to be done, these trends have been 
attributed to systematic improvements in visible 
policing, crime detection and response; steps by 
business to improve security; as well as partnerships 
with communities.39
Development Bank of Southern Africa 31 
control key financial resources. This will 
obviate the weak purchasing power that is 
a major problem for some of the medical 
schemes, resulting in spiralling costs. 
4. Strengthen the under-resourced and strained 
public sector, and improve health systems 
performance. 
The Green Paper will form the basis of consultations 
that will eventually result in the promulgation of the 
National Health Insurance Act. It is envisaged that by 
April 2012, the piloting of National Health Insurance 
will commence in ten selected districts, and it is 
anticipated that National Health Insurance will be rolled 
out over a 14-year period. However, the Department 
of Health has emphasised that National Health 
Insurance will only succeed if the quality of service 
in public hospitals is significantly improved and the 
pricing of healthcare in the private sector is seriously 
addressed.42 
The state is central to driving change 
but institutional reform efforts to date 
have met with limited success. 
It is clear that the nature of South Africa’s institutions — 
not just in health but also in all the areas discussed 
above — has been an important factor influencing the 
country’s current trajectory. A democratic state that 
is proactive and strategic, and intelligently intervenes 
to ‘create the conditions that support constructive 
endeavours for people-centred growth’,42 is crucial to 
overcoming poverty, inequality and underdevelopment.43 
In all successful developmental states — the model 
many East Asian nations pursued after World War II to 
modernise their economies rapidly — the ruling party 
has managed to put together a social pact. This pact 
sets out the country’s developmental goals and the 
commitments and compromises that important social 
actors (government, business, labour, communities 
and other stakeholders) will make to achieve them. 
These goals are normally very clear and have specific 
timeframes. 
Since 1994, the South African government has introduced 
a number of initiatives aimed at creating an effective 
AIDS, malaria and other communicable diseases). 
For example, infant mortality increased from an 
average of 45.5 deaths per live births between 1993 
and 1998 to 69 in 2005. Maternal mortality is also 
increasing at an alarming rate, from 200 per 100 000 
live births in 2000 to 400 per 100 000 in 2008. 
However, more recent data suggests that government 
interventions are beginning to have a positive effect 
on health outcomes. 
In addition, large numbers of poor people are unable to 
access sufficient health services in many parts of the 
country because of a lack of public health infrastructure 
and the unaffordability of private health care. This is 
due to historical and current inequities in the health 
system. The public sector struggles to provide reasonable 
access to healthcare for 85% of the population on a 
budget of R99 billion, while the private sector has 
grown its financial resources to R93 billion but caters for 
only about 15% of the population, based on 2011/12 
projections. There is also an acute maldistribution of 
health workers between the public and the private 
health sectors. The bulk of the health workforce 
is located in the private health sector, with a bias 
towards urban areas. Poor conditions of service in the 
public health care system, combined with the globalisation 
of healthcare, have also contributed to the loss of 
critical skills from the public health sector. Weaknesses 
in the district health system and in hospital management 
have led to a poor quality of care in some hospital 
facilities. 
To address some of these challenges, the Department 
of Health has embarked on a programme to accelerate 
health infrastructure delivery, improve hospital 
management, increase the quantity and quality of health 
professionals, and develop a National Health Insurance 
scheme. The latter has the following objectives: 
1. Provide improved access to quality health 
services for all South Africans, irrespective 
of whether they are employed. 
2. Pool risks and funds so that equity and social 
solidarity will be achieved through the creation 
of a single fund. 
3. Procure services on behalf of the entire 
population and efficiently mobilise and
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
32 
to recognise the structural and systemic factors that 
drive South Africa’s spatial trajectory. Traditional 
approaches to spatial inequality have sought to ensure 
that economic growth is more spatially balanced by 
attempting to control migration and the growth of 
cities. Attempts to control internal migration tend 
to be more frequent in less developed than in more 
developed regions. Alternatively, countries have 
sought to sustain lagging areas through territorial 
development programmes that were meant to bring 
jobs to the people living there. These spatial targeting 
programmes have tended to focus on subsidising 
manufacturing industries to establish factories in 
‘growth points’ within deprived areas or those regions 
experiencing economic setbacks. At the same time, 
rural development strategies have largely been 
informed by pro-poor growth strategies and sustainable 
livelihoods, as well as concepts of rurality (e.g. poor, 
subsistence-farming women in a poverty-wracked 
agricultural landscape). While these frameworks had some 
systemic elements, in practice pro-poor interventions 
have tended to be conceptualised separately from 
broader growth and development strategies. As a 
result, rural pro-poor interventions have often focused 
only at the micro or community level. 
However, internationally, attempts at inhibiting 
migration have largely failed, while the impact of spatial 
targeting programmes has been mixed. In addition, the 
impact and efficacy of traditional pro-poor approaches 
have been increasingly criticised. For example, in 2010, 
the United Nations Research Institute for Social 
Development (USRISD) issued a report on Combating 
poverty and inequality. The report criticised poverty 
reduction approaches that treat the poor as a category 
that requires discrete policies, and argued that where 
countries have successfully improved the well-being 
of the majority, they focused on long-term processes 
of structural transformation, rather than poverty 
reduction per se.45 These processes involved promoting 
growth and structural change that generate productive 
employment, social policies aimed at universal coverage, 
and redistributive policies to tackle inequality. This has 
and, later, a developmental state. These reforms have 
been extensive, involving policy reforms, organisational 
change (e.g. structures, systems and processes; centralisation 
and decentralisation; a range of service delivery 
models; and labour relations frameworks), as well 
as human resource and performance enhancement 
(competency frameworks, skills and capacity development, 
new performance management systems and talent 
management). However, the success of these initiatives 
has been mixed. The state has developed a number 
of areas of institutional strength (e.g. a respected 
judicial system; a strong Reserve Bank, Treasury and 
Revenue Service; as well as pockets of excellence in 
different national and provincial departments and some 
municipalities). However, it continues to lack significant 
capacity in critical areas (e.g. policy stability and 
coherence, policy enforcement and regulation, integration 
and coordination, and operational and service delivery 
capacity). Clearly, therefore, the state has struggled 
to lock in the changes it has sought. 
Reasons for this include weaknesses in evidence-based 
policymaking, which have sometimes resulted in a lack 
of realism. The challenges related to sectoral planning 
in the manufacturing sector have already been noted 
above. Another notable example relates to the failures 
of outcomes-based education: the 2008 Organisation 
for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) 
Review of national policies for education: South Africa 
noted that the vision of the National Curriculum Statement 
did not match the reality of the average South African 
school.44 Another example is the Local Government 
Turnaround Strategy, which had little impact, among 
other reasons because municipalities with a long history 
of dysfunctionality were suddenly expected to have the 
capacity to formulate their own turnaround strategies. 
This lack of realism has also sometimes been driven 
by paradigms and ideologies that are out of step with 
their context. Hence, one of the primary reasons why 
spatial development policy and praxis since 1994 have 
done little to address historical and current challenges 
in the space economy is that these initiatives have 
been dominated by inappropriate paradigms that fail
Development Bank of Southern Africa 33 
are critical. Hence, countries need to deal with macro 
spatial inequalities by reducing the distance between 
areas where economic activity is concentrated and 
lagging regions — through transport, telecommunications, 
and the like — as a means of increasing linkages and 
resource flows. In addition, they need to get density 
at local level right by, inter alia, harnessing market 
forces to encourage concentration and promote 
convergence in living standards between villages, 
towns and cities, while minimising the negative 
impacts of rapid urbanisation. 
This suggests that South Africa needs to shift from 
a primary focus on spatial targeting to incorporate 
other factors that play a critical role in enabling 
economic integration. This would require complementary 
interventions at different levels and scales (see 
Chapter 8). There have been consistent attempts 
from mid-2000 to shift the way in which the South 
African state conceptualises and engages with 
spatial inequality, economic competitiveness and 
sustainability at different spatial scales to take into 
account emerging good practice. However, traditional 
pro-poor and spatial targeting paradigms continue to 
prevail, resulting in a significant lack of coherence 
in terms of policy and praxis at national and sub-national 
levels. 
Another reason for limited institutional progress is a 
lack of capacity within the state to manage reforms. 
As noted, the South African state faces significant 
skills challenges. For example, in 2006, Cabinet 
commissioned a study47 to assess whether the public 
sector had the capacity to execute the Accelerated 
and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa (AsgiSA) 
policy. It found that there were skills and capacity gaps 
across the three spheres of government, mismatches 
in the supply of graduates between the skills the public 
administration needed and what higher education 
institutions produced, huge disparities between the 
remuneration of professionals and senior management, 
and significant salary discrepancies between the 
technical professions in the public and private sectors. 
been accompanied by a growing recognition that there 
are a number of rural worlds, and the nature of rurality 
may differ between countries where agriculture is the 
major source of growth and highly urbanised countries. 
In turn, this has highlighted the importance of: 
 Taking a nuanced view of the definition 
and imaginaries of rural livelihoods; 
 Taking into account the nature of a country’s 
socioeconomic transition and its potential 
evolutionary path(s); and, in particular, 
 Taking cognisance of the cyclical nature of 
transitions: for example, many highly developed 
and urbanised countries are now going through 
a process of reverse migration. 
These developments have led to a growing recognition 
that spatial development is as much about linkages 
(global, regional, national and sub-national) as it is 
about distinctions (the needs and specificities of 
different settlement types). According to the 2009 
World Development Report, international experience 
suggests that, in order to promote economic development 
and spatial integration, the provision of universal basic 
services (municipal and social) is critical to increasing 
human capabilities and decreasing spatial disparities in 
living standards in the short term. Effective transport 
and communications infrastructure and services are 
key drivers of spatial integration, economic productivity 
and, thus, income levels in the medium to long term. 
Similarly, the OECD points out that: 
[A] simple concentration of resources in a 
place is not a sufficient condition for sustained 
growth. The key appears to be how assets are 
used, how different actors interact and how 
synergies are exploited. Evidence of this is 
provided by analysis of the factors that drive 
growth: for example, infrastructure investment 
is effective when combined with other forms 
of investment, notably in education and skills 
[which in turn promote innovation]...46 
The World Development Report further argues that, 
in terms of spatial integration, distance and density
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
34 
influences, and without a common understanding of 
the ‘rules of the game’. 
For example, the former Chairperson of the Public 
Service Commission noted that ‘a particularly worrying 
factor, from where we sit, is our own public service’s 
understanding of a “developmental state” as a 
meaning a state of underdevelopment in terms of 
performance, or groping in the dark in an infant state 
to fulfill its functions; implying mediocrity, weakness, 
ineptitude and a lack of cognizance to “raise the bar” 
on service delivery’.50 
This has contributed to an environment where skill 
is ambiguous and contested, and ‘like skill, the 
illegitimacy and racism of historical authority structures 
and practices … have left a legacy of uncertainty 
about, and contestation over, legitimate management 
and supervisory practices’.51 This contestation of the 
supervisory relationship and the parallel authority 
role of union site structures in some administrations 
have created an environment where it becomes 
‘impossible to raise or acknowledge pervasive institutional 
failure and poor performance and these problems are 
denied. The bureaucracy becomes unable to recognise 
problems in the system, account for them, or try to 
solve them, and senior managers become more 
concerned with reputation and the preservation of 
“face” than what happens in the system.’52 
This has resulted in ‘contradictory rationalities’ in 
many parts — but not all — of the state. Some of 
these contradictions emanate from within the system, 
such as those relating to poor delineation of roles 
and responsibilities. Others are driven by influences 
from the wider system, such as those that relate to 
identities (i.e. public servant versus ‘rightful’ citizen), 
to whether transformation should be driven purely 
by redress imperatives or by redress and merit, or to 
perspectives of the state as the primary vehicle of 
black social mobility versus an independent, impartial 
bureaucracy, and so forth. 
These factors may have contributed to the apparently 
growing prevalence of hard and soft corruption in post- 
Attempts by the public service to upgrade skills have 
generally been disappointing. Internal surveys have 
partially blamed the fact that remuneration was ‘not 
flexible enough to attract and retain scarce skills’.48 
The vacancy rate in the public service is also 
disturbingly high. A 2007 Public Service Commission 
survey49 estimated the vacancy rate at national level 
at 23%. As a result, there is an extreme dependence 
on consultants, without adequate capacity being built 
to sustain the reforms undertaken. High vacancy rates, 
accompanied by high levels of churn, also serve to 
undermine institutional memory, with a detrimental 
impact on policy coherence, continuity and stability 
within the state. The poor management of transformation 
and political leadership change processes within the 
state has also contributed to significant churn among 
public officials and the consequent loss of institutional 
memory. Hence, the South African state remains in a 
continuous state of transformation without ever reaching 
its destination or building institutional depth. 
These bureaucratic challenges have been accentuated 
by a decentralised state structure, with each sphere 
having its own constitutionally enshrined powers and 
functions. This makes it more difficult to intervene to 
address capacity gaps in the different spheres. In addition, 
the ‘corporatisation’ of state entities (influenced by New 
Public Management trends in public sector reform), 
without a concomitant increase in contract management 
skills and central capacity to coordinate and integrate 
delivery, has also contributed to state fragmentation. 
The state also faces significant cultural and ideational 
challenges born out of the apartheid legacy. The 
apartheid state left a legacy of delegitimised state 
institutions, where many black staff were alienated from 
the system in which they worked, while communities felt 
justified to bend or ignore rules imposed by an unjust 
government. At the same time, the system of patronage 
and partiality that was at the centre of the apartheid 
state resulted in a corrupted value system. In combination, 
these factors have produced a post-apartheid state 
weakened by contradictory ideational and cultural
Development Bank of Southern Africa 35 
affects their ability to make significant progress on 
their developmental objectives. Thus, the main 
imperative is to structure an appropriate relationship 
between the party and the state, whereby the ruling 
party has sufficient control over the state to carry out 
its policy agenda, while the bureaucracy has sufficient 
autonomy to retain the administrative stability and 
institutional memory necessary to sustain its ongoing 
functions. In order to achieve this balance, exercising 
party control over the state is usually done through 
a combination of contractual instruments — such as 
performance contracts or delivery agreements — and 
ensuring congruence between political terms of office 
and the contract period of senior public officials (who 
then use normal organisational instruments to lead 
and manage the bureaucracy beneath them). 
Such a system requires the political ability to set out 
the administrative outputs required to meet political 
and developmental objectives, the ability to determine 
if and when those outputs are met, and the ability 
to enforce performance consequences — negative or 
positive — to drive adherence to desired behaviours. 
These abilities, in turn, require high levels of leadership 
and managerial acumen. In the absence of such 
acumen, political leaders tend to fall back on non-contractual 
instruments of exerting control over the 
bureaucracy, such as linking access to public service 
employment to party affiliation. In instances where 
political leaders wish to use their term of office to 
pursue not just party objectives but also personal 
agendas, the primary mechanism of control shifts 
from an emphasis on being loyal to the party and 
the office to an emphasis on personal loyalty to the 
politician in question. So, even if the ruling party 
stays the same, changes in the political heads result in 
changes in the administrative heads, which can cause 
high levels of bureaucratic instability. 
In South Africa, where the apartheid state had to 
be fundamentally transformed from one which was 
designed to serve a few and oppress the majority to 
one that used new forms of governance to serve the 
apartheid South Africa. Hard corruption occurs when 
public officials bend the rules to channel patronage 
to relatives, friends and cronies, or accept bribes, 
or when private agents bribe public officials to give 
them exclusive advantages or rights. Soft or ‘quiet’ 
corruption occurs when public servants deliberately 
neglect their duties to provide public services or goods. 
Quiet corruption may not involve an exchange of 
money, but involves providers of public services, such as 
teachers, nurses or other officials, bending the rules for 
their own private interests. This includes, for example, 
public servants not turning up for work when they should. 
These two forms of corruption are mutually reinforcing 
— soft corruption paves the way for hard corruption, 
while hard corruption ‘legitimises’ quiet corruption. 
However, others argue that it is not so much that corruption 
is on the increase but rather that the democratic state 
has taken stronger steps to monitor, report and stem 
corruption, resulting in a higher level of media exposure. 
Either way, perceptions suggest that corruption is on the 
increase. In 2007, Transparency International accorded 
South Africa a Corruption Perceptions Index score of 
4.7. As a high score points to lower perceived levels of 
corruption (the highest possible score is 10), this score 
was significantly worse than the 5.2 accorded in 1998. 
In 2010, South Africa’s score was 4.5, signalling a further 
deterioration in perceptions of corruption. 
The functioning of the democratic state has also 
been influenced by the structure of the relationship 
between party and state. Developmental interventions, 
especially in societies with deep systemic and structural 
challenges, often take time to have an impact. 
They require consistent implementation over a long 
period, withstanding changes in the ruling party or 
political leadership. This, in turn, necessitates a stable 
bureaucracy that has enough institutional depth to 
follow through on a long-term reform agenda, even 
if bureaucratic or political leaders change from time 
to time. Countries with a high level of political instability 
— because of changes in the ruling party or between 
factions within the same party — which translates into 
a high level of bureaucratic instability, often struggle 
to sustain a long-term reform agenda. This negatively
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
36 
societies where the majority of the population had been 
disenfranchised and where access to political power after 
independence or democracy has not brought significant 
increases in economic participation and control, all too 
often the state becomes the primary vehicle for social 
mobility for the previously disadvantaged majority. 
Likewise, access to political power becomes the primary 
vehicle for control of the state. The drivers for attaining 
political office and the quality of political leadership 
born out of elective processes within the party and 
the country are shaped by this social context. 
South African society has a hybrid of these characteristics, 
born out of apartheid but also out of more than 15 years 
of social change. These influence different political 
parties in different ways. However, if current trends 
of slow economic transformation and high levels of 
poverty and inequality continue, these social pressures 
may shape the extent to which political parties are 
used as vehicles of social mobility rather than social 
change. This, in turn, will affect the nature and quality 
of political leadership and the level of contestation 
for access to political office, affecting the quality and 
stability of political governance. 
The slow rate of economic 
transformation has been exacerbated 
by inappropriate models and 
unintended consequences. 
With regard to the relationship between the state, 
business and labour, the fault lines between the 
government and labour on the one hand and traditional 
business elites on the other are still largely structured 
along historical racial and political lines. Since 1994, 
attempts to bridge this gap have centred around 
two core strategies — building social coalitions 
through tripartite or bilateral arrangements, and 
bringing about the transformation of ownership 
and management within the economy and workplace. 
This transformation was not only imperative to redress 
the apartheid legacy but it was also hoped that it would 
increase the commitment of the private sector to a 
broader national agenda. This would, in turn, foster a 
whole nation, finding the appropriate balance 
between party-driven transformation and bureaucratic 
stability has not been easy. Having inherited a state 
dominated by National or Democratic Party bureaucrats, 
restructuring it to create greater synergy between the 
ruling party and top officials within the bureaucracy 
was a clear imperative. More recently, however, 
changes in bureaucratic leadership have largely been 
driven by changes in particular political heads rather than 
in the ruling party per se. New administrative leaders, 
in turn, have sought to change the composition of 
critical layers of management beneath them, resulting 
in wave after wave of restructuring. Moreover, as the 
relationship between the party and the state becomes 
increasingly blurred, political contestation within the 
ruling party all too often spills over into the workings of 
the state. For example, the Deputy Minister of Cooperative 
Governance and Traditional Affairs recently stated that: 
For municipalities to perform better, the [African 
National Congress-led] movement needs to be 
stronger and more stable. Some of our internal 
political tensions get transferred to municipalities 
and serve to create divisions that undermine 
municipal service delivery and development.53 
This points to the fact that the nature of the relationship 
between party and state is also driven by the modus 
operandi of the ruling party, which is in turn driven 
by the social context. In democratic societies with 
highly educated and empowered citizens, a similarly 
high quality of political leadership is demanded, which 
is often drawn from the ranks of those who have 
been successful in other sectors of society. Power is 
also diffused across a variety of institutions within 
the broader state, as well as across a variety of civil 
society groupings. These institutions and groupings 
are then able to exercise influence over the manner 
in which political parties function and the processes 
or mechanisms that enable citizens to exert a high level 
of accountability over those they elect to lead them. In 
societies where citizens are not highly educated and 
empowered, people also identify with political leaders 
that are similar to them. Moreover, in post-colonial
Development Bank of Southern Africa 37 
has set a target of 25% black ownership of companies 
listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, a recent 
study found that black South Africans owned 18% of 
the top 100 companies but only 8% of stocks if treasury 
stocks, indirect ownership, state-held shares and stakes 
of overseas companies owned by South African firms are 
included.55 Furthermore, the financing structure of many 
BEE deals means that statistics on black ownership are 
not so much a reflection of actual capital ownership but 
rather of debt. It has been argued that the emphasis 
on capital reform in the initial conceptualisation of BEE 
was misplaced. For example, Moeletsi Mbeki states that: 
BEE is not a developmental model. It is a 
wealth redistribution model. But the problems 
of South Africa are not wealth distribution but 
wealth creation, and job creation in particular. 
BEE handicaps entrepreneurship … it takes 
the brightest amongst the black people who — 
instead of devoting their energies to creating 
new companies, to creating new products, to 
providing and creating employment — tend to 
spend most of their time, if not all of their time, 
looking for redistributing mechanisms to get 
shares in existing companies. So what you are 
getting is that the best and brightest black 
people in the country, instead of creating 
wealth, building up their own companies, are 
becoming second fiddle players to existing 
companies. My core criticism is that we need 
to be focusing our energies on entrepreneurial 
development.56 
As for the state’s efforts to support entrepreneurs, 
concerns have been raised about the extent to which 
grants reach their intended beneficiaries. For example, 
attempts to increase the number of black commercial 
farmers have tended to result in an increase in 
joint ventures, strategic partnerships and BEE deals, 
while existing smallholder farmers — some of whom 
managed to survive even in the harshest of homeland 
conditions — struggle to get access to finance and 
support.57 Progress continues to be made in the use of 
government procurement processes to promote local 
greater level of connectedness between the government 
and business elites. Both of these strategies have 
had only a limited impact. 
As for the transformation of ownership and management, 
policy interventions have centred on increasing employment 
equity and reducing discrimination in the workplace 
on the one hand, while seeking to increase economic 
participation and black ownership of capital on the 
other. While some progress has been made in increasing 
workplace diversity and the number of women and people 
of colour in leadership and management positions, far 
more has been achieved in the public sector than in the 
private sector. Recent reports by the Employment Equity 
Commission suggest that progress in the private sector 
continues to be very slow.54 In addition, even where 
significant changes in leadership have been brought 
about in the private sector, this has not necessarily 
resulted in radical changes in the modus operandi, 
leading some commentators to raise concerns about 
the ‘embourgeoisement’ of black elites. However, the 
challenge is that strong, established institutions tend 
to have very effective socialisation processes, whereby 
those who succeed in the institution are those who fit 
in with the established culture. Radical institutional 
change is seldom brought about through incrementalism 
or ‘growing people from within’ but almost always 
requires bringing in leadership from outside to turn 
the institution around. In the absence of radical 
leadership changes — which have to driven from within by 
Boards or shareholders — the continued institutionalised 
racism in many private sector companies is not 
surprising. Proposals to increase the penalties for 
organisations that fail to comply with the Employment 
Equity Act are only likely to change this situation if the 
penalties are significant. However, if the penalties are too 
high, they may negatively affect investment decisions. 
Finding the right balance will not be easy. In addition, 
such penalties will only work if they are effectively 
enforced and — as has been shown — the enforcement 
capacity of the state is not always what it should be. 
With regard to BEE, the number of successful black 
entrepreneurs has risen after 1994 but the situation is 
still far from ideal. In addition, while the government
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
38 
Social partners have found areas of 
agreement but an overall national 
compact remains illusive. 
In terms of building social compacts, there have been 
a number of successful joint initiatives between all or 
some of the main social partners since 1994. These 
include the launch of the Business Trust in 2000, the 
Joint Initiative on Priority Skills Acquisition (JIPSA), 
the joint Framework on South Africa’s Response to the 
International Economic Crisis, and multi-stakeholder 
cooperation around the 2010 World Cup, to name but 
a few. However, attempts to build a national social 
compact between the government, business and labour 
continue to be bedevilled by high levels of distrust. 
Thus, the Minister of Finance recently commented that: 
Unless we do something spectacularly different, 
unless we can demonstrate the same boldness that 
we showed with the World Cup … we are not going 
to meet both the social and economic targets that 
we have set for ourselves. But achieving that goal 
will require a ‘humongous national effort’ and 
development of a social compact involving labour, 
business, the social sectors and government. 
We have got to now get the minds to meet … 
[so as] to determine a national intent.59 
However, a point that is often missed regarding the 
ability to extend the successes of 2010 is that the 
World Cup was predicated on an externally enforced 
contractual regime that had significant consequences 
for failure. In the absence of such binding mechanisms 
and consequences, parties too easily revert to interest-based 
or ideological positions within negotiating forums, 
rather than building on areas of agreement to arrive 
at a higher level of consensus. Hence, while business 
and labour have respectively been able to take a 
united stance on certain critical issues (e.g. wage 
settlements or business incentives), strong fault 
lines remain with regard to economic and workplace 
transformation. Tripartite relationships have also been 
affected by differential levels of unity within labour 
and business formations. For example, Solidarity’s 
and black business. However, concerns have also been 
raised regarding the extent to which these processes 
are increasingly subject to abuse by ‘tenderpreneurs’ 
who use their political contacts to get access to lucrative 
state contracts, while having no demonstrable expertise 
in any particular area of business.58 Hence, the culture 
of racial patronage and party affiliation that shaped 
South African business before 1994 has continued into 
the democratic era. 
These trends have resulted in a complex black business 
landscape: 
 A growing number of black professionals but 
no radical institutional change (i.e. there may 
be more black people in charge but they are 
not necessarily in control); 
 A small number of very successful black 
entrepreneurs within the context of a much 
larger number of small, struggling black 
entrepreneurs and smallholders; and 
 Those who are not engaged in new wealth 
creation or genuine entrepreneurship but 
simply seek to enrich themselves by 
capitalising on relationships with the state 
or with established businesses that want 
to access the state. 
At the same time, ownership of capital and control of 
the South African economy largely continue to rest 
in white hands. If these trends persist, there is a real 
danger that the short-term interests of individuals or 
sections within important elements of political, business 
and even labour leadership may coalesce around a 
co-optive model of economic transformation. This could 
significantly undermine ongoing attempts to bring 
about fundamental economic transformation based 
on value creation and productive activity, as well as 
efforts to build social compacts based on a broader 
national agenda. Within this context, the recent revision 
of BEE codes to de-emphasise ownership in favour of 
broad-based approaches centred on skills development 
and entrepreneurship is welcome.
Development Bank of Southern Africa 39 
State-community relations seem to be 
deteriorating amid rising frustrations 
over service delivery. 
Lastly, with regard to the relationship between the 
state and communities, while several mechanisms 
have been introduced since 1994 to encourage public 
participation and engagements, including participative 
processes around Integrated Development Plans 
(IDPs), ward committees, Izimbizo, satisfaction surveys 
and presidential hotlines, these have not been as 
effective as hoped. It has been argued63 that this 
is partly due to misconceptions about the nature of 
collective action and association, and the extent to 
which forms of social capital can be ‘harnessed’ in 
building relationships with the state. This situation 
is exacerbated by poor participatory practices either 
because political representatives are not sufficiently 
rooted in their communities or because participation 
is seen as an ‘instrumentalist tool’ rather than building 
community empowerment and ‘social citizenship’. 
Thus, during elective or participatory processes, some 
politicians make promises to communities that they 
cannot possibly keep, and they later find it difficult 
to go back to the communities to explain why these 
promises have not been kept. While Izimbizo were put 
in place inter alia to try and offset some of these local 
weaknesses, in 2009, the Public Service Commission 
noted that the ‘critical challenge … [of Izimbizo was] that 
there [was] usually no feedback loop for communities to 
track whether their concerns [were] addressed or not’.64 
International experience suggests that failure to promote 
genuine social dialogue on issues that affect the lives 
of most people tends to encourage undemocratic 
means of pressing claims and the delegitimisation of 
representative institutions. Hence, it is particularly 
important in new democracies for the policymaking 
and implementation processes to be sufficiently 
inclusive to induce major political actors to participate 
in representative institutions, rather than seeking to 
sidestep or subvert the democratic order, with negative 
consequences for political stability and economic 
development as a whole.65 In South Africa, since 
2004, public confidence in government has decreased 
views on workplace transformation are in sharp 
contrast to those of the Congress of South African 
Trade Unions (COSATU). There have also been growing 
tensions between black and white business formations, 
with the recent suspension of participation in BUSA 
by black business formations due to ‘BUSA’s lack of 
commitment to transformation’ being a case in point.60 
Moreover, the mechanism for holding parties accountable 
when they fail to fulfil tripartite agreements is unclear. 
This has led to questions about the efficacy and impact 
of tripartite forums such as the National Economic 
Development and Labour Council (NEDLAC).61 
In some cases, there has been more success in the 
implementation of sector-specific compacts, but these 
pacts have also had limitations in terms of driving 
individual business choices or receiving the necessary 
support from critical government departments and 
spheres. Moreover, as noted, these agreements are 
not always practical and realistic, suggesting that 
the quality of economic stewardship within both 
government and business needs to be improved. 
The relationship between labour and the ruling party 
has also been complex, with COSATU raising ongoing 
complaints about the effectiveness of the Alliance and 
the extent to which the African National Congress (ANC) 
pays attention to the views of its labour and socialist 
counterparts.62 In turn, the ANC has at times accused 
the trade union movement of supporting narrow 
‘workerist’ interests at the expense of broader national 
objectives, as seen in its opposition to the youth wage 
subsidy, its role in pushing up public sector salaries, 
and its possible contribution to dysfunctionality in 
health and education. At the same time, the relationship 
between different union affiliates within COSATU as 
well as between COSATU and other members of the 
Alliance has been influenced by growing political 
contestation and debates about the nature of the 
progressive movement and its management of the 
transition.
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
40 
and participatory governance processes, believing 
that protesting is a more effective way of achieving 
their demands. This is clearly a very dangerous 
trend. Thus, the Public Service Commission recently 
noted that the upsurge in community protests ‘should 
come as a signal to government that effective 
communication and public participation must remain 
a fundamental priority’.68 
across all three spheres, with the greatest decrease 
being in the local government sphere (see Figure 13). 
At the same time, the number of service delivery 
protests has increased significantly (see Figure 14). 
Many of these protests relate not just to municipal 
performance but also to national and provincial functions, 
such as housing delivery. They suggest that communities 
are increasingly losing faith in formal representative 
Figure 13: Trust in government institutions, 
2004–200966 
National government Provincial governments Local governments 
80 
70 
60 
50 
40 
30 
20 
10 
0 
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 
% 
120 
100 
80 
60 
40 
20 
0 
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 
10 
34 
2 
32 
27 
105 
111 
Number of protest actions 
Into the looking glass 
Foresight involves seeking to anticipate possible alternative futures and their potential consequences. 
Since the future is unknown and full of unintended consequences and unforeseen events, foresight processes 
are simply a mechanism to stimulate thinking about the future to enhance the quality of present day 
decision-making. They are not, nor are they intended to be, predictive. While there are a number of foresight 
methodologies, the best known is scenario analysis. In essence, scenarios are plausible stories of different 
pathways to the future, based on the potential interplay of different variables or driving forces within a 
system. The scenario development process is usually intuitive and not data-driven, i.e. scenarios are based 
on plausibility and not calculations of probability. However, in some instances, this intuitive process needs to 
be complemented by more data-driven techniques, such as trend analysis. Within the South African context, 
examples of intuitive scenario-building processes include the 2006 Live the Future Scenarios, focusing on 
how HIV and AIDS could shape South Africa’s future up to 2025,69 the 2025 Scenarios developed by the 
Presidency in 200870 and the Dinokeng Scenarios developed in 2010.71 In contrast, the Employment Scenarios 
to 2024 developed by the Human Sciences Research Council in 200772 were strongly data-driven, calculating 
different potential impacts of different GDP growth rates, labour force participation rates, sector growth 
Figure 14: Service delivery protests, 
2004–201067
Development Bank of Southern Africa 41 
2. Future implications 
of current trends 
The New Growth Path suggests that South Africa 
will require GDP growth of 4%—7% if it is to create 
five million jobs in ten years, or 500 000 jobs per 
year. It estimates that this will result in an unemployment 
rate of 15% by 2020. In terms of current global economic 
forecasts by the IMF, it appears that South Africa will 
struggle to achieve 4% GDP growth in the next few 
years (see Table 3). Moreover, given that the European 
sovereign debt crisis and its contagion of the global 
economy could still get significantly worse, South 
Africa may well continue to experience relatively 
low growth rates for some time to come. In addition, 
in relation to the employment intensity of growth, 
calculations by the DBSA suggest that GDP growth of 
not less than 10% per year (as opposed to 4%—7%) 
may be required to create half a million jobs per year 
for the next ten years.73 
Thas, the challenges cited above and the ongoing job 
losses in important labour-absorbing sectors prioritised 
by the New Growth Path suggest that the job creation 
targets are unlikely to be achieved in the short to 
medium term. Should trends in the unemployment 
rate stay the same, based on 2010 calculations, South 
Africa is likely to have an unemployment rate of around 
20.9% by 2025,74 which is only a marginal change from 
current rates. Should the economy deteriorate even 
further, unemployment will obviously rise. With regard 
to poverty, in 1994, over half (53%) of the population lived 
on less than US$2 per day. By 2010, this percentage 
had dropped to 49%. However, baseline projections 
suggest that it will rise again to 53.4% in 2020 and 
59.2% in 2025. 
In terms of educational output, the total number of 
graduates has almost doubled since 1994. In 2008, 
there were 115 000 graduates, and baseline projections 
suggest that this number will continue to rise from 122 
600 in 2010 to 178 400 in 2025. However, it is estimated 
that only 9100 people graduated with degrees in 
mathematics and engineering in 2010, and baseline 
projections indicate that this number will increase to 
only 14 000 by 2025. The New Growth Path has set 
a target of at least 30 000 additional engineers by 
2014. As for research and development, the proportion 
of the national budget spent on these increased to 
1.3% in 2010. Nevertheless, this expenditure is well 
below the international norm of 2%. Still, baseline 
projections suggest that this norm will be reached by 
2016 and exceeded (at 3.5%) by 2025, should current 
trends continue. 
With regard to health, approximately 60 of every 
1000 babies born in 2010 died in infancy. However, 
the expansion of primary health care, better control 
(Into the looking glass continued) 
rates, and the like. The foresight methodologies used for this Development Report were a combination of 
data-driven and intuitive approaches. The data-driven process consisted of compiling baseline linear 
projections based on historical time series data for variables in the following areas: the economy, energy, 
water, health, education, human settlements, security, social capital and governance. While attempts were 
made to gather as much data as possible, baseline projections could not be done in certain areas given the 
lack of adequate time series data, such as the green economy, matric pass rates and FET throughput. 
This process was complemented by three Delphi processes, where South African experts from a number of 
fields were invited to provide their informed opinions on the probabilities of certain trends occurring. With regard 
to the intuitive scenario-building process, key driving forces were identified, which in turn led to the identification 
of a set of change levers. Their probability of success and time to impact were then used to craft a set of scenarios. 
This section focuses on baseline projections, which are not meant to be predictive but are simply pointers to 
a possible future. The outcomes of the scenario process are outlined in later sections below.
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
42 
since 1994, there has been a marked increase in the 
rate at which metropoles have grown in recent years. 
Baseline projections indicate that the 38.4% of the 
population living in metropolitan areas in 2010 will rise 
to 43.5% in 2025. 
Lastly, with regard to levels of social capital, the 
proportion of eligible voters participating in elections 
has declined steadily since 1994. In the last national 
elections in 2009, only 58% of the population of voting 
age took part. This is a significant decline from the 
94% participation rate in 1994. The linear projection of 
recent trends shows that, by 2020, the voter participation 
rate in national and provincial elections could drop 
as low as 32%. Similarly, membership of a religious 
group — which, within the context of limited data, 
is often used as a proxy for the general social fabric 
of a society — has also been in decline. In 1999, 94% 
of adults said they belonged to a religious grouping; 
by 2006, this had fallen to 81%. The baseline projection 
indicates that religious group membership will drop 
to 57% by 2020, denoting a continued loss in this 
dimension of social capital. Trade union membership 
is another aspect of belonging to groups and, 
like church membership, denotes higher social capital. 
Although membership figures have oscillated in recent 
years, a simple projection of recent trends suggests 
of the HIV and AIDS pandemic, and a declining total 
fertility rate should allow this number to fall markedly 
over the next decade. A simple linear extrapolation 
of recent trends suggests a precipitous drop in infant 
mortality rates. A rate typical of developed countries 
(10 deaths per 1000 live births) is possible by 2020. 
Baseline projections of recent trends also indicate 
that the decline in life expectancy has stopped, and life 
expectancy will stabilise in future. 
In terms of access to services, between 1994 and 2010, 
the proportion of households with both mains electricity 
and water piped to their stand or dwelling increased 
from 51% to 66%. Baseline projections suggest that 
this will increase to 84.9% by 2025. This is still short 
of the government target of universal access by 2014. 
With regard to housing, between 1997 and 2009, the 
proportion of households living in informal settlements 
increased from 11% to 13%, despite massive state 
housing programmes. This increase is attributable to 
population growth, immigration and the unbundling of 
households into ever-smaller units. Should these trends 
continue unchecked, baselines projections suggest that 
the percentage of households living in informal housing 
will increase from 14.3% in 2010 to 18.2% in 2025. 
In addition, while the proportion of the population 
living in metropolitan areas has increased only slowly 
Table 3: IMF global economic outlook, September 201175 
Year-on-year % change 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 
World output 5.2 2.8 –0.6 5.1 4.0 4.0 
Advanced economies 2.7 0.2 –3.4 3.0 1.6 1.9 
United States 2.1 0.0 –2.6 2.9 1.5 1.8 
Euro Area 2.7 0.5 –4.1 1.8 1.6 1.1 
United Kingdom 2.6 –0.1 –4.9 1.3 1.1 1.6 
Japan 2.3 –1.2 –6.3 4.0 –0.5 2.3 
Emerging and developing economies 8.3 6.0 2.6 7.4 6.4 6.1 
Developing Asia 10.6 7.7 7.0 9.6 8.2 8.0 
China 13.0 9.6 9.2 10.3 9.5 9.0 
India 9.4 6.4 5.7 10.4 7.8 7.5 
Middle East and North Africa 6.2 5.0 1.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 
Sub-Saharan Africa 7.0 5.5 2.8 5.1 5.2 5.8 
South Africa 5.6 3.6 –1.7 2.8 3.2 3.4
Development Bank of Southern Africa 43 
 Buffalo City and surrounds, and the Hibiscus Coast 
up to eThekwini and north to Richards Bay; 
 The Durban—Gauteng corridor from 
eThekwini-Pietermaritzburg to the 
Harrismith and Bethlehem areas; 
 The resource and agriculture-rich northern 
parts of the country, from the extended 
Gauteng region towards Nkangala District 
in the east, Bojanala District in the west, 
Mmabatho in the North West province, and 
Lephalale and Polokwane in the north; and 
 Resource-rich areas within the network 
of cities and towns, for example in the 
north-eastern and northern part of the 
country around Polokwane, Thohoyandou, 
Tzaneen and Thabazimbi in Limpopo; 
Mbombela (Ehlanzeni area) and Komatipoort 
in Mpumalanga; and Kroonstad, Bloemfontein 
and Kimberley. 
a continued but marginal growth in union membership, 
from 3.5 million in 2010 to 3.8 million in 2020. 
In terms of 2025 spatial projections, the areas that would 
most likely act as attractors of economic development 
in future, should current trends continue, are typically 
centres of economic agglomeration that are attractors 
of people (spanning income, skills and age groups), 
are highly accessible and have an ability to diversify 
and adapt their economies (see Figure 15). 
The areas highlighted as of importance, given the critical 
indicators of regional and uneven development, are: 
 The southern and eastern coastal regions, 
including the Cape Town region, Saldanha, 
Paarl, Stellenbosch and surrounds; 
 Knysna and Plettenberg Bay and surrounds; 
 Nelson Mandela Bay metropolitan area and 
surrounds; 
Figure 15: Areas likely to be key attractors of the economy in the next decade, and possibly up to 2025, 
given current trends76
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
44 
 The densely settled KwaZulu-Natal coastal 
and inland areas, with higher densities in 
the more economically viable coastal towns 
to the south and the north; 
 eThekwini and surrounds, and the network 
of towns around the corridors to Gauteng 
and Mpumalanga; 
 The northern parts of the country, extending 
from the Gauteng region towards the densely 
populated areas of Bushbuckridge and Ehlanzeni 
in the north-east, and the Thohoyandou, Giyani 
and Polokwane areas in the north; and 
 Around towns and regional centres such 
as Mmabatho in the North West, Kimberley 
in the Northern Cape, and Motheo and 
Kroonstad in the Free State. 
The patterns also indicate persistent uneven development, 
with many areas and municipalities, especially the arid 
and less accessible Northern Cape and central parts, 
showing continued low economic activity. These areas 
are, however, also sparsely populated and likely to 
remain so. More alarming is the mismatch between 
The areas that would most likely act as attractors of 
high population densities and settlement growth in 
future (see Figure 16), given current trends, are typically 
centres of existing population concentrations. These 
are marked by high natural growth rates, internal 
(and probably also external) migration, and opportunities 
to make a living (e.g. formal and informal employment, 
and access to economically active people and grant 
incomes). 
The areas would include: 
 The southern coastal regions, including 
the Cape Town region, Saldanha, Paarl, 
Stellenbosch and surrounds, Knysna and 
the Plettenberg Bay area and surrounds; 
 The Eden district area, with towns such 
as Plettenberg Bay and Knysna, and the 
Nelson Mandela Bay metropolitan area 
and surrounds; 
 Buffalo City and surrounds, as well as 
the coastal strip and inland areas of 
the densely settled former bantustan 
areas of Transkei and Ciskei; 
Figure 16: Areas likely to be characterised by high population densities up to 2025, 
given current trends77
Development Bank of Southern Africa 45 
 The highest mining potential — the central 
and northern parts of the country; 
 The highest agricultural capacity, with serious 
implications for food security — the central 
parts of the country and the northern parts 
of the Free State; and 
 Water-rich areas (highest mean annual water 
runoff), where future water sources have to 
be protected through appropriate land 
management and farming practices — 
typically the high-density settlements in 
KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape 
(see Figure 17). 
Clearly, trade-offs will have to be made between potential 
for future economic activity, current considerations 
in terms of other developments in these areas, and 
a recognition of the importance of natural assets for 
future generations, especially those that will determine 
water availability and food security. 
projected economic activity in the densely populated 
areas of the Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal, where 
high-density former bantustan areas are foreseen to 
experience further population growth despite evidence 
of outmigration, especially among the youth. 
In addition, spatial projections indicate that, by 2025, 
the water situation in most areas of the country may 
be dire if the necessary investments in development 
are not made. 
Areas of major concern are the eThekwini- 
Pietermaritzburg region, the western and southern 
parts of the Cape and the (already) densely settled 
central and northern parts of the country. While this 
map could look very different should investments in 
development be undertaken — especially for potentially 
water-rich areas such as the eThekwini-Pietermaritzburg 
area — the ongoing lack of sufficient investment is 
cause for concern. 
Moreover, the areas that may well face the most 
pressure for high-density development by 2025 are 
also the areas with: 
Figure 17: The relationship between projected water availability scenarios – without development – 
and population estimates for 202578
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
46 
Figure 18: The relationship between projected resource-rich regions and areas that act 
as ecosystem lifelines79 
3. Key driving forces 
It is clear from the above analysis that South Africa’s 
current trajectory is affected by a confluence of 
different forces. These forces relate to path dependency 
arising out of the legacy of apartheid, changes in the 
global environment, broader geo-structural factors, 
the efficacy of the state and the relationship between 
the state and civil society. These driving forces include: 
 Globalisation 
 Changes in the global economy 
and geopolitics 
 Climate change and global sustainability 
concerns 
 Geo-structural factors 
 The space economy 
 Prevalence and spread of natural resources 
 Apartheid legacy 
 Enduring inequalities 
 The structure of the economy, e.g. the 
influence of the minerals-energy 
complex, export weaknesses and a lack 
of competition 
 Spatial marginalisation 
 The institutional fabric 
 A dysfunctional values system, 
i.e. apartheid-inspired racial patronage 
and a lack of meritocracy contributed 
to a post-democratic ambiguity around 
skill, authority and individual achievement 
versus entitlement 
 The state 
 The level of state effectiveness 
 State-party relationships 
 State-community relationships 
 The state and civil society 
 Social compact challenges 
 Ongoing skills shortages and deficits 
 The nature of economic transformation 
 The functioning of political parties 
The first two sets of forces cannot easily be influenced. 
The last two sets of forces will determine the extent to
Development Bank of Southern Africa 47 
and tangible progress can be made. Such interventions 
could also be used to start inculcating a new value 
system aimed at driving excellence through improving 
individual and community or group agency. With regard 
to the performance of the state, interventions to 
improve political governance must go hand-in-hand 
with improving the quality of administrative leadership, 
particularly in priority areas. In addition, given the 
capacity challenges across the state, more targeted and 
focused delivery improvement interventions need to be 
undertaken, while more long-term reform strategies 
continue to be rolled out. This must be accompanied 
by collective efforts to build skills pipelines in critical 
areas. The fragmented nature of the state also needs 
to be addressed through streamlining powers and 
functions in the short term and implementing measures 
to decrease institutional complexity in the medium to 
long term. 
These interventions are outlined in more detail below. 
While all of the proposed interventions are vital and 
possible, some have a higher probability of success, 
some will take longer to have an impact, and some 
will have a bigger developmental impact than others. 
Each intervention has been assessed against these 
factors. Time to impact is defined as short term 
(up to 2014), medium term (up to 2019) and long term 
(up to 2025 and beyond). Path-breaking interventions 
are those that have the potential to break South 
Africa’s current trajectory. Path-making interventions 
are those that have the potential to set the country on 
a fundamentally new path. The likelihood of success is 
ranked as low, medium and high, and denoted in the 
tables by the colours red, amber and green respectively. 
4.1 Leadership 
4.1.1 Improving political governance 
In the short term, improving the quality of political 
governance would involve optimising the quality of 
political leadership in priority areas or ministries. 
While the Performance Monitoring and Evaluation Unit 
has made great strides in the development of publicly 
available delivery agreements, the extent to which 
consequences for poor performance will actually 
be meted out is still to be fully tested. Increasing 
which South Africa can wrench itself out of apartheid 
path dependency. However, developing the institutions 
required to bring into being a truly developmental 
South African state will be a long-term process, which 
will intimately be tied to changes in society as a whole. 
In addition, while the current administration has once 
again embarked on an intensive and extensive reform 
programme, the challenges and constraints that 
have so far inhibited radical transformation in state 
performance as well as state-society relationships 
remain. Thus, these initiatives are also likely to have a 
limited impact in the absence of effective capacity to 
execute. The key is to develop a set of interventions 
that can be implemented within current constraints 
but also have the power to catalyse broader change in 
the system. This will involve leveraging existing areas 
of effective leadership and institutional strength to 
bring about change, drawing on the talents of all South 
Africans. It will also require a greater level of realism 
and an ability to prioritise. 
4. Key levers of change 
The first priority needs to be addressing weaknesses in 
political governance where they occur, not just within 
local government but also within other areas of the state, 
accompanied by strengthening public accountability. 
An ongoing lack of effective political governance will 
continue to undermine efforts to increase the efficacy 
of the state and to forge broader social coalitions 
that unite the talents and energy of all South Africans 
behind a common agenda. 
Improving political governance is 
central to changing South Africa’s 
development path. 
This needs to go hand-in-hand with efforts to strengthen 
economic stewardship and civic leadership. Given the 
challenges noted above in building a national social compact, 
a more bottom-up approach might yield better results. 
This could take the form of sector-based agreements — 
not just in critical economic sectors but also in social 
sectors such as education and health. The focus should 
be on building on areas of institutional strength and 
depth to gain momentum in sectors where significant
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
48 
for the mayor, Speaker and council committees; confining 
direct political involvement in the administration to the 
competency-based appointment and objective oversight 
of the municipal manager; and barring political office 
bearers from appointment to administrative posts. Recent 
legislation in this regard is a welcome development. 
Ultimately, however, managing citizen expectations 
requires public leaders who 1) understand how 
government actually works and what it takes to 
deliver on something within what timeframe, so they 
do not make promises they cannot possibly keep; 
and 2) can communicate clearly and effectively so as 
to engender trust. How political leaders are chosen 
therefore becomes vital. It is important to develop 
effective models to improve the leadership development 
and deployment processes of political parties. This 
would involve defining the standards and competency 
requirements — innate abilities, skills and knowledge — 
for different political roles within the state; improving 
deployee assessment processes; creating proper career 
paths within the party and government; and revising 
training and development programmes. While a few 
parties have sought to incorporate some of these 
elements into their leadership selection processes, 
changing political cultures in the South African 
socioeconomic context will be a long-term process. 
However, over and above improving public accountability, 
the basis for this transition could be laid in the short 
term through celebrating incidences of good political 
governance, helping politicians to upgrade their 
skills through customised coaching and development 
programmes that expand their career options, as well as 
strengthening existing initiatives to define competency 
frameworks for different political offices. 
public awareness of and engagement with ministerial 
delivery agreements will be crucial to reinforcing the 
sense of public accountability. To this end, the structure 
of delivery agreements must be improved to indicate 
more clearly which outputs are to be delivered on a 
quarterly and annual basis, so that citizens can track 
progress effectively. In addition, outputs that are 
location-specific, such as infrastructure or the performance 
of a school, hospital or government office, are currently 
not spatially referenced, making it difficult for the 
public to track delivery. Hence, similar performance 
agreements or citizens’ charters must be developed for 
premiers, Members of the Executive Council (MECs) and 
mayors, to allow people to track visible improvements 
in their area. In addition, a mechanism needs to 
be developed for the external verification of results. 
This could take the form of an expanded performance 
auditing mechanism, housed within the Public Service 
Commission. Lastly, a number of sector, community 
and media-driven accountability mechanisms could be 
developed by civil society bodies to complement 
those developed by the state. 
The relationship between the party and the state 
also needs to be optimised to improve administrative 
stability and policy coherence. This will involve 
delinking changes in political heads from changes in 
administrative leadership (unless there has been a 
change in the political party in office), and concretising 
political roles and responsibilities where necessary. For 
example, at municipal level, a clear distinction needs 
to be established between legislative oversight and 
executive functions through regulatory measures to 
encourage the greater use of s80 committees; centrally 
determining and assigning proper roles and delegations 
Table 4: Improving political governance 
Proposed intervention 
Time to 
impact 
Path-breaking 
impact 
Path-making 
impact 
Likelihood of success 
Success 
likelihood 
rating 
Improving political governance 
PG1 
Public accountability 
mechanisms 
2014  High: Instruments exist and would 
be easy to strengthen  
PG2 
Structure of 
relationship between 
party and state 
2014  
Medium: Even if conceptually 
resolved, actual relationship would 
depend on political leader involved  
PG3 
Functioning of political 
parties 
2025  Low: Will require deep cultural and 
socioeconomic shifts 
Development Bank of Southern Africa 49 
Unpacking government performance — the municipal differentiation model 
Traditional capacity building interventions for local government have tended to follow a one-size-fits-all 
approach, which has failed to take adequate account of different institutional dynamics and circumstances. 
In addition, national departments have tended use static models to categorise municipalities, which assumed 
that those with large endowments would also automatically perform well. In practice, however, this was not the 
case, with some well-endowed municipalities performing far worse in relative terms than some municipalities 
with far less. Hence, in order to promote a more nuanced and targeted approach to the assessment and 
management of municipal performance, the DBSA developed the Municipal Differentiation Model (dbsaMDM). 
The dbsaMDM is a dynamic model that seeks to place municipalities on a developmental continuum 
based on their endowments (their local space economy and financial reserves) and their performance (their 
execution capacity to use their endowments to achieve their goals and objectives in a sustainable manner). 
Thus, endowment indicators are derived from the municipality’s economic and financial resource base. 
Performance indicators relate to issues such as leadership, administration, regulatory compliance, 
service delivery and financial management. Though still in its initial stages, this model has enabled the 
DBSA to start building a picture of those municipalities that are functional (performing in terms of their 
endowments and likely to sustain their capital programme), those that are structurally dysfunctional 
(underachieving in terms of their endowments), and those that are systemically dysfunctional 
(have an extremely low resource base and are unable to sustain municipal services without special, focused 
interventions). The spatial distribution of functional, structurally dysfunctional and systemically dysfunctional 
municipalities is set out in Figure 19 below. It is hoped that this more nuanced approach will assist in ensuring 
that the design of local government support programmes is more fit-for-purpose, while also paving the way for 
the development of a new financial and institutional dispensation for systemically dysfunctional municipalities. 
Figure 19: Spatial distribution of functional and dysfunctional municipalities
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
50 
significant policy differences, which departments 
then continue to pursue independently, thus further 
undermining policy consistency. Hence, a clear decision 
on the leadership of economic strategy within 
government needs to be made, while putting in 
place better mechanisms for coordinating economic 
strategy across the state. 
In addition, the government should work towards 
gaining sufficient consensus around a realistic 
assessment of South Africa’s current and potential 
areas of competitive advantage and how to achieve 
such advantages. This would involve immediately 
strengthening and increasing the momentum of existing 
partnerships, for instance in the automotive and energy 
sectors, to stem job losses and boost growth in the 
medium term. The government must also move swiftly 
to resolve the policy uncertainty in the mining sector, 
so that the focus can shift to the successful implementation 
of the joint strategy agreed to by the parties. 
We need to undertake a realistic 
assessment of South Africa’s true 
areas of competitive advantage and 
what it will take to achieve them. 
Political contestation relating to agriculture and land 
reform continues to be influenced, and exacerbated, 
by the lack of proper policy direction and coherence in 
this area. For example, it is still unclear how the Green 
Paper on Land Reform relates to the forthcoming 
Green Paper on Rural Development and how both will 
relate to broader initiatives to increase growth and 
sustainable labour absorption in the sector (considering 
that many agricultural jobs are seasonal). Decisive 
political action will be required to resolve this issue, 
as will initiatives to address ongoing institutional 
weaknesses in the Department of Rural Development 
and Land Reform. Such initiatives will improve the 
Department’s ability to drive a coherent policy agenda 
that promotes agricultural competitiveness, while 
also addressing the imperatives of transformation 
(see below, as well as Chapter 8). 
In addition, a realistic assessment is needed of 
the country’s potential path to reindustrialisation. 
While competitive factors are different for different 
industries and sectors, two important areas need to 
The likelihood of success, the developmental impact 
and the time to impact of these interventions are set 
out in Table 4 below. 
The analysis suggests that the most effective path-breaking 
lever in the short term will be improving 
public accountability. While addressing the relationship 
between party and state could have short-term 
benefits, it has only a medium likelihood of success. 
Restructuring community-state relationships will take 
longer to have an impact and has only a medium 
chance of success. While changing the functioning of 
political parties would set South Africa on a different 
developmental path, the proposed short-term 
interventions would be offset by deep cultural and 
socioeconomic forces that will take a long time to shift. 
4.1.2 Improving economic stewardship 
Roles and responsibilities relating to the leadership of 
economic strategy in South Africa remain ambiguous. 
This applies to those directly involved, such as the 
National Planning Commission, the National Treasury, 
the Department of Science and Technology, the 
Department of Trade and Industry, the Economic 
Development Department and the Department of 
International Relations and Cooperation. However, 
economic policy also influences other critical 
departments, such as Public Enterprises, Basic 
Education, and Higher Education and Training. The result 
is that different departments have produced different 
sets of documents, and the level of integration and 
alignment between them is not always clear. While the 
New Growth Path tries to bring about a level of 
integration, this also results in it being largely a 
consolidation of socioeconomic policy priorities 
across government, which thus does not adequately 
articulate what is old and what is new or some of the 
hard strategic choices required. For example, 
the microeconomic policies it proposes have been 
part of the economic policy discourse for at least a 
decade but have not been adequately implemented. 
Likewise, growth trajectories based on the industrial and 
primary sectors are simply enmeshed without any real 
discussion of their independent or collective viability or 
their trade-offs. While the politics of accommodation 
has many uses, it also has the danger of obfuscating
Development Bank of Southern Africa 51 
Much of the above would also apply to the potential 
of green economy initiatives, which also need to 
be supported by better policy coherence, a clearer 
regulatory framework, appropriate financial incentives, 
and improvements in local government capacity. 
Infrastructure development has already been identified 
as an important driver of economic growth, with many 
positive multiplier effects. However, if South Africa is 
to play to its strengths in this area, it will have to build 
on established capacity in strong public corporations 
and development finance institutions to carry out 
its infrastructure programme in the short term. 
From 2005, investment by public corporations has 
significantly outstripped that of government in 
general as well as the private sector (see Figure 20). 
Over and above economic infrastructure, investments 
by public corporations have many multiplier effects. 
For example, recent announcements by the Minister 
of Public Enterprises on the establishment of a 
competitive supplier development programme 
should contribute to establishing strong value chains 
between public enterprises and important industries 
in the local manufacturing sector. In addition, 
be addressed. For those manufacturing sectors where 
price is the main global competitive factor, hard choices 
will have to be made about reducing input costs if 
South Africa wishes to compete in these sectors. 
Where the main competitive factor is differentiation 
through innovation, South Africa must vastly increase 
technology transfer driven by foreign direct investment, 
supported by the mass importation of skills and much 
higher investment in research and development. 
Even here, substantive localisation is only likely to take 
place once educational outcomes and the productivity of 
the labour force improve. Hence, a knowledge economy is 
only likely to emerge in South Africa in the very long run. 
Furthermore, ‘Factory South Africa’ will only be possible 
if exports of value-added goods to Africa significantly 
increase, which in turn will depend on two core things. 
The first is the extent of the country's ability to support 
its African counterparts in addressing the institutional 
weaknesses that perpetuate non-tariff barriers to 
trade on the continent. The second is persuading its 
fellow BRIC partners, and other important investors, 
to see South Africa as a gateway to Africa rather 
than as just another competitor. Without these, South 
Africa will simply not be able to compete. 
Figure 20: Trends in gross fixed capital formation, 2000–201180 
450 
400 
350 
300 
250 
200 
100 
150 
50 
0 
80 
70 
60 
50 
40 
30 
20 
10 
0 
Index Q1 2000 = 100 
Ratio × 100 
Seasonally adjusted constant 2005 price data 
Ratio: fixed investment/ 
GDP × 100 — right scale Public corporations — left scale General goverment — left scale 
Private business 
enterprise — left scale 
2000 Q1 
2000 Q3 
2001 Q1 
2002 Q1 
2003 Q1 
2004 Q1 
2005 Q1 
2006 Q1 
2007 Q1 
2008 Q1 
2009 Q1 
2010 Q1 
2011 Q1 
2001 Q3 
2002 Q3 
2003 Q3 
2004 Q3 
2005 Q3 
2006 Q3 
2007 Q3 
2008 Q3 
2009 Q3 
2010 Q3
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
52 
Supporting regional integration 
DBSA activities in the region focus on promoting regional development and integration through infrastructure 
investments that support increasing economies of scale and cross-border connectivity, such as power, water, 
transport and telecommunications. The Bank's transactional and project financing focus is complemented by 
upstream strategic planning and project development activities, particularly relating to strategic projects that 
integrate South Africa with its neighbours and with high-potential SADC countries such as Angola and the 
Democratic Republic of Congo. In addition, in support of the South African government’s bi-national commissions 
and regional integration efforts, the DBSA plans to support cooperation between the SADC and adjoining 
Regional Economic Communities. For example, on behalf of the SADC, COMESA and the EAC, the DBSA has been 
given grant funding of £67 million by the United Kingdom’s Department for International Development (DFID) 
to act as an agent in support of regional and inter-regional integration projects, to blend with the Bank’s own 
financing across the north-south corridor comprising south and eastern Africa. In addition, the DBSA will be working 
on developing a common approach on engagement in the BRICS Banking Mechanism in support of the 
South African government’s objective of using the country’s BRICS membership to increase strategic 
cooperation among emerging market economies of the South. 
include addressing the current disconnect between 
sector departments and the Department of Public 
Enterprises. The technical capacity and governance 
systems of state-owned enterprises will also need to 
be enhanced. Shareholder departments should be better 
coordinated, possibly through a structure similar to 
the DFI Council. This structure should be tasked with 
reviewing current legislation on these institutions with a 
view to ensuring more coherence, development impact 
and operational efficiency. Access to off-balance-sheet 
and concessional funding will also be necessary. To this 
end, the government could provide equity, guarantees, 
transfers, tax exemptions or dividend retention, 
complemented by a structured partnership between 
development finance institutions and state-owned 
enterprises to ensure that the former support 
the resource planning and financing of important 
strategic programmes. 
At the same time, developing an integrated infrastructure 
plan for South Africa — which involves streamlining 
government efficiencies across a multi-sphere value 
chain — also requires the capability of other spheres 
of government to be addressed. In the short term, 
this could involve using strong development agencies 
and development finance institutions to build effective 
programme management capacity in priority national 
and provincial departments, as well as municipalities. 
This could go hand-in-hand with reorganising the 
relationship between large and smaller development 
state-owned enterprises have historically played a 
significant role in the development of intermediate 
skills. Some of them are beginning to resuscitate 
this role amid calls for the reintroduction of the 
apprenticeship system. 
The institutional arrangements 
for infrastructure delivery will need 
to be radically improved. 
However, the investment strategies followed by 
public corporations and the management of the 
infrastructure under their control have been driven 
largely by internal imperatives rather than by a 
broader set of strategic, integrated infrastructure 
development goals. Moreover, many state-owned 
enterprises have recently experienced poorly managed 
leadership transitions. These governance challenges 
will need to be addressed if public corporations 
are to fulfil their true potential. Furthermore, the 
role of regulatory bodies, their relationship with 
state-owned enterprises and their ability effectively 
to regulate the sectors under their control have 
also been subject to criticism.81 What is required, 
therefore, is a candid review of the mechanisms of 
infrastructure delivery in South Africa — including 
the role of regulatory bodies — in order to streamline 
and optimise powers, functions and accountabilities. 
Harnessing the capability of these corporations in a 
new direction will require shareholder departments to 
be capacitated to play their oversight role, which will
Development Bank of Southern Africa 53 
and managed (increasing operational efficiencies and 
optimising asset management and maintenance). 
These powers should include the ability to enforce 
integration and decide on trade-offs. 
The likelihood of success, the development impact 
and the time to impact of these interventions are 
set out in Table 5 below. 
finance institutions to improve the impact and capacity 
of the latter. In the medium to long term, this would also 
necessitate changes in powers and functions to streamline 
delivery around existing pockets of capacity (see below). 
This must be combined with the establishment of a 
central planning body that has the power to determine 
how infrastructure investments are undertaken (within 
the context of a clear spatial vision for South Africa) 
Table 5: Improving economic stewardship 
Proposed intervention 
Time to 
impact 
Path-breaking 
impact 
Path-making 
impact 
Likelihood of success 
Success 
likelihood 
rating 
Improving economic stewardship 
ES1 
Leadership of economic 
strategy within the state 
2014  
Medium: Will require strengthening 
the Economic Cluster and making 
political trade-offs  
ES2 
Leveraging the strength 
of state-owned 
enterprises to accelerate 
the delivery of economic 
infrastructure 
2014  
Medium: Will require strengthening 
shareholder coordination and 
oversight  
ES3 
Integrated infrastructure 
planning across all three 
spheres 
2019  
Medium: Different sectors will 
have different success rates 
but full integration will require 
simultaneous and significant 
capacity improvements across all 
three spheres 
 
ES4 
Strengthening existing 
economic partnerships 
2014  High: Should be easy to build on 
momentum already attained  
ES5 
Boosting the mining 
sector 
2019  
Medium: Will require strong political 
intervention to restore policy 
certainty  
ES6 
Boosting the agricultural 
sector 
2025  
Low: Impasse will not be resolved 
easily owing to the level of political 
and stakeholder contestation and 
weaknesses in government support 
capability 
 
ES7 Path to industrialisation 2019  
Medium: Spirit of cooperation 
strong but greater realism from all 
parties required, e.g. will depend 
on a major importation of skills, 
technology transfer and significant 
increases in research 
and development 
 
ES8 
Path to a knowledge 
economy 
2025+  
Low: Even if research and 
development grow and educational 
improvements succeed, it will take 
time for a strong national system of 
innovation to emerge 
 
ES9 Greening the economy 2019  
Medium: Support frameworks and 
mechanisms being put in place 
require greater realism, a strategy 
to ‘buy’ technology, improving 
government coordination, and 
strengthening local government 
 
ES10 
Increasing continental 
trade 
2019  
Medium: Infrastructure rollout will 
facilitate trade but non-tariff barriers 
will impede rapid progress  
ES11 
Increasing 
developmental emerging 
market trade 
2019  
Medium: Emerging trade and 
cooperation agreements have 
a developmental focus but 
government and industry players will 
need to maximise benefits 

Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
54 
4.1.3 Improving civic leadership 
Despite the apparent increase in national civil society 
organisations in recent years, civic leadership at 
community level remains disparate and weak. What 
are needed are civic leaders and organisations that 
can drive generative ways of improving community 
governance and build individual and community 
agency. The government has developed a number of 
programmes aimed at stimulating community agency, 
such as Working for Water and the Community Works 
Programme, and several non-governmental agencies 
are working with communities in sectors such as housing, 
agriculture and gender. Still, more intermediation at a 
broader community level is required to support community-based 
planning processes. 
Better intermediation is key to 
boosting community agency. 
In addition, the way in which the relationship between 
the state and the community is conceptualised and the 
way in which government participatory processes are 
designed need to be reviewed. Ineffective participatory 
processes around IDPs could be replaced by more 
effective community-based planning processes, and 
poorly functioning ward committees could be replaced 
by greater use of other individual and collective 
mechanisms for citizens to engage with the state, in 
order to minimise elite capture. In addition, mechanisms 
must be improved for individuals and communities to 
provide structured feedback on performance against 
key indicators, as well as on general perceptions. 
These mechanisms could be developed by the state 
or non-governmental organisations. The results of the 
Public Service Commission audit as well as the citizen 
This analysis suggests that the most effective path-breaking 
lever in the short term will be strengthening 
existing partnerships. As for the other path-breaking 
interventions, concretising economic leadership within 
the state and boosting the mining sector both only 
have a medium likelihood of success, with the latter 
also having only a medium-term impact. Boosting the 
agricultural sector, however, has only a low likelihood of 
success, given the high level of stakeholder and political 
contestation, as well as weaknesses in government 
support programmes. Even if the latter were more 
effective, it would take some time to overcome the 
legacy of de-agrarianisation. In terms of path-making 
interventions, the most effective lever in the short term 
will be leveraging state-owned enterprises to accelerate 
the rollout of economic infrastructure, though this 
intervention has only a medium likelihood of success. 
However, integrated infrastructure planning across all 
three spheres would have an impact in the medium 
term but only a low to medium likelihood of success, 
given the significant capacity challenges that need 
to be overcome. In addition, the impact of successful 
reindustrialisation, including moves towards a greener 
economy and increased trade with African and emerging 
markets, is only likely to be felt in the medium term. 
These initiatives also have only a medium chance of 
success even if technology transfer and ‘buy’ strategies, 
as opposed to ‘make’ strategies, were used. Given the 
weaknesses in the national system of innovation and 
the quality of educational outputs, the path to a 
knowledge economy is seen to have a low likelihood 
of success in the near future and, if successful, 
the time to impact will be very long. 
Table 6: Improving civic leadership 
Proposed intervention 
Time to 
impact 
Path-breaking 
impact 
Path-making 
impact 
Likelihood of success 
Success 
likelihood 
rating 
Improving civic leadership 
CL1 
Increasing community-based 
planning 
intermediation 
2014  
High: Work of existing 
intermediaries would need to be 
expanded  
CL2 
Community-state 
relationships 
2019  
Medium: Success of interventions 
would be mediated by different 
political and community dynamics 
in different areas 

Development Bank of Southern Africa 55 
4.2.2 Targeted interventions to improve delivery 
Given the multiple capacity challenges facing the 
state, the temptation to continue with an extensive 
and intensive reform agenda is likely to be significant. 
However, since a largely undercapacitated state will 
struggle to reform itself, a shift to more focused 
interventions is required. Internationally, a number 
of governments have established dedicated capacity 
to drive performance improvement interventions 
within the state, such as the Delivery Unit established 
by former Prime Minister Tony Blair in the United 
Kingdom. All too often, however, in the South African 
context, new institutions that were supposed to drive 
change have ended up being inappropriately staffed, 
and have added to institutional failure rather than 
relieving it. A more appropriate approach, therefore, 
would be to use existing islands of capability to support 
targeted interventions in priority departments and 
spheres. The prioritisation of areas of intervention should 
be based on the size and impact of positive outcomes 
in terms of advancing the country’s developmental 
agenda. Moreover, for support programmes to work, the 
organisation receiving the support must have a minimum 
level of capacity to play its role in the programme, for 
example by taking timely decisions, integrating the 
support initiative with the work of the department, 
and ensuring that important stakeholders are on board. 
All too often, government initiatives involve multiple 
support programmes from different partners, which 
are uncoordinated and run parallel to the day-to-day 
activities of the organisation — activities that tend to 
reinforce bad practice and undermine the impact of 
the support initiatives underway. Once the priority 
areas of intervention have been chosen, the effort 
must be led by strong and capable political and 
administrative leaders, committed to making a difference. 
Improving the state delivery system 
will require streamlining roles 
and responsibilities, building skills 
pipelines, enhancing administrative 
leadership and the greater use of 
public-public partnerships to boost 
institutional capacity. 
Organisations such as the DBSA are already working 
closely with a number of national and provincial 
evaluation process could then be published on at least 
a quarterly basis to incentivise better performance. 
The likelihood of success, the developmental impact 
and the time to impact of these interventions are set 
out in Table 6 on page 54. This analysis suggests that 
the most effective path-breaking intervention in the 
short term would be to increase the footprint of 
existing community-based planning intermediaries. 
Restructuring community-state relationships is only 
likely to have an impact in the medium term, and its 
success will be offset by the functioning of political 
parties, socioeconomic conditions and different 
political and community dynamics in different areas. 
4.2 Building a delivery state 
4.2.1 Improving administrative leadership 
in priority areas 
In the short term, the focus must be on ensuring 
that the top teams of priority departments and cities 
are staffed by efficient and effective administrative 
leaders. Where staff are already in place, coaching 
and customised development programmes should be 
provided as needed, linked to rigorous, independent 
performance audits that serve as an input into the 
incumbent’s performance review. Where staff are not 
in place, appointments should be determined not by 
individual political leaders but rather by a Cabinet or 
mayoral committee process of vetting top management 
appointments. Consideration should also be given to 
extending the contract period for these posts, subject 
to performance, to help stabilise the administration. 
Once stable and effective senior management teams 
are in place, they will be in a better position to drive 
institutional and delivery improvements in their areas 
of responsibility. Other mission-critical managerial 
and technical posts in priority departments also 
need to be filled (using deployees and/or imported 
skills as necessary). 
In future, all top and senior management appointments 
should be based on relevant and rigorous external tests 
of key competencies and demonstrable management 
expertise, while independent interview panels should be 
integrated into the recruitment and selection processes.
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
56 
 Conducting capacity and competency 
assessments; and 
 Recruiting, managing and deploying technical and 
professional skills to accelerate delivery. 
In addition, government entities such as the South 
African Revenue Service (SARS) and the Council for 
Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) have also 
been called upon to provide turnkey solutions for 
other organs of state. Thus far, this support has been 
provided on request, but if South Africa is to change 
its current development trajectory, intensive support 
departments and municipalities in designing and 
implementing support programmes across the delivery 
value chain. This package of support includes: 
 Providing policy and strategy development advice; 
 Providing programme management support; 
 Embedding standard systems and processes; 
 Improving knowledge and information 
management; 
 Providing infrastructure planning and 
infrastructure audits; 
 Developing innovative funding models; 
Energy 
Address cost, skills and 
technical factors that 
impede energy 
diversification, linked 
to a clear import policy. 
Promote increased 
household access through 
the use of non-grid energy 
resources (e.g. liquified 
petroleum gas and solar 
water heaters) backed by 
local economic 
development programmes 
to promote affordability. 
Reduce the electricity 
intensity of the economy 
through improving 
consumption and 
production efficiencies, 
driven by the requisite 
incentives and penalties 
to encourage behavioural 
change. 
Develop a coherent plan to 
address electricity 
distribution infrastructure 
backlogs. 
Optimise refining capacity, 
particularly in relation to 
diesel, to provide a hedge 
against high oil prices. 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
Water 
Finalise the Integrated 
National Water Investment 
Framework to drive 
infrastructure planning 
and investment across 
the sector. 
Enhance institutional 
integration, capacity 
and regulation. 
Enhance the role of 
development finance 
institutions in developing 
innovative funding solutions 
to fast-track infrastructure 
delivery and crowd in the 
private sector. 
Develop a pricing and 
tariff structure that 
recognises the true 
value of water in each 
of the water user groups. 
Undertake high-impact skills 
development initiatives to 
address the critical skills 
shortages within the sector. 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
Health 
Strengthen the District 
Health System, including 
the capacity of provinces 
to support districts. 
Ensure effective hospital 
management. 
Accelerate the 
implementation of HIV, 
AIDS and tuberculosis 
strategic plans. 
Accelerate health 
infrastructure delivery. 
Progressively work 
towards an efficient 
and equitable healthcare 
financing system, taking 
forward the goals and 
objectives of National 
Health Insurance. 
Ensure the development 
of adequate and 
well-managed human 
resource capacity. 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
Basic Education 
Need to conduct a deeper 
analysis of what needs 
to be done at national, 
provincial and district 
levels to achieve goals 
of the Action Plan. 
success will depend on 
the following key levers: 
Adequate resources 
Effective school 
leadership 
Supporting changes 
in classroom practice 
that deepen learning 
Improved district 
capacity 
Improved administration 
at provincial level 
Appropriate allocation of 
responsibility and 
accountability across the 
system 
Roll out high-impact 
interventions to provide 
momentum to longer-term 
change programme. 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
The 
Further and Higher Education 
Develop a clear industrial 
policy. 
Improve coordinated 
planning between the 
Departments of Basic 
Education and Higher 
Education and Training. 
Improve the capability of 
FET sector institutions to 
accommodate school 
leavers and unemployed 
youth. 
Build a new generation of 
high-quality lecturers. 
Expand academic 
development programmes 
to address the needs of 
the current cohort of 
students. 
Improve student selection 
of study paths and the 
institutional selection of 
students. 
Mobilise the public and 
private sector to increase 
work experience and 
training. 
Encourage greater 
participation of the private 
sector in skills development 
and training. 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
Developing a new spatial trajectory for South Africa 
Shift from a primary focus on spatial targeting to also promoting spatial integration. 
Develop the institutional capacity to manage/facilitate economic development, spatial investments and service delivery in a coordinated manner. 
Improve land administration and management systems. 
Develop innovative funding models for housing and rural infrastructure, supported by changes in grant and subsidy regimes to increase access, 
streamline delivery and promote private sector participation. 
Improve the sustainability and economic impact of cities through providing targeted capacity support, creating fiscal space, promoting sustainable 
service delivery choices and increasing densification through better public transport and flexible tenure options. 
Catalyse rural development through building effective rural institutions; improving access to social services and social protection, as well as land use 
and access; and linking agrarian reform to economic development, supported by connective infrastructure and tied to processes that build economic 
and social agency. 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
¡ 
Summary of key interventions
Development Bank of Southern Africa 57 
professional bodies and strong sister departments 
in other countries, and jointly design a pipeline 
development programme. Central to this would be 
increasing the level of government investment in the 
early identification of talent, the development of career 
paths, augmented school teaching support, university 
bursaries (complemented by international teaching 
and work experience exchanges to improve skills and 
professional socialisation), and guaranteed internships 
for successful candidates. 
Both these interventions would need to be underpinned 
by a reconceptualisation of the type of skills needed for 
effective public management. ‘International literature 
suggests that holistic development programmes 
require a high capacity for creativity and innovation … 
The reason for this is that the technical, institutional, 
political and economic complexities of these 
programmes require managers who can work adaptively 
and not procedurally according to a rule book’.82 
However, traditional approaches to the teaching and 
practice of public administration, within a context of 
Weberian bureaucracies, have tended to emphasise 
rule-based processes of management. Many schools 
of public administration and management in South 
Africa continue to teach this way, while the higher 
education system encourages specialisation rather 
than multidisciplinary pollination. 
4.2.4 Decreasing institutional fragmentation 
Decreasing institutional fragmentation would involve 
differentiating functional and financial allocations 
between national and provincial departments and 
municipalities, based on their institutional capacity. 
This must be complemented by the streamlining of 
powers and functions. Indications of this are becoming 
apparent in health, education and the devolution of 
housing and transport functions to cities, as well as 
the development of a special purpose vehicle (SPV) for 
local government. Asymmetrical approaches would also 
be appropriate in the water sector, human settlements 
planning and roads management. 
The likelihood of success, the development impact and 
the time to impact of these interventions are set out 
in Table 7. 
programmes will be needed in priority areas. Such 
programmes and areas could include: 
1. Providing policy, organisational development 
and programme management support to vital 
economic and social sectors, such as water, 
health, education, energy, transport and logistics, 
housing and human settlements, and information 
and communications technology (ICT). The specific 
interventions required in these areas are discussed 
in more detail in Chapters 2 to 8. The DBSA is 
already involved in support interventions in the 
first four areas, based on requests from national 
departments. In some instances, however, a wider 
package of support will be required. 
2. Facilitating spatial and settlement planning, linked to 
integrated infrastructure planning and investments. 
This would include specific measures to strengthen 
urban governance and rural development (see 
Chapter 8 for details of the proposed interventions). 
The multiplicity of departments and spheres 
involved in this area, many of which have significant 
capacity challenges, suggests that support 
programmes should be constructed at two levels. 
The first area of focus should be the establishment 
of a central coordinating capability. The second 
should be supporting the development of effective 
delivery value chains in priority geographic areas to 
drive economic growth and integrated development. 
4.2.3 Building skills pipelines 
To enhance the relevance and effectiveness of public 
management development programmes, the focus 
should be on developing partnerships with important 
national and international institutions to enhance 
the practical content of leadership development 
programmes. This should be accompanied by the 
rollout of executive coaching programmes for senior 
managers, linked to performance-based pay. Once 
designed, these practical leadership and management 
development programmes, based on action learning, 
should first be piloted and then rolled out in priority 
state sectors. 
As for technical pipeline development, priority 
departments should strengthen partnerships with
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
58 
Table 7: Building a delivery state 
Proposed intervention 
Time to 
impact 
Path-breaking 
impact 
Path-making 
impact 
Likelihood of success 
Success 
likelihood 
rating 
Building a delivery state 
DS1 
Strengthening 
administrative leadership 
in priority areas 
2014  
Medium: Will be difficult to shift 
weak incumbents but there 
is potential to influence new 
appointments 
 
Targeted delivery improvement interventions 
DS2  Water 2014  
Medium: Bold and consistent 
leadership required from national 
department to drive effective support 
programmes to address significant 
institutional gaps 
 
DS3  Health 2014  
High: Key interventions 
systematically driving better (though 
still slow) performance  
DS4  Education 2025+  
Medium: Challenges of section 
100 intervention in Eastern Cape 
highlights complexities of enforcing 
minimum standards 
 
DS5  Energy 2014  
Medium: Bold and consistent 
leadership required from national 
department to increase speed of 
progress 
 
DS6  Transport/logistics 2014  
Medium: Progress will depend on 
stronger regulatory framework to 
drive alignment  
DS7  Housing/human 
settlements 2019  
Medium: Progress likely in rental 
stock and mixed-use settlements but 
institutional and integrated planning 
challenges and massive demand will 
limit progress 
 
DS8  ICT 2014  
Low: Bold leadership required to 
address ongoing challenges in 
regulatory environment  
DS9 
 Coordinative 
mechanism to drive 
spatial settlement 
planning 
2019  
Medium: Progress on spatial vision 
but accountability and enforcement 
likely to be a challenge  
 Integrated 
development planning 
across three spheres 
in priority areas 
2025  
Low: Land management issues and 
significant institutional weaknesses 
will take time to overcome  
Building skills pipelines 
DS10  Practical programmes 2014  
High: Strong potential to build on 
good practice established in private 
sector and some state-owned 
enterprises and departments 
 
DS11  Pipeline development 2019  
Medium: Success will vary 
across sectors, based on 
strength of national department 
and professional associations 
 
DS12 
 Reconceptualisation 
of public management 
programmes 
2025  
Low: Academic resistance and 
weaknesses in higher education 
system likely to delay progress  
Decreasing institutional fragmentation 
DS13  Financial mechanisms 2014  
High: Strong potential to expand 
schedule 7 grants and other key 
instruments to more sectors  
DS14  Sectoral asymmetry 2014  
Medium: Will differ across sectors 
depending on strength of sector 
leadership and levels of resistance 
from affected parties 

Development Bank of Southern Africa 59 
basic education, youth unemployment, and improving 
the enabling environment for entrepreneurship. 
It is time to pool our disparate 
efforts into more coordinated 
approaches that have a higher 
chance of achieving system change. 
4.3.1 National Partnership for School 
Improvement 
Over and above government initiatives, enormous 
investments have been made in school improvements 
by non-governmental organisations in South Africa. For 
example, ten years ago, around a fifth of the country's 
schools benefited from development projects initiated 
by donor and non-governmental organisations, valued 
at around R500 million per year. In addition, different 
private companies, along with organisations such as the 
National Business Initiative and Bridge, continue to run 
a variety of school improvement programmes. As noted, 
however, these initiatives have not had the kind of impact 
hoped for, largely because of their disparate nature. 
Hence, the investments made by the donor community, 
non-governmental organisations and the private 
sector need to be optimised through a more coherent 
and integrated approach. To this end, the DBSA is 
working with a range of non-governmental organisations, 
private and union individual and representative 
organisations, as well as the Department of Basic 
Education, to develop a National Partnership to Accelerate 
District and School Improvement. This Partnership 
is in the spirit of the 2011 NEDLAC Accord on Basic 
Education and Partnerships with Schools, and in line 
with Minister of Basic Education’s stated wish to create 
a broad-based partnership to advance quality learning in 
schools. It builds on proven models of support to direct 
coordinated action towards clear results, with compacts 
that are based on clear frameworks of accountability. 
The goal of the Partnership is to effect system change 
that results in better learner performance in all schools 
at all levels within chosen districts. It is envisaged that 
the programme will be financed by co-investments 
from both social partners and the government to drive 
ownership, and that the entrance of school districts to 
This analysis suggests that the path-breaking 
interventions that are likely to be the most successful 
and have a short-term impact are using financial 
instruments to decrease institutional complexity, rolling 
out practical management development programmes, 
and using targeted interventions in the health sector. 
Other short-term path-breaking interventions such as 
strengthening administrative leadership, using targeted 
interventions in the water sector, as well as linking 
institutional capabilities to responsibilities are likely to 
have only a medium level of success. Progress with housing 
delivery is likely to be slow, with significant progress 
only being made in the medium term. With regard to 
path-making interventions, targeted interventions in the 
education, energy and transport sectors, coordinated 
spatial planning, and pipeline development are only 
likely to have an impact in the medium term and 
are seen as having only a medium likelihood of 
success. Targeted interventions in the ICT sector are 
unlikely to succeed in the absence of bold leadership. 
In addition, the reconceptualisation of public management 
programmes will take a long time to have an impact and 
is likely to have a low level of success if weaknesses 
in the higher education system cannot be overcome. 
4.3 Building effective social coalitions 
As for building national coalitions in other sectors, 
while broad accords or campaigns are symbolically 
useful, they seldom have a significant impact. Rather, 
the focus should be on targeted interventions in priority 
areas that 1) bring together people and groups with a 
proven capacity to make a difference; and 2) build on 
past lessons and good practice linked to practical and 
measurable performance outputs. To ensure a focus on 
practical implementation, the scope of these accords 
would have to go beyond the national sphere to reach 
provinces and municipalities. In addition, such agreements 
could involve a variety of groupings, not necessarily 
only traditional social partners. The brokering of these 
agreements would be driven by organisations that are 
independent enough to be trusted by all parties but 
influential enough to draw in all the relevant players. 
Critical areas for such interventions could include
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
60 
learning for dropouts, public employment programmes 
geared to young people, the rollout of soft skills 
training for young people, more funding for both 
higher and further education, and the rollout of 
vocational counselling for all students in Grade 9 
(when subject choices are made) and in Grade 12 
(when students are poised to enter either the labour 
market or further and higher education institutions). 
 In the medium term: Interventions should focus on 
strengthening active labour market programmes, 
particularly with respect to vocational counselling, 
placement and structured exposure to the labour 
market; and reviewing and restructuring secondary 
schooling and vocational education. 
 In the long term: The imperative is to transform 
the education system so that it becomes functional 
in terms of providing young people with the skills 
required by the economy, and to restructure the 
economy to absorb more labour. Furthermore, 
the role of the private sector and civil society 
organisations in driving employment creation 
needs to be more clearly defined and formalised in 
social compacts. 
Successful implementation of this strategy will require 
coordinated action from a range of government, 
private and civil society players. Given the size and 
urgency of the problem, a national partnership on 
youth employment — based on similar principles as the 
Partnership for School Improvement — is long overdue. 
Supporting youth development 
The DBSA is currently involved in two important youth 
development initiatives. The Young Professionals 
Programme provides both professional and personal 
development training for technical (e.g. engineering), 
town planning and municipal finance graduates. 
In 2011/12, over 170 young professional skills 
development and employment opportunities will 
be created. The Artisan Programme recruits and 
trains low and unskilled youth members as apprentices. 
This programme plans to employ 300 artisans 
in 2011/12. 
the programme will be competitive, in order to drive 
a commitment to excellence. 
4.3.2 Addressing youth unemployment 
The DBSA has just finalised a Youth Employment 
Strategy83 that identifies gaps and misalignments 
in current programmes aimed at addressing youth 
unemployment. These gaps include: 
 The provision of interventions to keep 
young people in school; 
 The implementation of second-chance 
learning programmes; 
 The development of soft skills linked to 
vocational and skills programmes; 
 The development of transitioning skills, 
and the provision of job intermediation 
and counselling centres; 
 The mentoring of new and emerging 
businesses by existing businesses; 
 The need for employment creation 
programmes, such as the Expanded 
Public Works Programme (EPWP), 
that are tailored to the specific 
needs of young people; 
 The promotion of ‘socially useful jobs’ 
(even stipend-based) beyond the constraints 
of the budget envelope, as a way for the 
youth to attain workplace experience; 
 The need for a clear occupational framework 
that signals the value of different 
qualifications; and 
 The need for tailored support programmes 
and options for rural youth. 
The Strategy concludes that ‘the spectrum, scale, 
reach and targeting of existing programmes are 
inadequate and under-resourced when evaluated 
against the complexity and scale of South Africa’s 
challenge of youth unemployment’.84 Hence, it proposes 
a number of short, medium and long-term interventions 
to promote youth employment, which are summarised 
as follows: 
 In the short term: Interventions should focus on a 
set of activities to enhance access to the labour 
market fairly quickly. These include second-chance
Development Bank of Southern Africa 61 
(i.e. those who are simply seeking an income rather 
than actually wanting to be self-employed). This will 
significantly increase the success rate of entrepreneurship 
programmes. 
Hence, making enterprise development work at scale 
requires South Africa to move away from disparate and 
ad hoc interventions to formulate a more systematic 
approach, using the strengths and talents of all social 
partners. In addition, black business organisations 
need to play a far more effective role in working with 
each other and with other social actors to support the 
development of more value-creating, strong and sizeable 
black-owned and black-managed companies. 
The likelihood of success, the developmental impact 
and the time to impact of these interventions are set 
out in Table 8. 
The intervention that is most likely to succeed and 
have a short-term, path-making impact is the National 
Partnership for School Improvement. While a national 
coalition to support entrepreneurship has the potential 
to realise some benefits quickly, significant progress is 
only likely in the medium term, and it is seen as only 
having a medium chance of success in the absence of 
strong business leadership and better intermediation. 
Lastly, given the scale of the problem and the lack of 
agreement among important social partners, a national 
coalition to address youth unemployment is only likely 
to have a mixed impact (e.g. differing by sector) and, 
thus, medium chance of success. It is also likely to take 
a medium time to have an impact. 
Black business organisations need to 
play a far more effective role in working 
together to develop value-creating, 
strong and sizeable black companies. 
4.3.4 Valuing excellence 
If the interventions cited above are to succeed and be 
sustainable, they must be accompanied by measures 
to bring about a fundamental paradigm shift in the 
way many South Africans approach excellence and 
competition. Successful developmental states tend to put 
4.3.3 Building a strong entrepreneurial class 
With regard to changing the ownership of the economy, 
the above analysis suggests that interventions for 
economic transformation need to shift from a primary 
focus on employment equity and wealth redistribution 
to a larger focus on entrepreneurship and value 
creation. To bring this about, current obstacles to the 
emergence of a strong black entrepreneurial class 
need to be systematically removed, including high 
barriers to entry and a lack of access to finance and 
markets. While these obstacles have been recognised 
for some time, the initiatives and institutions that aim to 
address them struggle to do so. This is either because 
of a lack of capacity within the state and funding 
institutions to play an effective intermediation role, 
or because of limited transformation of the financial 
sector, resulting in a lack of financing for small, 
medium and microenterprises (SMMEs). Commercial 
banks have also become significantly more risk averse 
during the global financial crisis, negatively affecting 
SMME access to finance. The slow recovery and the 
prospects of a renewed recession in Europe suggest 
that this trend is likely to continue in the medium term. 
In addition, SMMEs have complained that, in some cases, 
the conditions put forward by development funding 
agencies are no better than those of commercial 
banks. This is partly because development finance 
institutions raise money for their lending activities in 
the same markets as commercial banks, which limits 
their ability to play a countercyclical role. Slow changes 
in the monopoly structure of the economy, despite 
the valiant efforts of the Competition Commission, 
are also likely to impede SMME development for some 
time to come. While some established businesses have 
structured SMMEs into their value chains through 
supplier partnerships, mainstreaming this approach 
will require significant intermediation support and 
stronger incentive frameworks. 
In addition to removing barriers to entrepreneurship, 
more rigour is needed in entrepreneurship support 
programmes to ensure that they are appropriately 
designed. For example, business support is often 
woefully inadequate. The focus should be on real 
entrepreneurs as opposed to ‘necessity’ entrepreneurs
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
62 
Initiatives such as Lead South Africa could be built 
upon to promote and recognise excellence in a variety 
of sectors. A national partnership would have to be 
developed to encourage consistent messaging from 
the media, business leaders, civil society organisations, 
the government and politicians. However, this initiative 
would have to go hand-in-hand with changing 
people’s day-to-day experience. Thus, the success of 
initiatives to build community and individual agency, 
cited above as a means of giving people greater 
access to opportunity and platforms of professional 
socialisation, will be key. 
We need to rediscover the meaning 
of merit and the value of striving 
for excellence. 
The likelihood of success, the developmental impact 
and the time to impact of these interventions are set 
out in Table 9. This analysis suggests that the path-breaking 
intervention that is likely to have the most 
success in the short term is messaging from non-governmental 
organisations. While private sector 
workplaces help to develop a strong professional 
ethic, ongoing inequalities are likely to perpetuate 
value ambiguity, which makes the likelihood of success 
uneven and thus medium. The dysfunctional cultures in 
many public sector organisations will probably be 
resistant to change, making the likelihood of success 
low. They may even serve as a platform for the 
a strong emphasis on individual or group achievement 
and competitive excellence, first through the acquisition 
of skills and experience, and then through rigorous 
processes of evaluating and rewarding performance. 
In the South African context, an apartheid past, 
a legacy of institutionalised racism that continues to 
put race before merit, and the discourse of redress 
that has sometimes nurtured a culture of entitlement 
have contributed to a devaluing and labelling of skills 
requirements and competition as mechanisms of 
exclusion. Individual or group agency is subsumed to 
collective entitlement and people’s locus of control 
becomes external rather than internal, as millions of 
people wait to be given a better life. Not only does 
this stymie individual productivity but it also makes 
individuals and communities more vulnerable to 
patronage in the context of high levels of poverty and 
unemployment. South Africa must begin to build a 
society that values and seeks to nurture individual 
and group achievement, thereby building the capacity 
to compete as individuals, as groups and as a nation. 
In the long term, this will involve creating social 
institutions — such as the family, the education system 
and the workplace — that encourage and reward talent 
and excellence. Progress in the short term, however, 
will depend on using existing and quicker socialisation 
processes to drive change, such as media messages. 
With regard to messaging, the first step will be to 
review and change who the country celebrates. 
Table 8: Building effective social coalitions 
Proposed intervention 
Time to 
impact 
Path-breaking 
impact 
Path-making 
impact 
Likelihood of success 
Success 
likelihood 
rating 
Building effective social coalitions 
SC1 School improvement 2014  
High: Strong partners and 
momentum behind a coordinated, 
systematic initiative  
SC2 Youth unemployment 2019  
Medium: Education interventions 
will take time to have an impact, 
while short-term high-impact 
interventions (e.g. youth 
employment incentives) are still 
impeded by a lack of consensus 
among social partners 
 
SC3 Entrepreneurship 2019  
Medium: Requires better 
intermediation and strong 
business leadership 
Development Bank of Southern Africa 63 
 Implementing targeted delivery improvement 
interventions in the health sector; 
 Building a National Partnership on School 
Improvement; 
 Implementing financial mechanisms 
to decrease institutional complexity; 
 Increasing community-based planning 
intermediation; and 
 Driving a new set of values using 
messaging by non-governmental bodies. 
 Short-term interventions with a medium 
probability of success 
 Enhancing the structure of the relationship 
between party and state; 
 Strengthening administrative leadership 
in priority areas of the state; 
 Implementing targeted delivery improvement 
interventions in the water, energy and 
transport sectors; 
 Matching roles to responsibilities in key 
state sectors; 
 Leveraging state-owned enterprises 
to accelerate the rollout of economic 
infrastructure; and 
entrenchment of dysfunctional value sets. While the 
transformation of formative institutions, such as 
the family and the basic education system, will have 
the largest path-making impact, the transformation 
process will take generations to have an impact at scale. 
In addition, especially with regard to the family, it will 
need to be accompanied by significant socioeconomic 
change. Hence, the likelihood of their success is seen 
as medium and low respectively. 
4.5 Summary of key interventions 
Based on the above analysis, the interventions 
proposed above can be categorised as follows: 
 Short-term interventions with a high probability 
of success 
 Strengthening existing partnerships 
in economic sectors; 
 Using public accountability mechanisms 
to improve political governance; 
 Implementing practical management 
development programmes; 
Table 9: Valuing excellence 
Proposed intervention 
Time to 
impact 
Path-breaking 
impact 
Path-making 
impact 
Likelihood of success 
Success 
likelihood 
rating 
Valuing excellence 
Messaging linked to building agency 
VE1 
Non-governmental 
responses 
2014  
High: Strong potential to 
harness increase in civil society 
organisations  
VE2 
Government 
responses 
2019  Medium: Ambiguity regarding 
skills will take time to overcome  
Transforming social institutions 
VE3 The family 2025+  Low: Will require significant 
socioeconomic shifts  
VE4 
The basic education 
system 
2025+  
Medium: National partnership 
will make an impact in chosen 
districts, but large-scale systemic 
changes to transform schools into 
effective platforms of socialisation 
will take generations to effect 
 
VE5 
The workplace 
(private) 
2019  
Medium: Strong professional 
ethics but institutionalised racism 
and inequalities need to be 
overcome 
 
VE6 The workplace (public) 2025  
Low: Dysfunctional culture likely 
to be resistant to fast change, 
even within the context of the state 
interventions proposed above 

Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
64 
5. Scenarios for the future 
5.1 Islands of excellence 
The implications of the above analysis for South 
Africa’s development path are as follows: 
In the short term (2011—2014) 
Strengthening existing partnerships in the economic 
sectors will help to limit job losses and lay the basis 
for better sectoral planning to drive growth in future. 
Stronger public accountability mechanisms will build 
the foundation for improvements in political governance 
over time, complemented by better community-based 
planning intermediation processes to deepen public 
accountability at local level and remodel state-community 
relationships. These initiatives will be augmented by 
civil society campaigns aimed at inculcating a new set 
of values. Targeted improvements in the health sector 
will promote infrastructure delivery and access to 
health care, supported by the rollout of National 
Health Insurance in pilot districts as well as measures 
to improve the management of health facilities. 
Hence, the trend of slow but ongoing improvements 
in health outcomes is likely to be maintained. At the 
same time, the National Partnership for School 
Improvement will boost the effectiveness of the 
schooling system in key districts, which will gradually 
improve educational outcomes and drive greater 
levels of agency among important stakeholders, 
as well as a stronger commitment to excellence. 
Improvements in the health and education sectors will 
be supported by the rollout of practical management 
development programmes, as well as the use of financial 
instruments to improve control and accountability in 
the delivery chain. 
In addition, if key constraints are overcome, this 
period could also see wider improvements in state 
effectiveness. Enhancing the structure of the 
relationship between party and state will facilitate 
greater administrative stability, thus laying the basis 
 Ensuring leadership of economic strategy 
by the state. 
 Medium-term interventions with a medium 
probability of success 
 Boosting the mining sector; 
 Setting a path to industrialisation; 
 Greening the economy; 
 Increasing continental trade; 
 Increasing developmental emerging 
market trade; 
 Restructuring community-state relationships; 
 Implementing targeted delivery improvement 
interventions in national and provincial 
education departments; 
 Setting up a coordinative mechanism to 
drive spatial and settlement planning; 
 Enhancing pipeline development in 
key sectors; 
 Setting up a national partnership to promote 
entrepreneurship; 
 Setting up a national coalition on youth 
employment; and 
 Driving a new set of values using messaging 
by the government, and enhancing the 
socialisation impact of private sector 
workplaces. 
 Long-term interventions with a medium 
probability of success 
 Driving a new set of values through 
transformation of the basic education 
system; and 
 Setting the path to a knowledge economy. 
 Interventions with a low probability of success 
 Improving the functioning of political parties; 
 Boosting the agricultural sector; 
 Ensuring integrated infrastructure planning 
across all three spheres; 
 Ensuring integrated development planning 
across all three spheres; 
 Implementing targeted delivery improvement 
interventions in the ICT sector; 
 Reconceptualising public management 
education programmes; and 
 Driving a new set of values through 
transformation of the family and public 
sector workplaces.
Development Bank of Southern Africa 65 
positive effects on job creation in terms of the 
EPWP and youth employment, as well as boosting 
the construction sector. SME development will benefit 
from using large contractors to subcontract and 
transfer skills to smaller players in the construction 
as well as the operations and maintenance phases, 
thus ensuring quality while increasing developmental 
impact. Also, the localisation of infrastructure inputs 
will be supported by a stronger procurement system. 
Lastly, increases in state effectiveness should also 
enable a more coherent approach to the leadership of 
economic strategy within the state, laying the basis for 
greater coherence in economic policy and certainty in 
critical areas such as mining. This should also result in 
better and more realistic economic planning, building 
on existing economic partnerships to develop a clearer 
understanding of South Africa’s real current and 
potential areas of economic competitiveness — within 
the context of sustainability imperatives — and how 
they will be realised over time. A clearer economic 
path will also support better skills planning, driving 
improvements in the structure of the further and higher 
education system and its links to basic education. 
In addition, in terms of increased continental trade, 
while the implementation of economic infrastructure 
and Free Trade Area agreements will create an enabling 
environment, progress will be slow because of challenges 
within countries and within the Regional Economic 
Communities. Trade with Europe will be dampened, 
while trade with emerging markets is likely to remain 
asymmetrical, driven by mineral and metal exports. 
In the medium term (2015—2019) 
While the South African economy will still be facing 
the residual effects of the economic recession, the 
above interventions will lay the basis for increased 
investments and growth in the mining, important 
manufacturing and green economy sectors, while 
strengthening the tertiary sector. This will be supported 
by technology transfer based on foreign direct investment, 
significant increases in spending on research and 
for stronger administrative leadership in priority 
areas. At the same time, greater alignment in state 
roles and responsibilities around areas of institutional 
capacity will help to streamline delivery chains and 
accountability, provided the necessary legislative 
changes are implemented soon. In turn, these 
interventions will support delivery improvements in 
the water, energy, transport and housing sectors, 
as well as improving the coordination and management 
of state-owned enterprises. In the water sector, this is 
likely to result in higher investment in raw, regional 
and municipal bulk infrastructure as well as operations 
and maintenance, based on an integrated National 
Water Investment Framework. This will help increase 
the security of supply for vital economic sectors and 
new developments. Household access to water and 
sanitation will also increase, though increased access in 
remote rural areas may still be hampered by the slow 
uptake of non-grid options, such as rainwater harvesting. 
In the energy sector, increased capacity will have a 
positive impact on the reserve margin and security 
of supply, which will be strengthened by decreased 
demand during the economic recession. This period 
should also see an increase in independent power 
producers and, in terms of renewables, an increased 
rollout of solar water heaters, supported by an 
optimised REFIT programme. At the same time, 
improvements in the transport and logistics system 
would help decrease transport costs and increase 
economic competitiveness, while also improving 
access to public transport. However, the impact of the 
latter on improving city efficiencies and densification 
would be offset by ongoing challenges in human 
settlement planning. In housing, there would be some 
increases in mixed-use developments and rental 
stock, supported by a revised subsidy policy and a 
review of development finance in the sector. However, 
a new housing regime predicated on a self-build, 
incrementalist approach, combined with trade-offs 
around land values that tend to be at the expense of 
the poor, will see the continuing prevalence of 
informal settlements on the periphery. The rollout 
of infrastructure in these sectors will also have
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
66 
The development of technical skills pipelines in important 
sectors is also likely to start bearing fruit, and ambiguity 
towards skills will slowly be overtaken by a stronger 
focus on the professionalisation of the bureaucracy, 
increasing the impact of government messaging. 
The positive socialisation impact of private workplaces 
will also have improved because of an increase in 
employment and economic transformation — not just 
in terms of employment equity, which will probably 
have improved only slowly, but also in terms of the 
growth in SMEs and strong black business enterprises. 
Lastly, better public accountability and community-based 
planning will also have laid the basis for improving 
the structure of community-state relationships. 
Progress will, however, be uneven and dependent 
on internal political and community dynamics in 
different areas. 
In the long term (2020—2025) 
Improvements in the basic education system, 
supporting improvements in further and higher 
education, will begin to drive significant increases in 
participation rates, labour productivity, entrepreneurship, 
social mobility and living standards, They will also 
accelerate industrialisation and localisation, bringing 
South Africa closer to achieving export-led growth. 
Educational improvements, accompanied by ongoing 
increases in spending on research and development, 
as well as the growth in triple helix partnerships, 
will lay the basis for South Africa to transition to a 
knowledge economy. However, this is only likely to 
occur after 2025. 
5.2 A reversal of gains 
Interventions with a low probability of success are 
likely to counteract the above scenario. Slow change 
in the functioning of political parties, difficulties in 
dislodging dysfunctional cultures and contradictory 
rationalities in the public sector, and difficulties in 
building appropriate skills due to the failure of higher 
education institutions to reconceptualise public 
management programmes are likely to affect 
improvements in state effectiveness and hamper the 
development, as well as large increases in the 
importation of critical skills. While growth in these 
sectors will boost employment, some sectors will 
move faster than others in providing opportunities 
for youth employment, depending on the level of 
agreement between social partners. Sectoral growth, 
combined with the ongoing rollout of the infrastructure 
programme, will also provide increased opportunities 
for SME development, linked to supplier value chains. 
Improvements in entrepreneurship will be driven 
by a restructured microfinance and development 
finance regime to enhance access to finance and 
business development support, combined with 
stronger leadership from organised black business, 
resulting in an increase in black-owned and managed 
value-creating enterprises. However, the absorption 
of low-skilled and unskilled workers may still be 
insufficient and the economy is still unlikely to be 
creating 500 000 jobs per year. Continental trade will 
have increased but progress will be slow, while trade 
with emerging markets is likely to increase significantly. 
However, the structure of trade relationships with the 
United States, Europe and Asia will remain suboptimal, 
and South Africa is still likely to have a trade deficit. 
With regard to the state, improvements in state 
effectiveness in the previous period will have seen 
the development of a national spatial vision linked to 
an integrated planning and budgeting mechanism and 
a revised national land management system. However, 
enforcement of integrated spatial and settlement 
planning is likely to remain difficult, resulting in uneven 
progress. The greatest improvements are likely to be 
in areas with strong government institutions across 
all three spheres — e.g. greater city regions in 
Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal and the Western Cape — 
as well as greenfield growth points such as Lephalale 
and Cornubia. The targeted delivery improvements in 
the national and provincial basic education departments 
are also likely to start showing results, supported 
by improvements in the delivery chain as well as 
the national partnership. However, bold leadership 
will still be required to enforce minimum standards.
Development Bank of Southern Africa 67 
momentum slowly to benefit the broader system. 
Gains in the effectiveness of the state will facilitate 
further decreases in corruption, crime, the burden of 
disease, as well as non-income inequality and poverty. 
Meanwhile, an improved education system will spur 
higher labour absorption, eventually decreasing 
the mismatch between educational outputs and the 
demands of an economy increasingly dominated by 
the secondary and tertiary sectors, as well as by 
green industries. These factors will lead to greater 
social mobility, a gradual rise in household savings and 
living standards for the majority, as well as a decrease 
in income inequality. Educational improvements will 
also help to deepen democracy and support better 
state-civil society relationships, which in turn will 
influence the functioning of political parties and thus 
spur further improvements in state effectiveness. 
Moreover, the momentum gained in collectively 
addressing constraints in important economic 
sectors will enable South Africa to fulfil its potential 
as a gateway to Africa, working with other African 
countries to remove non-tariff barriers and vastly 
expand the size of the African market. This, combined 
with increased trade with and investment by BRIC 
countries (Brazil, Russia, India and China) and other 
emerging markets, will lay the basis for South Africa 
eventually to attain GDP growth rates of 7%—10%, 
driving labour absorption, living standards and 
growth-enhancing domestic investments. 
5.4 Summary 
It is clear from the above analysis that, above all, 
two key areas will have the most significant impact on 
South Africa’s development path, one being a game-changer 
and the other a gatekeeper to progress. 
The game-changer: Improving the quality of education 
will have significant ripple effects in terms of 
supporting economic growth, boosting employment 
and decreasing poverty, enhancing social mobility and 
contributing to the development of a new set of social 
values, as well as deepening democracy, which in turn 
will have a positive effect on political governance. 
The gatekeeper: A deterioration in the quality of 
political governance will significantly hamper South 
recrafting of state-society relationships. At best, this will 
decrease the speed of improvements in these areas. In 
addition, ongoing challenges in integrated infrastructure 
planning and spatial development will continue to 
slow the development of spatial efficiencies — within 
cities and between remote rural areas and growth 
points. Many people, therefore, will remain distant 
from economic opportunities for a long time to come, 
resulting in ongoing high transport costs for the poor, 
with high service connection costs that are financially 
unsustainable (assuming rural areas will increasingly 
move to off-grid options). Ongoing challenges in the 
agricultural sector will also have a negative impact 
on rural development and food security, further 
undermining the livelihoods of the rural and urban poor. 
Weaknesses in state capacity and spatial development 
will also undermine sustainable development initiatives, 
increasing the country’s vulnerability to the damaging 
effects of climate change. The low probability of success 
of interventions to address challenges in the ICT sector 
will also lessen economic growth and technological 
innovation. Furthermore, challenges in the structure 
of the family, linked to slow changes in socioeconomic 
conditions, will not only hamper the development of 
a new set of social values but will also limit people’s 
ability to take advantage of opportunities afforded by 
gradual improvements in the education system, locking 
in intergenerational poverty. 
At worst, these factors — particularly relating to the 
functioning of political parties and the public sector 
— could result in a reversal of gains. Eventually, this 
could lead to worsening socioeconomic conditions for 
the majority, while a social compact based on a co-optive 
economic model drives up between-group and 
within-group inequality. Growing levels of inequality, 
combined with a failure to address the constraints to 
South Africa’s growth potential, will further hamper 
growth and development, resulting in a vicious 
downward spiral. 
5.3 Diffusion 
Alternatively, the path suggested in section 5.2.2 
above will build upon and expand existing islands 
of excellence within South Africa, creating enough
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
68 
Africa’s ability to meet its development objectives, 
impeding better state management and service 
delivery, economic stewardship and the ability to build 
effective state-society relationships. 
Thus, South Africa must: 
 Act now to improve the quality of education, 
enhance political governance, stabilise 
government administrations and consolidate 
economic stewardship; 
 Act together by increasing the use of public-public, 
public-private and public-community 
partnerships to maximise its collective strengths 
and drive integrated solutions to its common 
challenges; and 
 Act differently by taking conscious action to put 
long-term national interests before short-term 
individual gains, to let go of dysfunctional value 
systems and outdated paradigms, thus opening 
the way for the country to chart a new course. 
6. Conclusion 
While South Africa has the potential to realise 
an inclusive and sustainable development path, 
there are many challenges to be overcome. Some 
of these challenges arise from the global context or 
intrinsic geo-spatial factors and are thus difficult to 
influence, but many others can be influenced with 
the right leadership and institutional mix. There are 
a number of initiatives underway, driven by the state 
and civil society organisations. However, there is a 
danger that they will fail to have the desired impact 
because of ongoing institutional weaknesses in the state, 
challenges in state-society relationships, as well as the 
disparate nature of many civil society interventions, 
which undermines their ability to gain critical mass. 
Furthermore, if South Africa continues on this road, 
while there will continue to be areas of success, 
current trends could also result in a reversal of gains, 
setting the country on a vicious downward spiral. 
Hence, making significant progress in changing the 
country’s current trajectory in the short term will require 
high-impact interventions in priority areas, driven by 
effective leadership, which will catalyse broader system 
changes in the medium to long term. Such leadership 
would best be derived from building on existing areas 
of effective leadership and institutional strength, 
drawing on the talents of all South Africans. It will also 
require a high level of realism about what South Africa 
can achieve and within what timeframes.
Development Bank of Southern Africa 69 
25 Napier, M & Mulenga, A.L., 2002: Environmental technologies in 
South Africa: Pathways towards sustainable innovation in human 
settlements? Report, Phase 5, BP416, Technologies for Enhanced 
and Environmental Mangement. Johannesburg: Council for 
Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR). 
26 Source: DBSA, 2011a. 
27 DBSA, 2011a:30. 
28 The official definition includes only the ‘searching unemployed’ — 
i.e. people who are not employed, and have actively searched 
for employment in the past four weeks. 
29 The wide definition includes the ‘discouraged unemployed’ — 
i.e. unemployed people who would have liked to have worked 
in the past four weeks, but have not actively searched for 
employment in that period. 
30 Comprising financial intermediation, real estate and business 
services; community, social and personal services; trade, 
catering and accommodation; transport, storage and 
communication; and other producers. 
31 Sources: Stats SA, 2010a. Labour force survey, Historical revision 
March series 2001 to 2007, Statistical Release P0210, p. 16; 
Stats SA, 2010b. Quarterly labour force survey Quarter 1, 
2010, Statistical Release P0211, p. 9. 
32 Sources: Stats SA, 2010a:16—18; Stats SA, 2010b:6. 
33 Leibrandt, M, Woolard, I, Finn, A & Argent, J. 2010. 
Trends in South African income distribution and poverty since 
the fall of apartheid. Organisation for Economic Co-operation 
and Development (OECD) Social, Employment and Migration 
Working Papers 101. Paris: OECD Publishing. 
doi: 10.1787/5kmms0t7p1ms-en, p. 10. 
34 DST (Department of Science and Technology), 2008. 
Innovation towards a knowledge-based economy: A ten-year 
plan for South Africa (2008 — 2018). Pretoria: DST, p. 28. 
35 Leibrandt et al., 2010:18. 
36 Bhorat H, Van der Westhuizen C & Jacobs, T, 2009. 
Income and non-income inequality in post-apartheid South 
Africa: What are the drivers and possible policy interventions? 
Development Policy Research Unit (DPRU) 
Working Paper 09/138. Cape Town: DPRU, p. 23. 
37 Source: Leibrandt et al., 2010. 
38 Rust, K, 2009. Framing a financing strategy for the Human 
Settlements Department: Current context, opportunities and 
challenges. Unpublished draft 11 September. Johannesburg: 
Finmark Trust and Urban Landmark, p. 35. 
39 South Africa Info, 2011. Thumbs up for South Africa crime 
statistics. www.southafrica.info/news/crimestats2011, 11 October. 
40 Department of Health, 2007. Annual report 2007. 
Pretoria. www.doh.gov.za/docs/reports/annual/2007 
41 Department of Health, 2011. Media statement by the Minister 
of Health on the release of the National Health Insurance Green 
Paper. 12 August. www.info.gov.za/speech/DynamicAction?pageid= 
461&sid=20630&tid=39149 
42 Bertucci, G & Alberti, A, 2001. Reinventing government for the 
twentieth-first century: State capacity in a globalizing society. 
A report for the 2001 United Nations World Public Sector 
Report, p. 16. 
43 Bertucci & Alberti, 2001:25. 
Endnotes 
1 National Planning Com mission, 2009. Green Paper on National 
Strategic Planning. Pretoria: National Planning Commission, p. 2. 
2 Sources: South African Reserve Bank, World Bank World 
Development Indicators data, and World Bank staff calculations. 
3 World Bank, 2011. South Africa economic update: 
Focus on savings, investment and inclusive growth. 
Washington, DC: World Bank, p. 19. 
4 Sources: South African Reserve Bank, World Bank World 
Development Indicators data, and World Bank staff calculations. 
5 Hausmann, R, 2008. Final recommendations of the International 
Panel on Growth. Report submitted to National Treasury, p. 12. 
6 RSA (Republic of South Africa), 2011. Stakeholders’ declaration 
on strategy for the sustainable growth and meaningful 
transformation of South Africa’s mining industry. www.gov.za, 
10 October. 
7 FA0 (Food and Agriculture Organization), 2002. The state of food 
Insecurity in the world 2001. Rome: United Nations. 
8 Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, 2002. 
The Integrated Food Security Strategy for South Africa. Pretoria: 
Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. 
9 Alemu, Z, 2010. Tracing spatial dimensions of food insecurity, 
a first step to a strategic move to combat insecurity: The case 
of South Africa. Midrand: Development Bank of Southern 
Africa (DBSA). 
10 Alemu, Z, 2010:14. 
11 BUSA (Business Unity South Africa), 2010. Discussion document: 
Perspectives on an inclusive higher job rich growth path. 
Johannesburg: BUSA, p. 11. 
12 Source: dti (Department of Trade and Industry), 2011. 
Industrial Policy Action Plan 2011/12—2013/14. Pretoria: dti. 
13 Source: SARB (South African Reserve Bank), 2011. 
Quarterly Bulletin, June. Pretoria: SARB. 
14 BUSA, 2010:27. 
15 Source: Department of Water Affairs and Forestry. 
16 dti (Department of Trade and Industry), 2010. A South African 
Trade Policy and Strategy Framework. Pretoria: dti. 
17 DIRCO (Department of International Relations and Cooperation), 2011. 
White Paper on South Africa’s Foreign Policy — Building a better 
world: The diplomacy of ubuntu. Pretoria: DIRCO, p. 27. 
18 Zuma, J, 2011. Closing remarks. SADC-COMESA-EAC Tripartite 
Heads of State and Government Summit Meeting, Sandton, 
12 June. 
19 Source: SARS (South African Revenue Service), 2011. 
Customs and excise, Foreign trade data, August. 
Pretoria: SARS. 
20 DIRCO, 2011:21. 
21 DIRCO, 2011:23. 
22 Source: World Bank. 
23 Business Day, 2011. Keep the focus on labour needs in climate 
plan. www.businessday.co.za, 14 October. 
24 DBSA (Development Bank of Southern Africa), 2011a. Programmes 
in support of transitioning South Africa to a Green Economy. 
Working Paper 24. Midrand: DBSA, p.32.
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
70 
65 Przeworski, A, 1991. Democracy and the market: Political 
and economic reforms in Eastern Europe and Latin America. 
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Linz, JJ & Stepan, A, 
1996. Problems of democratic transition and consolidation: 
Southern Europe, South America, and post-communist Europe. 
Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. 
66 Source: National Treasury, 2011. Local government budget 
and expenditure review. Pretoria: Government Printer. 
67 Source: National Treasury, 2011. 
68 PSC, 2009:39. 
69 Metropolitan Holdings Limited, 2006. Live for the future – 
HIV and AIDS scenarios for South Africa: 2005 – 2025. 
Johannesburg: Metropolitan. 
70 PCAS (Policy Coordination and Advisory Services), 2008. 
South Africa scenarios 2025 – The future we chose? Pretoria: 
The Presidency. 
71 Dinokeng Scenario Team, 2010. Dinokeng Scenarios – 
3 futures for South Africa. www.dinokengscenarios.co.za. 
72 Altman, M, 2007. Employment scenarios to 2024. Pretoria: 
Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC). 
73 Alemu, ZG & Jahed, M, 2011. Employment intensity of growth 
in South Africa. Forthcoming, Development Bank of Southern 
Africa (DBSA). 
74 These figures are derived from a foresighting process undertaken 
by the DBSA at the beginning of 2011 in order to examine South 
Africa’s current trajectory and the factors that would affect South 
Africa’s ability to achieve consistently high rates of economic 
growth in the medium to long term. 
75 Sources: IMF (International Monetary Fund), 2011. 
World economic outlook update September. Washington, DC: 
IMF; DBSA (Development Bank of Southern Africa), 
South Africa forecast, 2011. 
76 Source: The Geospatial Analysis Platform (GAP, 2006) 
was used to compile this map. 
77 Source: The Geospatial Analysis Platform (GAP, 2006) 
was used to compile this map. 
78 Source: Water availability and WMA boundaries from the 
National Water Resource Strategy (2004); population projection 
data modelled by the DBSA (2011). The Strategy is being updated, 
but still uses the water availability calculations reflected here, 
with some additional modelling. 
79 Source: AGIS (Agricultural Geo-referenced Information System), 
2004; South African National Biodiversity Institute, 2004; 
CSIR (Council for Scientific and Industrial Research), HSRC 
(Human Sciences Research Council) & Econrise, 2009. 
A national overview of spatial trends and settlement 
characteristics, 2008. Report commissioned by the South 
African Cities Network (SACN), the Department of Local and 
Provincial Government and the Presidency; CSIR Mesozone. 
80 Source: SARB, 2011. 
81 BUSA, 2010. 
82 Pieterse, E & Van Donk, M, 2008. Developmental local 
government: Squaring the circle between policy intent and 
impact. In: Van Donk, M, Swilling, M, Pieterse, E & Parnell, S (eds), 
Consolidating developmental local government: Lessons from the 
South African experience. Cape Town: UCT Press, p. 65. 
83 DBSA (Development Bank of Southern Africa), 2011b. Youth 
Employment Strategy. Working Paper Series. Midrand: DBSA. 
84 DBSA, 2011b:36. 
44 OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development), 
2008. Reviews of national policies for education: South Africa. 
Paris: OECD. 
45 UNRISD (United Nations Research Institute for Social 
Development), 2010. Combating poverty and inequality. 
Geneva: UNRISD. 
46 OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development), 
2009. Regions matter – Economic recovery, innovation and 
sustainable growth. Paris: OECD, p. 17. 
47 DPSA (Department of Public Service and Administration), 2006. 
Capacity building the three spheres of government. Presentation 
to the Portfolio Committee of Public Service and Administration, 
National Assembly, Cape Town, 14 June. 
48 DPSA (Department of Public Service and Administration), 2000. 
Policy statement on the establishment of a senior management 
service in the public service. Pretoria: Government Printer, p. 2. 
49 PSC (Public Service Commission), 2007. Report on the audit 
on vacancy rates in national and provincial departments. 
Pretoria: Government Printer. 
50 Sangweni, SS & Mxakato-Diseko, N, 2008. It does not matter 
what slant or take you have on the developmental state: 
At the end of the day, a strong, coherent and astute public 
service is critical. In: Turok, B (ed.), Wealth does not trickle 
down: The case for a developmental state in South Africa. 
Cape Town: New Agenda, p. 41. 
51 Von Holdt, K, 2010. Nationalism, bureaucracy and the 
developmental state: The South African case. South African 
Review of Sociology, 41(1):4–27, p. 15. 
52 Von Holdt, 2010:13–14. 
53 Business Day, 2011. State to look at special funding for 
municipalities, 15 September. 
54 Commission for Employment Equity, 2011. 11th Annual Report, 
2010—2011. Pretoria: Department of Labour. 
55 See South African Good News, 2010. Black South Africans 
increase ownership on JSE. 2 September. 
56 Mbeki, M, 2004. Moneyweb interview, 10 September, 
In: Gqubule D (ed.), 2006. Making mistakes, 
righting wrongs: Insights into black economic empowerment. 
Johannesburg: Jonathan Ball Publishers. 
57 See Hall, R, 2009. A fresh start for rural development and 
agrarian reform? Policy Brief 29. Cape Town: 
Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS). 
58 See Nzimande, B, 2010. Fight tenderpreneurs to defend 
entrepreneurship! 30 June. www.politicsweb.co.za. 
59 Engineering News, 2010. Gordhan says South Africa needs 
to target sustained growth of 7% for 20 years, 20 August. 
60 See Business Day, 2011. Black Business Indaba send BUSA 
team packing, 7 September. www.businessday.co.za. 
61 See Motlanthe, K, 2011. Speech at the 15th National Economic 
Development and Labour Council Annual Summit, 11 September. 
www.gov.za. 
62 SAPA (South African Press Association), 2011. Failed Alliance 
is a real threat: COSATU, 1 July. news.za.msn.com, 19 September. 
63 Pieterse, E, 2003. Rhythms, patterns and articulations of social 
formations in South Africa. Development Update, 4(3):1–36. 
64 PSC (Public Service Commission), 2009. State of the Public 
Service Report. Pretoria: PSC, p. 39.
Development Bank of Southern Africa 71 
List of figures 
Figure 1 Savings rate: South Africa and other emerging 
economies, 1980, 1990s and 2000s Page 11 
Figure 2 Trends in the domestic fixed investment rate, 
1980, 1990s and 2000s Page 11 
Figure 3 Food insecurity by district municipality Page 15 
Figure 4 IPAP 2 sectoral analysis Page 16 
Figure 5 South African sectoral activity, 2008—2011 Page 16 
Figure 6 Mean annual runoff, population and economic 
activity (GDP) per WMA Page 19 
Figure 7 Distribution of South African trade, 
January—June 2011 Page 20 
Figure 8 Potential green economy programmes 
and enabling platforms Page 24 
Figure 9 Distribution of employment by sector, 2010 Page 25 
Figure 10 Change in employment by sector, 2001—2010 Page 25 
Figure 11 Enrolment in higher education and 
FET institutions in South Africa Page 26 
Figure 12 Annual per capita personal income by race 
as a proportion of white levels, 1917—2008 Page 28 
Figure 13 Trust in government institutions, 2004—2009 Page 40 
Figure 14 Service delivery protests, 2004—2010 Page 40 
Figure 15 Areas likely to be key attractors of the economy 
in the next decade, and possibly up to 2025, 
given current trends Page 43 
Figure 16 Areas likely to be characterised by 
high population densities up to 2025, 
given current trends Page 44 
Figure 17 The relationship between projected water 
availability scenarios – without development – 
and population estimates for 2025 Page 45 
Figure 18 The relationship between resource-rich regions 
and areas that act as ecosystem lifelines Page 46 
Figure 19 Spatial distribution of functional and 
dysfunctional municipalities Page 49 
Figure 20 Trends in gross fixed capital formation, 
2000—2011 Page 51 
List of tables 
Table 1 National water reconciliations and potential for 
development in South Africa (million m3/year) Page 18 
Table 2 Key BRICS indicators, 2009 Page 21 
Table 3 IMF global economic outlook, September 2011 Page 42 
Table 4 Improving political governance Page 48 
Table 5 Improving economic stewardship Page 53 
Table 6 Improving civic leadership Page 54 
Table 7 Building a delivery state Page 58 
Table 8 Building effective social coalitions Page 62 
Table 9 Valuing excellence Page 63
Development Report 2011 – Overview 
Prospects for South Africa’s future 
72 
www.dbsa.org 
Development Bank of Southern Africa 
PO Box 1234, Halfway House 1685 
South Africa 
Telephone: +27 11 313 3048 
Telefax: +27 11 206 3048

More Related Content

PDF
Active Contribution Program
PDF
Youth Development in Nigeria: What are the issues (2015)
PPTX
Dr Sifa: Talking Notes of the ICA Africa Regional Director at the Africa Mini...
PDF
Grpb framework-250119 a
PPT
Ken Lohento - Presentation of ARDYIS Activities
PPTX
Creating a Delivery Unit at Government Level
DOC
East african community pace towards globalization by Minani Leodegard
PDF
Aec2013 report regional integration in africa
Active Contribution Program
Youth Development in Nigeria: What are the issues (2015)
Dr Sifa: Talking Notes of the ICA Africa Regional Director at the Africa Mini...
Grpb framework-250119 a
Ken Lohento - Presentation of ARDYIS Activities
Creating a Delivery Unit at Government Level
East african community pace towards globalization by Minani Leodegard
Aec2013 report regional integration in africa

What's hot (20)

PPTX
National Development Planning of Bhutan
PPT
Women Empowerment Model : A Government Strategic Response
PDF
ASP Strategic paper En_V6Low
PDF
Vision2030-Summit-post-event-report_2015-28-10
PDF
Smart GROWTH.co.za
PDF
Overview of Long-term Thinking and Planning in Singapore – Government Foresig...
PDF
BAFC233_pub-12 free pass.PDF
PPTX
SDGs & ‘Leave No One Behind Agenda’
PPTX
UNSDG #3 – Good Health and Wellbeing Bhutan's Gross National Happiness
PDF
Africa needs an X factor
PDF
Activate Growth.co.za
PDF
2013 IIAG Summary Report
PDF
Template : Social Enterprise Development Action Plan in SAARC countries
PDF
Measuring Financial Inclusion the Global Findex
PDF
Climate Smart Rural Development Synthesis Review
PDF
Foreign Direct Investment In Africa
PPTX
Islamic microfinance prospect and challenges in west africa
PDF
World Bank Sustainable Development Goals (17 SDG's)
National Development Planning of Bhutan
Women Empowerment Model : A Government Strategic Response
ASP Strategic paper En_V6Low
Vision2030-Summit-post-event-report_2015-28-10
Smart GROWTH.co.za
Overview of Long-term Thinking and Planning in Singapore – Government Foresig...
BAFC233_pub-12 free pass.PDF
SDGs & ‘Leave No One Behind Agenda’
UNSDG #3 – Good Health and Wellbeing Bhutan's Gross National Happiness
Africa needs an X factor
Activate Growth.co.za
2013 IIAG Summary Report
Template : Social Enterprise Development Action Plan in SAARC countries
Measuring Financial Inclusion the Global Findex
Climate Smart Rural Development Synthesis Review
Foreign Direct Investment In Africa
Islamic microfinance prospect and challenges in west africa
World Bank Sustainable Development Goals (17 SDG's)
Ad

Viewers also liked (16)

PDF
Climate change 2014 synthesis report long report
PDF
Small, Medium and Micro Enterprises and the Informal Sector
PDF
Atlas e health country profile
PDF
Financial inclusion wp_ncr
PDF
S ha sa_strategy
PDF
Financial Services Sector Supplement: Environmental Performance
PDF
TOWARDS THE FUTURE WE WANT: End hunger and make the transition to sustainabl...
PDF
Food waste and_spoilage_assessment_02
PDF
Unsgsa thoughts on financial inclusion in post2015 development 2013
PDF
A CLASSICAL THEORY OF THE INFORMAL SEC'TOR
PDF
Page brochure low res
PDF
A Safer Financial Sector to Serve South Africa Better
PDF
Floro rayrde
PDF
Access pcdc services on any mobile device (un procurement capacity developmen...
PDF
An Analytical Study:Relevance of Financial Inclusion For Developing Nations
PDF
Measuring of informal sector and informal employment in st lucia
Climate change 2014 synthesis report long report
Small, Medium and Micro Enterprises and the Informal Sector
Atlas e health country profile
Financial inclusion wp_ncr
S ha sa_strategy
Financial Services Sector Supplement: Environmental Performance
TOWARDS THE FUTURE WE WANT: End hunger and make the transition to sustainabl...
Food waste and_spoilage_assessment_02
Unsgsa thoughts on financial inclusion in post2015 development 2013
A CLASSICAL THEORY OF THE INFORMAL SEC'TOR
Page brochure low res
A Safer Financial Sector to Serve South Africa Better
Floro rayrde
Access pcdc services on any mobile device (un procurement capacity developmen...
An Analytical Study:Relevance of Financial Inclusion For Developing Nations
Measuring of informal sector and informal employment in st lucia
Ad

Similar to Dbsa development report 20111 (20)

PDF
Staffan Canback - Ending South Africa's Forever Recession
PDF
Southern Africa Horizon Scan: November 2013
PDF
South Africa – Mandela Magic versus Nation Gone Astray? Future Watch Report, ...
PPTX
Pestel analysis of south africa
DOC
IBUS3510Paper
DOCX
SOUTH AFRICAN CULTURE
PDF
Supplement, the national development plan (ndp) a guide for business 131202
DOCX
BI - SADC 2013 (1)
PDF
MBACompanyProjectPaperFinal
PDF
Ice document making-natural_resources_work
PPTX
SA: The Skill Distribution and Colour
PDF
Regional commissions-report
PDF
Post2015regionalreport
PDF
South africa ifdi_-_may_8_2013_-_final
PDF
South Africa IFDI (Foreign Direct Investment Inflows) May 2013
PDF
2012 Africa Progress Panel report: Jobs, Justices and Equity
PDF
Inclusive GROWTH.co.za
PDF
Conflict and the Post 2015 Development Agenda South Africa
PDF
Speakers for the Pathways to Youth Employment conference
Staffan Canback - Ending South Africa's Forever Recession
Southern Africa Horizon Scan: November 2013
South Africa – Mandela Magic versus Nation Gone Astray? Future Watch Report, ...
Pestel analysis of south africa
IBUS3510Paper
SOUTH AFRICAN CULTURE
Supplement, the national development plan (ndp) a guide for business 131202
BI - SADC 2013 (1)
MBACompanyProjectPaperFinal
Ice document making-natural_resources_work
SA: The Skill Distribution and Colour
Regional commissions-report
Post2015regionalreport
South africa ifdi_-_may_8_2013_-_final
South Africa IFDI (Foreign Direct Investment Inflows) May 2013
2012 Africa Progress Panel report: Jobs, Justices and Equity
Inclusive GROWTH.co.za
Conflict and the Post 2015 Development Agenda South Africa
Speakers for the Pathways to Youth Employment conference

Dbsa development report 20111

  • 1. Development Report 2011 South Africa’s future Prospects for
  • 2. Published by Development Planning Division Development Bank of Southern Africa PO Box 1234 Halfway House 1685 South Africa Intellectual Property and Copyright © Development Bank of Southern Africa Limited This document is part of the knowledge products and services of the Development Bank of Southern Africa Limited and is therefore the intellectual property of the Development Bank of Southern Africa. All rights are reserved. This document may be reproduced for non-profit and teaching purposes. Whether this document is used or cited in part or in its entirety, users are requested to acknowledge this source. Legal Disclaimer The findings, interpretations and conclusions expressed in this report are those of the authors. They do not necessarily reflect the views or policies of the Development Bank of Southern Africa. Nor do they indicate that the DBSA endorses the views of the authors. In quoting from this document, users are advised to attribute the source of this information to the author(s) concerned and not to the DBSA. In the preparation of this document, every effort was made to offer the most current, correct and clearly expressed information possible. Nonetheless, inadvertent errors can occur, and applicable laws, rules and regulations may change. The Development Bank of Southern Africa makes its documentation available without warranty of any kind and accepts no responsibility for its accuracy or for any consequences of its use.
  • 3. Development Report 2011 South Africa’s Overview future Prospects for Photo: Graeme Williams, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com,
  • 4. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 2 ince 1994, South Africa has made tremendous progress in achieving a number of developmental objectives, including building democratic institutions, maintaining macroeconomic stability, decreasing non-income poverty and inequality through increasing access to basic services and, more recently, improving trends in levels of crime and health. At the same time, however, many challenges remain. For example, the nature and form of economic growth and job creation have not been sufficient to address high levels of poverty and inequality, and the effectiveness of the South African state is still hampered by significant capacity gaps – even after more than a decade of reform. In addition, contestation about the nature of the transition has increased amid growing community frustration and protest, while ongoing efforts to unite South Africans behind a common national agenda have yet to bear fruit. These internal trends have also been affected by a world in transition. Growing concerns about climate change have brought issues of sustainability to the fore, while the ongoing global financial crisis has heralded shifts in global economic dominance and the future geopolitical landscape. These events, amid the dawn of the ‘Arab Spring’, growing social unrest in Europe and protests in the United States, have led to calls for a fundamental redesign of the values and systems that drive our social coexistence. South Africa’s ability to realise an inclusive and sustainable development path will be influenced by these internal and external trends, as well as the driving forces behind them. While many of our developmental objectives are only likely to be realised in the long term, their achievement will depend on the choices that we make today. Improving the quality of our choices will require us to understand the nature of South Africa’s current trajectory and its implications for the future. Changing this trajectory will require an understanding of the key driving forces that shape it, which in turn will help us identify the right levers of change, i.e. the interventions required to bring about the changes we desire. Hence, this Development Report seeks to focus on the core, critical interventions that will be needed if South Africa’s development objectives are to be met. It draws on the Development Bank of Southern Africa's own experience and that of our partners to put forward practical and workable solutions that we believe will have a significant positive impact on South Africa’s future trajectory. In so doing, this report seeks to provide a useful set of perspectives to inform and complement strategic planning processes undertaken by government leaders and policymakers, other development finance institutions and donor agencies, as well as the private sector. It is also hoped that the Development Report will be useful to, and enjoyed by, researchers and academic institutions with an interest in development planning, as well as members of the general public with an interest in shaping South Africa’s future. In this way, we hope that this report will serve as a practical and thoughtful contribution to ongoing debates about South Africa’s growth and development path. Foreword Andrew Boraine Chairperson Development Planning Committee S
  • 5. Development Bank of Southern Africa 3 T South Africa’s ability to realise an inclusive and sustainable development path in the long term will be determined by the choices that we make today. Photo: Sasol, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com
  • 6. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 4 Editor’s note great many people have contributed to the development of this report, from within the Development Bank of Southern Africa as well as external experts. Key contributors have been: Overall programme management Ravi Naidoo, Group Executive, Development Planning Division Mxolisi Notshulwana, Research Unit Coordinator and Project Manager for the 2011 Development Report. Chapter and data development Development Bank of Southern Africa Marina Mayer, Mary Metcalfe, Nolwazi Gasa, Thabo Rakoloti, Godfrey Mwiinga, William Gumede, Sinazo Sibisi, Tom Scott, Tabo Foulo, Zerihun Alemu, Bongi Gasa, Lwazi Tyani, Ruse Moleshe, Pamela Sekhonyana, Kate Rivett-Carnac and Richard Goode Built Environment Unit, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research Elson van Huyssteen, Johan Maritz, Alize le Roux, Maria Coetzee, Jeremy Norseworthy and Peter Schmitz Energy Solutions Africa Honey Mamabolo and Moeketsi Thobela Independent Consultant Zav Rustomjee Institute for Security Studies Dr Cheryl Hendricks School of Public Leadership, Sustainability Institute, Stellenbosch University Dr Camaren Peter and Prof. Mark Swilling South African Millennium Node Michael O’Donovan Peer reviews A number of other specialists and experts have generously given of their time to review this work and provide very useful and thought-provoking comments, namely Prof. Maxi Schoeman, Chris Botha, Dr Phillip Spath, Dr Anthony Turton, Smangele Mgquba and Adj. Prof. Mike Muller. Publications team This report could not have been produced without the hard work of the publications team, who oversaw the editing, typesetting and printing process. The members of this team are Marié Kirsten, Lyn Sumners and Rose Ngwenya. I would like to take this opportunity to thank all the people cited above for their sterling insights and contributions to this Development Report. A Sinazo Sibisi Divisional Executive: Planning Editor: 2011 Development Report
  • 7. Development Bank of Southern Africa 5 Photo: Graeme Williams, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com Table of contents Introduction 8 Overview 11 1. South Africa’s current trajectory: Key challenges and trends 11 2. Future implications of current trends 41 3. Key driving forces 46 4. Key levers of change 47 5. Scenarios for the future 64 6. Conclusion 68 Endnotes 69 List of figures 71 List of tables 71
  • 8. 6 Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future AIDS acquired immune deficiency syndrome ANC African National Congress AsgiSA Accelerated and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa BEE black economic empowerment BRIC Brazil, Russia, India and China BRICS Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa BUSA Business Unity South Africa CO2e carbon dioxide equivalent COMESA Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa COSATU Congress of South African Trade Unions CSIR Council for Scientific and Industrial Research DBSA Development Bank of Southern Africa dbsaMDM DBSA Municipal Differentiation Model EAC East African Community EIA environmental impact assessment EPWP Expanded Public Works Programme FET Further Education and Training GDP gross domestic product HIV human immunodeficiency virus ICT information and communications technology IDP Integrated Development Plan IMF International Monetary Fund IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change IRP Integrated Resource Plan JIPSA Joint Initiative on Priority Skills Acquisition MDG Millennium Development Goal MEC Member of the Executive Council NEDLAC National Economic Development and Labour Council NEET not in education, employment or training NEPAD New Partnership for Africa’s Development NERSA National Energy Regulator of South Africa OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development REFIT Renewable Energy Feed-In Tariff SADC Southern African Development Community SARS South African Revenue Service SME small and medium enterprise SMME small, medium and microenterprise SPV Special Purpose Vehicle UNRISD United Nations Research Institute for Social Development WMA Water Management Area Abbreviations
  • 9. Development Bank of Southern Africa 7 Photo: Sasol, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com A better life for all is within our grasp, but to achieve it we must act now, act together and act differently.
  • 10. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 8 he Medium-Term Strategic Framework developed by the South African government identifies a number of priorities for the period 2009—2014, namely: 1. Improve the quality of basic education. 2. Live long and healthy lives. 3. Ensure that South Africans are and feel safe. 4. Ensure decent employment for people by facilitating and contributing to inclusive economic growth. 5. Develop skills and capabilities to support an inclusive growth path. 6. Promote rural development with a focus on former homeland areas. 7. Create sustainable human settlements and improve the quality of household life. 8. Create stable and well-serviced communities with well-planned and managed local governments. 9. Protect and enhance our environmental assets and natural resources. 10. Create a better Africa and a better world — make our contribution to global relations. 11. Promote a strong, fair and inclusive citizenship. 12. Create public sector capacity that is efficient, effective and worthy of a developmental state. However, many of these priorities will only be achieved in the long term and, as the National Planning Commission points out, ‘to date, the lack of a coherent long term plan has weakened [the South African government’s] ability to provide clear and consistent policies, to mobilise all of society in the pursuit of our developmental objectives, to prioritise resource allocations and to drive the implementation of government’s objectives and priorities’.1 Thus, the purpose of this Development Report is to provide an independent perspective on South Africa’s potential long-term development path from the point of view of the Development Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA). It is hoped that this report will contribute to the work of key national departments, the National Planning Commission and other critical role players by:  Providing evidence-based projections of South Africa’s current path and its strategic implications in terms of meeting the government’s stated objectives, including best and worst case scenarios;  Highlighting the priority areas that need to be addressed if a sustainable and inclusive development path is to be attained; and  Suggesting possible areas of focus and associated programmes to set South Africa on a new trajectory. In so doing, this report aims to identify and focus on the most important constraints to South Africa’s development and what needs to be done to address those constraints. Hence, the report is structured in five parts:  Part One outlines key challenges and trends in South Africa’s current growth path and highlights the constraints that must be overcome to set the country on a new, inclusive and sustainable growth trajectory.  Part Two highlights challenges and opportunities with regard to energy and water security, looking at the measures that need to be taken to improve performance in future.  Part Three assesses the factors that have prevented progress in improving the performance of the education system — from basic to further and higher education — and what can be done to turn the situation around. It also looks at challenges in the health sector and the main interventions required to address them.  Part Four begins with an outline of spatial projections up to 2025 and the implications for economic, environmental and spatial development in South Africa. This is followed by a discussion on how to change South Africa’s spatial trajectory, including urban and rural development, as well as the role of housing and connective infrastructure. T Introduction
  • 11. 9  Part Five outlines the institutional factors that have influenced South Africa’s current development in terms of the state, as well as the relationship between the state and civil society. It then discusses ways to increase the performance and impact of key institutions in the state and civil society in the short term, while laying the foundation for longer-term institutional change. Changing South Africa’s current trajectory will require decisive leadership and focus. It will also require developing innovative solutions to overcome institutional weaknesses and creating effective partnerships to mobilise the talents of all South Africans. As a development finance institution, the DBSA has a critical part to play in supporting such initiatives, not just from a financial perspective but also in terms of all our roles as an advisor, integrator, convenor and implementer. We are already involved with many partners in national, provincial and local government, as well as other development finance institutions, to provide collective solutions to common problems. We hope this Development Report serves as a further contribution towards helping South Africa fulfil its potential, today and tomorrow. Prospects for South Africa’s future Paul Baloyi Chief Executive Officer Development Bank of Southern Africa Photo: Chris Kirchhoff, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com
  • 12. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 10 Photo: Chris Kirchhoff, MediaClubSouthAfrica.com Ultimately, South Africa's success will depend on our ability to execute the plans we make.
  • 13. Development Bank of Southern Africa 11 Overview 1. South Africa’s current trajectory: Key challenges and trends South Africa‘s long-run growth path has been volatile, with growth accelerations in 1960 to 1964, 1971 to 1974, 1977 to 1980 and 2004 to 2009. None of these accelerations were sustained beyond five years and, with the exception of 7.9% growth in the gross domestic product (GDP) in 1964, growth was not sufficient for a fundamental transformation of the economy. In 2009, the economy contracted because of the global economic recession. Whether or not the growth path would have been sustained in the absence of the global economic crisis is unclear. South Africa's demand-driven growth path had already been seen as unsustainable before the impact of the global recession was felt. In essence, growth was consumption-driven: consumption exceeded production and investment was higher than savings. South Africans consumed more than they produced and filled the gap through imports and portfolio inflows on the capital account. Thus, since the 1990s, South Africa’s saving rate has been lower than that of other emerging economies (see Figure 1). GDP growth to date has been volatile and potentially unsustainable. A recent South Africa economic update, compiled by the World Bank,3 argues that the primary driver behind low savings is a low household savings rate, driven by the country’s exceptionally high unemployment rate. In addition, South Africa’s domestic fixed investment rate has also not been on par with that of other emerging economies (see Figure 2). Public investment fell in the 1990s and rose only marginally in the 2000s. Private investment, which has largely tracked public investment, has been surprisingly low, despite real returns to capital rising sharply since the early 1990s. Some of the primary reasons put forward for low private Prospects for South Africa’s future China Malaysia India Russia Chile Mexico UMIC* Argentina OECD** Brazil Turkey South Africa 50 40 30 20 10 0 Fixed investment (% of GDP) 1980 1990s 2000s China Malaysia India Russia Chile Mexico UMIC* Argentina OECD** Brazil Turkey South Africa 1980 1990s 2000s 50 40 30 20 10 0 Fixed investment (% of GDP) Figure 1: Savings rate: South Africa and other emerging economies, 1980, 1990s and 2000s2 Figure 2: Trends in the domestic fixed investment rate, 1980, 1990s and 2000s4 *Upper middle-income countries **Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
  • 14. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 12 by Transnet. Investment in South Africa’s logistics system has long been inadequate, and the national road and rail grid is still distorted by old bantustan boundaries. The major corridors for the movement of goods are Gauteng–Durban and Gauteng–Cape Town, with almost 40% of all corridor movement. This results in higher transportation costs between Gauteng and the coastal cities, while the inefficient distribution of goods movement between road and rail increases costs even further. The inefficiency of the logistics system affects not only the mining sector but also all the other sectors in the economy. It also affects South Africa’s ability to maximise productivity through spatial agglomeration and specialisation. The Minister of Transport recently held an investors conference to try to address critical gaps in the sector. The Development Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA) is also developing an Integrated Transport Investment Plan, in consultation with the main stakeholders in the sector. Another suggested reason is that the ‘introduction of a new mining law (associated with a redistribution of ownership and control rights between the state and the industry) and the BEE [black economic empowerment] requirements have contributed to a decline in investment and output at a time when the industry has been facing very high international prices and when investment has been rising elsewhere.’5 The mining sector has also been affected by institutional challenges within the state, such as the poor management of mining licences. Thus, in 2010, stakeholders in the mining industry came together to develop a Strategy for the Sustainable Growth and Meaningful Transformation of South Africa’s Mining Industry.6 The Declaration relating to the Strategy cites infrastructure inadequacies, the paucity of requisite skills, the regulatory framework, low levels of exploration, as well as low investment in research and development as some of the key constraints affecting the industry. In the Declaration, the parties commit to working together to address these constraints, as well investment include barriers to entry in a weak competitive environment, the lack of requisite skills, a contentious labour relations climate and low savings rates. Economic output has shifted from the primary to the tertiary sector as mining stagnates. With regard to sectoral trends, since 1994, the contribution of the primary sector (mining and agriculture) to aggregate GDP has declined substantially, while that of the secondary sector (manufacturing; electricity, gas and water; and construction) declined marginally. The contribution of the tertiary sector (trade, catering and accommodation; transport, storage and communication; finance, insurance, real estate and business services; and community, social and personal services) grew from 49% in 1994 to 57% in 2009. These growth trends illustrate that between 1994 and 2009, primary output grew very slowly (averaging 0.8% a year), while tertiary output showed a significant increase (averaging 8.5% a year and more than doubling during this period). The secondary sector grew at a relatively solid pace (averaging 5.3% a year), but contracted in 2009 because of the global recession. The stagnation and then contraction of the mining sector explain much of the relative contraction of the primary sector’s contribution to GDP. A further disaggregation of the mining sector reveals a secular decline in gold mining between 1996 and 2009, alongside very slow growth in coal mining. Growth in ‘other mining’ (which includes platinum, iron ore and non-precious stones) was robust until 2007, but contracted in 2008 and 2009. In a context of high international demand for minerals, it is difficult to explain the poor performance of the mining sector. Some have argued that it is because mining exports depend on state-owned transport infrastructure (primarily rail and ports), which acts as a bottleneck to growth owing to a lack of investment
  • 15. Development Bank of Southern Africa 13 as issues relating to transformation, beneficiation and sustainable development. Given that the mining sector has been identified as one of the priority labour-absorbing sectors in the New Growth Path, rectifying the underlying causes of contraction in this sector is a critical imperative. In addition, growth trends in the agricultural sector have been volatile, with an average annual growth rate of 3.6% during 1994 to 2009. The agricultural sector is particularly open to global markets, and there are few subsidies to the farming sector. International trade (imports and exports) constitutes a large proportion of total production, and trade has been substantially liberalised. Farmers’ incomes are, therefore, highly dependent on movements in the exchange rate and on global economic conditions. Combined with factors such as decreasing soil quality and changing weather patterns, this has contributed to a decrease in agricultural production, a higher volume of food imports and an increase in the use of genetically modified crops. There has also been an increase in scientific and technology-driven farming practice, larger average farm sizes and a decrease in the number of commercial farmers. This, in turn, has affected the number of successful new entrants into the agricultural sector. Again, this is cause for concern, considering that the New Growth Path sees the agricultural sector as a major contributor to job creation and rural development. In many developing countries, such as India, China and Tanzania, the small-farming sector is a dynamic part of food production and rural local economies. Subsistence agriculture provides a safety net when employment opportunities fail. In South Africa, however, this role has been severely constrained by the legacy of apartheid, which drove the destruction of the small-farming sector and the ‘de-agrarianisation’ of former bantustan areas, while dispossessing the African majority of their land and land rights. While the post-1994 period has seen a strong emphasis on land and agrarian reform, the impact of these redress measures has been limited. Land reform has moved at a very slow pace — only 5% of commercial farmland has been redistributed over the past 15 years, against a target of 30% — while the level of support for the new, small, cash-strapped farmers who were settled on this land has also been extremely limited. Hence, the failure rate of new land reform projects is estimated as being as high as 50%. Moreover, the nature of the land rights process has led to a number of delays and disputes. The expectation that agrarian reforms would bring a transformation of agriculture, with greater variability in farm sizes and, thus, a reduction in the stark differences between commercial and ‘traditional’ agriculture has also, by and large, not yet been realised. There seems to have been both an absolute and a relative loss of access to land, particularly for households with very small land parcels. It can, therefore, be concluded that smallholder agriculture has declined over the past ten years. Binding constraints faced by these farmers include agronomic factors, such as disease and adverse climatic conditions, coupled with a lack of adequate information on how to manage these events; institutional factors, such as insecure land tenure and access to production credits to purchase inputs; as well as declining agricultural support services, such as research and the provision of extension services. Hence, for most of the 1.3 million rural households with access to land for farming purposes, farming production makes only a limited contribution to their livelihood. Rather, their most important sources of livelihood are social grants and remittances, while farming often serves as a coping strategy when other livelihood sources fall away. Thus, the significance of agricultural income as an asset for poor rural households is also declining. These developments, combined with growing concerns about food security, have led to calls for a significant review of current policies on land reform and restitution; a review of approaches to agrarian reform, including the
  • 16. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 14 the splitting of rural development/land reform and agriculture functions between two ministries is cause for concern. In addition, both the mining and agricultural sectors have been affected by an increase in political contestation about nationalisation and land restitution, which has increased policy uncertainty in these areas. Over and above the impact on investor confidence, should this policy uncertainty persist, it is likely to have a significant impact on any real attempts to increase the competitiveness and job absorption potential of these sectors in the short to medium term. role of commercial agriculture, value chains and strategies to target smallholders; and better integration between land reform and use, agrarian reform, commercial agriculture and economic development. The recently published Green Paper on Land Reform seeks to address some of these elements, such as a single land tenure framework and a common land management system through a proposed Land Management Commission. However, the extent to which the Green Paper effectively addresses other critical elements, such as building strong linkages between land reform and economic development, and improving post-settlement support and extension services, is open to question. In this context, Food security challenges in South Africa The United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization defines food security as being when 'all people, at all times, have physical, social and economic access to sufficient, safe and nutritious food which meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life'.7 The majority of South African households are food insecure. Estimates range from 50%–80%, depending on the criteria and survey data used, such as undernutrition or undernourishment, and income and expenditure, general household or national food consumption surveys.8 The drivers of household food insecurity include food prices; the amount of household income available for purchasing food, mediated by household size; the effectiveness of agricultural production as a source of food and/or income, mediated by access to land, soil quality, access to credit and markets; as well as access to basic services, which affects health and nutritional requirements, food safety and the household income available for food instead of other livelihood costs, such as transport. DBSA estimates of household food insecurity in South Africa at a district level are depicted in Figure 3. The Department of Agriculture has developed an Integrated Food Security Strategy, which identifies five priority areas of intervention: increasing household food production, increasing food trade and distribution, increasing income opportunities, improving nutritional status, and enhancing institutional support networks.9 However, implementation of this Strategy requires the support of other important departments and spheres and, in the context of weaknesses in government coordination and institutional capacity, driving such an integrated approach remains a challenge. Moreover, while the private sector can make a significant contribution to food security by helping to educate consumers through proper food labelling, maximising efficiencies to decrease food prices, supporting smallholder farmers to improve productivity and market access, as well as integrating small and medium enterprises (SMEs) into supplier and distribution value chains, progress to date has been limited. Furthermore, the monopoly structure of the economy means that almost every single staple in South Africa is already produced by large manufacturers that can produce it at better quality and lower cost than the average smallholder enterprise or cooperative. This then fundamentally undermines the development of local markets, where local small-scale producers sell to their local community. This situation is exacerbated when local spaza shops are displaced by established retailer franchises, since the profits made from these enterprises are then drawn out of the community rather than
  • 17. Development Bank of Southern Africa 15 With regard to the manufacturing sector, the updated Industrial Policy Action Plan (IPAP 2) identified a number of value-added sectors with high employment and growth multipliers (see Figure 4). However, since 2008, this sector has been performing significantly worse than other sectors in the South African economy (see Figure 5). According to Business Unity South Africa (BUSA), setting South Africa on an industrial growth path will require significant structural change: The South African economy is service-driven as in the case of Brazil, Chile and Poland and would require major structural overhaul in order to follow a manufacturing growth path as in the case of Malaysia. This would be very difficult given current low labour productivity and the low levels of socio economic development which underpin the quality of the labour force. It would also require unprecedented focus on seizing opportunities in the global manufacturing value chain in which countries in the Far East have massive competitive advantages.11 Concerns have also been raised about the overall efficiency of sectoral planning processes. For example, BUSA comments that ‘[m]any Customised Sector Plans (CSPs) have been drawn up in consultation with industry. However as is the case with IPAP 2, these initiatives tend to involve a wish list of sectors and industries, without the capacity or the resources to (Food security challenges in South Africa continued) circulated within it. In this context, South Africa needs to develop a food economy that not only sells to the poor but also works for the poor through developing local, community-level food systems that allow for local markets and local beneficiation. Figure 3: Food insecurity by district municipality10
  • 18. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 16 Figure 4: IPAP 2 sectoral analysis12 Figure 5: South African sectoral activity, 2008–201113 1. Other chemicals and man-made fibres 2. Furniture 3. Plastic products 4. Television, radio and communications equipment 5. Electrical machinery and apparatus 6. Paper and paper products 7. Rubber products 8. Non-metallic minerals 9. Beverages 10. Glass and glass products 1 1 . Professional and scientific equipment 12. Metal products excluding machinery 13. Machinery and equipment 14. Footwear *High employment multipliers and strong backward linkages Low employment multipliers and strong backward linkages Low employment multipliers and weak backward linkages High employment multipliers and weak backward linkages Paper and paper products Basic chemicals Basic iron and steel Basic non-ferrous metals Electricity, water and gas Business services Total backward linkages 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0 Employment mulipliers 0 7 14 Excluding medical, dental and veterinary Financial sevices 1 2 Goverment services Mining Wholesale and retail trade Other manufacturing Leather and leather products Textiles Food Wood and wood products 3 Wearing apparel 3 6 7 Agriculture 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Mining Motor vehicles, parts and accessories 117.50 115.00 112.50 110.00 107.50 105.00 102.50 100.00 97.50 95.00 92.50 90.00 87.50 85.00 2008 Q1 2008 Q2 2008 Q3 2008 Q4 2009 Q1 2009 Q2 2009 Q3 2009 Q4 2010 Q1 2010 Q2 2010 Q3 2010 Q4 2011 Q1 2011 Q2 Construction (Contractors) Community, social and personal services Transport, storage and communication Financial intermediation, real estate and business services Agriculture, forestry and fishing Total gross value added at basic prices Mining and quarrying Wholesale and retail trade, catering and accommodation Electricity, gas and water Manufacturing Index Q1 2008 = 100 Index 100 = Q1 2008 — constant 2005 prices, seasonally adjusted *High employment multipliers and strong backward linkages
  • 19. Development Bank of Southern Africa 17 make a meaningful impact’.14 This points to weaknesses in the government’s and the private sector’s ability to develop meaningful sector strategies that are both practical and achievable. In addition, the structural transformation from the non-tradable to the tradable sector is hampered by disincentives to the search for products that can profitably be produced in the tradable sector, because it is difficult to recoup the investment in research and development. The path dependency of a resource-based economy such as South Africa makes structural transformation difficult without forceful state intervention. While there has been an increase in research and development expenditure in recent years, it is still below international norms, and there are still too few ‘triple helix’ partnerships between business, academia and the government. While technology transfer through foreign direct investment and developmental trade partnerships can help South Africa to leapfrog the skills and technological constraints in the manufacturing sector, relatively high input costs could impede progress. These constraints will need to be addressed if South Africa is to succeed in reindustrialising, with the long-term intent of moving towards a knowledge-based economy. The growth trends discussed above suggest a clear delineation between the growth drivers of the apartheid era and the democratic era. While growth was driven by the resource base or minerals-energy complex during the apartheid era, the democratic period has seen indications of a potential structural transformation, with the relative contributions of mining, agriculture and manufacturing declining, alongside a significant expansion of the services sector. An inefficient logistics system and challenges in energy and water security act as constraints to growth. Another important factor that affects economic growth in South Africa is the security of the supply of energy and water. With regard to electricity, one of the challenges relating to capacity additions is timing. A major consideration in this respect is the time difference between demand growth and the addition of new capacity, resulting in periods of overcapacity (where capacity additions outpace demand growth) or unreliable supply or load shedding (where demand growth outpaces capacity additions). One of the measures used to indicate a system’s vulnerability is the reserve margin, which expresses the ‘spare’ generation capacity as a percentage of the system peak demand. Since 1994, South Africa’s reserve margin has dropped significantly from a high of 45% to a low of 5.9% in 2004 and 2005. Although it improved to around 12% in 2009, it is generally accepted that the economic downturn was the main reason for this improvement, as it dampened demand. In this context, Eskom has embarked on an extensive build programme to enhance its generation and transmission capacity. However, challenges in accessing finance seem set to delay progress. In addition, the efficiency of the conversion of coal to electricity has been of particular concern in recent years. Overall thermal efficiency has dropped steadily from a high of 34.5 in 1996 to 33.1 in 2010. Hence, over time, Eskom has been increasing the amount of coal burned per unit of electricity output or, conversely, producing less electricity for the same amount of coal burned. With respect to electricity distribution, the two main concerns relate to the investment backlog in that sector, as well as the extent of the so-called non-technical losses (i.e. electricity consumption additional to normal technical losses), including the widespread theft of electricity. According to the Department of Public Enterprises, the investment backlog was estimated at R32 billion by end-2010, and losses resulting from equipment and electricity theft were estimated at R4.4 billion a year. There were claims in municipal circles that uncertainty about the status and direction of the restructuring of the electricity distribution industry contributed to this backlog. However, the extent of the investment backlog suggests that the failure, particularly by municipalities, to maintain
  • 20. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 18 This was possible only because a number of the WMAs, notably the Crocodile West, received water transfers from those with a surplus. The development of South Africa’s economy around mineral resources that are far from the main water resources poses a further problem: the dominant pattern of settlement and economic activities is largely out of line with water availability (see Figure 6). With economic expansion, the risk of polluting existing water resources has also increased, especially owing to increased domestic and industry effluents that do not comply with effluent standards. Hence, the management of water quality in water resources and distribution systems remains a huge challenge. Recent cases of acidic water from disused mines (commonly known as acid mine drainage) have highlighted the pollution problems. In order to address these challenges, the Department of Water Affairs is developing a National Water Investment Framework in partnership with the DBSA, linked to the review and updating of the National Water Resources Strategy. In addition, the Department has embarked on an institutional and legislative review process to increase the efficacy of water services delivery. Security of supply concerns regarding energy and water are strongly linked to rising prices. South Africa has historically enjoyed low electricity prices because of overcapacity in the generation sector and access to ‘cheap’ coal. This has, however, been reversed, as generation capacity declined relative to demand and there were disruptions in the supply of ‘cheap’ coal. Between 1997 and 2010, the annual changes to average prices have been in the following ranges: distribution infrastructure is endemic and prevailed long before the distribution industry process was mooted. The November 2010 announcement that the government would discontinue the restructuring of the distribution industry owing to concerns about municipal finances means that this issue will remain unresolved, resulting in a further deterioration of the security of supply at the customer interface. All the efforts to strengthen generation and transmission capacity will be compromised should this weak link in the electricity supply chain be allowed to remain. With regard to water security, South Africa is characterised by water scarcity and extreme variability of rainfall distribution. To compound this situation, the country is located in a semi-arid region and its climate varies from desert to semi-desert. The country’s average rainfall of about 450 mm a year is well below the world average of about 860 mm a year. The predominantly hard rock nature of the country’s geology means that only about 20% of groundwater is collected in major aquifer systems that allow it to be utilised on a large scale. To facilitate the management of South Africa’s water resources, the country has been divided into 19 Water Management Areas (WMAs). Table 1 below summarises the water requirements in all 19 WMAs, as reported in the 2004 National Water Resource Strategy, and the attendant reconciliation of water requirements and availability scenarios. Table 1 shows shortages that may occur in 2025 should resource development not be implemented. Nine WMAs were reported to be substantially in deficit, since more water was being used than was reliably available from both surface and groundwater sources. Table 1: National water reconciliations and potential for development in South Africa (million m3/year) Local yield Local requirements Balance Potential for development 2000 Reconciliation 13 227 12 871 186 – 2025 Base scenario 14 166 14 230 (234) 5 410 2025 High scenario 14 940 16 814 (2 044) 5 410 Note: Figures in brackets are negative.
  • 21. Development Bank of Southern Africa 19 management will become increasingly necessary to support future growth. Imports continue to outstrip exports, and new emerging market opportunities will be difficult to realise. With regard to trade, South Africa’s exports are low relative to those of other middle-income countries. In the 44 years between 1960 and 2004, the real value of exports grew by only 34% (about 0.7% per year). By contrast, export growth was 169% in Argentina, 238% in Australia, 1887% in Botswana, 385% in Brazil, 387% in Canada, 390% in Chile, 730% in Israel, 1192% in Italy, 4392% in Malaysia, 1277% in Mexico and 120% in New Zealand. Since 1994, South Africa has imported more than it has exported, with the trade deficit rising sharply from 2004. Minerals and metals dominate the merchandise export basket, with motor vehicles and parts contributing significantly. Exports to Africa consist mostly of manufactured goods (machinery and electrical exports, footwear and processed agricultural products), while exports to Europe, Asia and the Americas are mostly minerals, metals and mineral products. With regard  Residential customer segment: 10% to 21%  Industrial customer segment: 7% to 26%  Mining customer segment: 6% to 32% In all cases, the steepest price increases occurred between 2008 and 2009, because of the national utility’s colossal funding requirements, which were approved by the National Energy Regulator of South Africa (NERSA). However, despite the substantial increases since 2009, the slowdown in GDP growth means that any dampening effect these price increases may have had on consumption cannot readily be determined at this stage. The South African economy is also vulnerable to international movements in petroleum prices. Local reserves are insufficient to meet the country’s transport energy requirements, forcing South Africa to rely on crude oil imports, mainly from the Middle East. The increase in the international oil price to a peak of US$147 per barrel in June 2008 saw a corresponding spike in local prices. Following the global recession, oil prices plummeted, resulting in lower local petroleum product prices. However, oil prices are expected to remain volatile. Moreover, water prices are also expected to rise in the medium to long term. Hence, better and more sustainable resource use and Figure 6: Mean annual runoff, population and economic activity (GDP) per WMA15 25 20 15 10 5 0 Limpopo Luvuvhu/ Letaba Olifants Inkomati Usutu to Mhlatuze Thukela Upper Vaal Middle Vaal Lower Vaal Mvoti to Umzimkulu Mzimvubu to Keiskamma Upper Orange Lower Orange Fish to Tsitsikamma Gouritz Olifants/ Doring Breede Berg Crocodile West and Marico Mean annual runoff Population GDP % of national
  • 22. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 20 negotiating more Free Trade Area agreements with other African countries and regions in order to boost intra-continental trade and support the economic agenda of the African Union and the New Partnership for Africa’s Development (NEPAD). The agreement on the Southern African Development Community (SADC) Free Trade Area was signed in 2010. At the June 2011 SADC-Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA)-East African Community (EAC) Tripartite Summit, a roadmap for the establishment of a Tripartite Free Trade Area was agreed upon. It is founded on the three pillars of market integration, infrastructure development and industrial development as a step towards the ‘ultimate goal of an economic community of Africa’.18 While regional integration has begun to gain momentum, many hurdles still need to be overcome. For example, while the Trade Protocol with the SADC aims to encourage member countries to remove all tariffs on 85% of traded commodities, in practice the SADC Free Trade Area has faced a number of challenges, the chief one being full reciprocity of duty-free access among members. In addition, the White Paper on South Africa’s Foreign Policy notes that the challenges of accelerating regional integration include ‘harmonising policies, addressing overlapping memberships, developing cooperative sovereignty, and the asymmetrical nature of the South African economy in comparison to imports, petroleum is one of the most significant: between 1995 and 2010, crude oil constituted between 7% and 17% of total imports. Other significant imports include motor vehicles and parts, electrical equipment and machinery, mostly from Asia, Europe and the Americas. From 1990 to 2009, the European Union was the dominant trading partner, but its importance has begun to decline in favour of Eastern Asia. Within this context, a new Trade Policy and Strategic Framework16 has been adopted, which sets out the principles, approaches and main elements that should shape South Africa’s strategy for integration into the global economy. The proposed interventions include tariff reform to improve trade performance and new tariff policies for agriculture, which aim to balance export growth with the need for value addition and employment generation. It also proposes the adoption of a ‘strategic integration’ approach that aims to preserve South Africa’s ability to pursue national objectives while leveraging the benefits of more integrated regional and global markets. Finally, it proposes the negotiation of more nuanced Preferential Trade Agreements, measures to address non-tariff trade barriers, and the expansion of Free Trade Areas. Building on this Framework, the recently published White Paper on South Africa’s Foreign Policy states that ‘South Africa’s economic diplomacy will therefore be focused on providing guidance to government and the business sector on economic developments and markets, pursuing market access for South African products, attracting investments and tourism, removing barriers to trade, and supporting the development of larger markets in Africa’.17 The White Paper emphasises the need to take advantage of opportunities to position Africa as a significant player in the changing global economy through accelerating continental and regional integration, including transformation of the South African Customs Union. However, trade among African countries in 2011 continues to be far less than trade with countries beyond the continent (see Figure 7). Hence, South Africa has been 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 Africa Europe America Asia Oceania Other unclassified Import Export Total trade Total imports January—June: R329.1 billion Total exports January—June: R326.8 billion % share Figure 7: Distribution of South African trade, January–June 201119
  • 23. Development Bank of Southern Africa 21 South Africa’s economic and political influence in the global arena (see Table 2). The BRICS nations as a bloc are demanding a more meaningful voice at multilateral institutions such as the United Nations and the World Bank, as well as major reform of the International Monetary Fund (IMF). However, problems in advanced economies, linked to the Eurozone sovereign debt crisis and the fiscal imbalances in the United States and Japan, have moderated emerging market growth. This has not only hampered South Africa’s own economic recovery but also affected the ability of emerging markets to step into the gap and create the demand required to power the global economy. For example, China is facing the impact of weaker growth in important trading partners in Europe and America, while inflation pressures, the threat of asset bubbles, high levels of local government debt and worsening inequality challenge attempts to boost domestic demand. Hence, South Africa’s transition from the European Union as its major trading partner to Africa and other emerging markets may take longer than anticipated. with that of the region’,20 as well as strengthening governance and institutional capacity. Furthermore, the White Paper warns that — while Africa has benefitted from the demand for its natural resources — existing trade paradigms will need to be altered through restructuring African economies to support value addition, industrialisation and intra-African trade to avoid the continent simply remaining a supplier of raw materials. ‘This transformation’, argues the White Paper, ‘can only be achieved through the development of common trade and industrial policies, as well as strategies to build production value chains across all member states, underpinned by regional infrastructure development programmes’.21 With regard to accessing new emerging markets, at the end of 2010, South Africa was invited to become a member of the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) nations (see Table 2). It formally accepted the invitation in April 2011. This move will see the country formalising trade relations with other economically advanced emerging economies. According to the World Bank, the BRICS association should also strengthen Table 2: Key BRICS indicators, 200922 Indicator Brazil Russian Federation India China South Africa Population (million) 194 142 1.155 1.331 49 Gross domestic product (GDP) in purchasing power parity (PPP) terms 2 017 2 690 3 778 9 091 507 GDP per capita, PPP (current international $) 10 412 18 963 3 270 6 828 10 278 Land area (million km2) 8.5 19.4 3 9.3 1.2 Urban population (percent of total) 86 73 30 44 61 Under-five mortality rate (per 1000) 21 12 66 19 62 Gross savings rate (percent of GDP) 14.6 22.7 33.6 53.6 15.4 Ores and metal ores exports (percent of GDP) 1.7 5.7 6.2 1.2 29.3 Ores and metal ores imports (percent of GDP) 2.9 1.6 5.6 13.5 1.3 Portfolio inflows, net ($ billions) 37.1 3.4 21.1 28.2 9.4 Agriculture (percent of GDP) 6.1 4.7 17.1 10.3 3 Manufacturing (percent of GDP) 14.8 15 15.9 33.9 15.1 Carbon dioxide emissions (kg per PPP $ of GDP)* 0.2 0.6 0.5 0.9 0.9 Energy use (kg of oil equivalent per capita) 1 239 4 730 529 1 484 2 784 GDP per unit of energy use (PPP $ per kg of oil equivalent)* 7.9 3.6 5.4 3.7 3.6 *Data for 2007
  • 24. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 22 additional coal-fired power stations, coal-to-liquid plants, refineries and other large industrial facilities, would still be built. In addition, there would be a significant and proactive drive to decarbonise the national energy system and increase investment in energy efficiency in all sectors. This would be accompanied by a sizeable increase in the amount of renewable and nuclear energy in the energy mix, and a substantial switch in modal transport to low-carbon and public transportation. A fiscal and economic framework that supports carbon reduction would also be needed, and new low-carbon technologies would have to come on stream on a commercial basis. In addition, the current fiscal and regulatory framework would have to be reviewed to incentivise efficiency and renewable energy, and penalise those who produce excess carbon. More recently, South Africa has committed to reducing emissions by 34% by 2020 and 42% by 2025, subject to adequate financial and technical support.23 In terms of the current energy mix, the energy sector is dominated by coal, which contributed 72% of South Africa’s total primary energy supply in 2007. This is followed by crude oil at 13% and traditional biomass (renewable combustibles and waste) at 10%. The contribution of modern renewable energy sources such as hydro (0.1%), geothermal, solar and wind energy (0.02%) remains below the targets set in the Renewable Energy White Paper of 2003. Lack of skills and technological, financial and institutional constraints are likely to impede the achievement of renewable energy and green economy targets. The 2010 Integrated Resource Plan (IRP 2010) of the Department of Energy proposed a reduction in the contribution of coal to total generation capacity from 83% in 2010 to 48% by 2030. However, coal-fired plants are expected to dominate new capacity addition for some time to come. This is because of the expected requirement for new capacity to replace the ageing coal-fired plants that will be decommissioned within the planning period. Additions to the coal South Africa’s global competitiveness is becoming increasingly dependent on the sustainability of its growth path. Globally, there have also been significant moves to invest in green innovation and technology, partly in response to the introduction of a global carbon economy driven by concerns over climate change. Based on the work of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), it is now broadly accepted that increases in the global temperature need to be restricted to as far below 2°C as possible to avoid triggering runaway, irreversible and catastrophic climate change. The move towards green economies in dominant trading nations will increasingly dictate the competitiveness of all economies (and their products and services), as new forms of consumer demand are created by regulatory interventions, market forces and cultural change. These factors all point to a future where the competitiveness and sustainability of growth in South Africa will be intimately linked to the sustainability of its growth path. Even though South Africa is currently responsible for only about 1% of the world’s total emissions (ranking it 11th in the world), it is among the most carbon-emissions-intensive countries due to its energy-intensive economy and high dependence on coal. Its per capita emissions are higher than those of many European countries and more than three and half times the average for developing countries. In addition, South Africa is by far the largest emitter in Africa, responsible for 39% of the continental total. Almost all sectors of the South African economy contribute to the emission of greenhouse gases. Energy supply and consumption accounted for 78.9% of emissions, with smaller contributions from industrial processes (14.1%), agriculture (4.9%) and waste (2.1%). In this context, Cabinet decided in 2007 that South Africa’s greenhouse gas emissions should peak then plateau in 2020 to 2025, begin to decline in absolute terms around 2030 to 2035, and then fall to 300 million tons of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) by 2050 to 2060. This trajectory presumes that most large planned infrastructure projects, including
  • 25. Development Bank of Southern Africa 23 Over and above moves towards a low-carbon economy, from the mid-2000s, the government has also developed a variety of policies and laws to promote sustainable development, including the introduction of a carbon tax, accompanied by an increasing focus on sustainability issues within government programmes. The impact of these initiatives (and their conscious integration with economic policy) has been mixed, with some focusing purely on environmental conservation, while others have been impeded by weak institutional capacity and poor coordination within government. At the same time, the relationship between the transition to a low-carbon economy versus a green economy have tended to be unclear, with the exact definition of the latter remaining a matter of debate. Hence, a Green Economy Summit was held in 2010, which initiated the process of identifying flagship programmes to demonstrate green economic activity. Following further consultations with the Departments of Economic Development and Environmental Affairs, the Industrial Development Corporation and the Economic Cluster, several programmes and enabling platforms have been tentatively identified (see Figure 8). A Green Economy Mechanism has also been proposed ‘as an engagement platform between public and private financing institutions to advance the national green economy agenda and support the priority programmes’.24 However, the most critical constraint in transitioning towards a green economy is the lack of skills, both governance and technical. The 2011 Global Change Grand Challenge of the Department of Science and Technology suggests that considerable skills development is required to facilitate this transition. A similar conclusion was reached in a report that assessed the implementation of environmental technologies for sustainable human settlements.25 If this is not addressed, it is likely that opportunities in the South African and African green economy will be taken up by foreign manufacturers who already have an established footprint in these technologies, thereby undermining localisation efforts. In addition, sourcing the requisite private sector generation capacity include the effect of Eskom’s return-to-service programme (e.g. the continuing de-mothballing of Grootvlei and Komati), as well as the Medupi and Kusile power stations, which were committed to as part of the previous Integrated Resource Plan (IRP 1) promulgated in January 2010. This assumes that uncertainty about the funding arrangements for Kusile will be resolved early enough for the short-term generation capacity plans to be realised. The IRP 2010 indicates that renewable energy technologies (e.g. wind and solar) will account for the next largest contribution to new capacity addition, followed by nuclear energy. However, note that, due to its inherent intermittency, the contribution of wind is less recognised from a capacity perspective (i.e. in terms of MW) than it is from an energy perspective (i.e. the production of energy in MWh). Hence, there is a proposed increase in the open cycle gas turbine capacity allocation. Depending on the extent to which such a backup service is required, there could be an unintended consequence of increasing costs due to the integration of the electricity and world liquid fuels markets (e.g. diesel prices). An important variable in this respect will be the load factor of the envisaged open cycle gas turbine plant. In addition, while solar power is usually seen as the most viable renewable energy alternative, delays in finalising the regulatory framework for solar water heaters and challenges with the financing of Eskom’s Renewable Energy Feed-In Tariff (REFIT) programme have delayed implementation. Furthermore, the feasibility of the potentially ambitious nuclear programme depends on a number of factors. These include the availability of funding, the ability to negotiate a potentially arduous regulatory approval process (e.g. environmental impact assessment (EIA), the electricity and nuclear licencing processes, and any public fallout that might accompany the decommissioning of the continent’s first nuclear power plant), as well as the procurement process for acquiring the new capacity. The estimated capacity addition allocations are based on a cumulative capacity of 85 241 MW by 2030.
  • 26. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 24 25.2% in 2010 in terms of the ‘official’28 definition and 35.9% in terms of the ‘wide’29 definition. In absolute terms, the number of officially unemployed increased from 1.99 million in 1994 to 4.31 million in 2010. Notably, unemployment declined and then levelled out between 2006 and 2009 because of the faster growth since 2004. Between 2009 and 2010, some 833 000 jobs were lost, reversing what appeared to be a long-term decline in the unemployment rate. The formal sector (excluding agriculture) accounts for 70% of employment, with community and social services, trade, finance and manufacturing comprising the bulk of formal employment. In aggregate, the formal services sector constitutes 71% of total formal sector 30 employment (see Figure 9). In terms of the growth and contraction of employment by sector, Figure 10 illustrates changes in employment between 2001 and 2010. In relative terms, there have been significant job losses in agriculture and mining: in the last decade, employment in the mining and agricultural sectors contracted by 191 000 and 309 000 respectively. Employment in construction grew substantially, as did employment in financial services and community and social services. However, with the global economic recession, a significant number of jobs were recently lost in manufacturing, trade and finance. Job losses in the informal sector and the personal household sector were also substantial. Furthermore, in contrast to other countries with high unemployment rates, the informal sector accounts for a very small proportion of employment — a mere 16%. The combination of economic marginalisation and spatial marginalisation has resulted in a highly skewed distribution of assets (land, capital and human capital), which limits the productive capability of the majority and their ability to capitalise on potential opportunities. This has been further entrenched by the monopoly structure of South Africa’s core economy, which reduces the scope for new job creation, new ventures, SMEs and even the most survivalist subsistence activities. investment to drive growth in these industries will require a high level of market certainty through clear policy direction, comprising ‘robust policy frameworks with clearly defined national targets and strong economic incentives’.27 However, government policy and practice in this area continues to be piecemeal and fragmented. Employment rates have been insufficient to address high levels of poverty and unemployment, while the global financial crisis has resulted in further job losses. With regard to economic participation, the majority of the population are still excluded from the formal labour market. The overall participation rate declined by 6.2 percentage points (or 10.2%) between 2001 and 2010. Participation rates are substantially lower for Africans than for other racial groups. They are also markedly lower for women and extremely low for African and Indian women. Against a backdrop of low participation rates, unemployment rates are very high: Figure 8: Potential green economy programmes and enabling platforms26 Enabling knowledge platforms Local Government Green Built Environment toolkit Spatial Development Planning Frameworks Non-motorised urban transport Integrated sustainable agricultural production Rural rain water harvesting Off-grid options Zero waste Alternative effluent systems Water metering Refit optimisation Waste beneficiation Solar water heating rollout Transport Agriculture Water Energy Waste Infrastructure resilience and ecosystems ‘Working for’ programmes Greening public buildings Payment for ecosystem services
  • 27. Development Bank of Southern Africa 25 Given that expenditure on education has increased during the democratic era, unemployed youth have higher educational qualifications than older age cohorts in employment. Hence, ‘the fact that better-educated young people remain poor suggests that the labour market has not been playing a successful role in alleviating poverty and that the education system is not delivering the skills needed in the labour market’.33 A dysfunctional education system, combined with mismatches in supply and demand, constrains growth and exacerbates unemployment. With regard to basic education, key challenges include poor school management, inappropriately trained teachers, insufficient time spent on teaching, and a lack of critical learning resources and infrastructure in poor schools. However, poor educational outcomes are also driven by historical and current inequalities. For example, 62.5% of white Grade 6 learners can do mathematics compared with only 0.1% of black Grade 6 learners. Parent education and socioeconomic status are strong predictors of educational outcomes, thus reducing intergenerational social mobility. This often results in a power differential between poor parents and teachers, limiting accountability and the effective functioning of school governing bodies. Apartheid also left a legacy of differential access to teacher education in terms of the level and quality of education, in both content knowledge and pedagogy. Areas that are poor and rural also experience greater difficulties in attracting qualified teachers. In addition, the structures that different provinces inherited, particularly those that had to integrate homeland governments, seem to have affected provincial performance. Hence, the education performance of the Western Cape and Gauteng seems to reflect their historic privilege. In contrast, the poor educational performance of Limpopo, the Eastern Cape and Mpumalanga could be argued to reflect not only their current relative poverty but also the complexity of the apartheid infrastructure they inherited. At the same time, marked differences in performance, not only within the same province but also within districts, suggest that effective school management can make a huge difference to educational outcomes. Agriculture 5% Informal (non-agricultural) 16% Private households 9% Formal (non-agricultural) 70% Community and social services 27% Mining 3% Manufacturing 17% Utilities 1% Construction 8% Trade 21% Transport 6% Finance 17% Formal sector Figure 9: Distribution of employment by sector, 201031 All sectors Formal sector —39.9 —7.3 —14.6 59.9 —16.0 12.3 44 26.4 —1.6 —32.9 60 40 20 0 —20 —40 —60 Agriculture Mining Manufacturing Utilities Construction Trade Transport Finance Community and social services Private households % Figure 10: Change in employment by sector, 2001–2010 32
  • 28. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 26 of the main post-school institutions is not configured to respond to the huge population of youth not in employment, education or training (NEETs). While South Africa is short of both high and intermediate skills, the shortage of intermediate skills is perceived to be more acute. FET colleges also have weaker links to employers, affecting the quality of teaching and the employability of FET learners. Previously, FET (technical) colleges worked in tandem with employers on vocational training, and employers sponsored students. This link has weakened since the 1990s and FET colleges now struggle to find placements for learners. In turn, employers raise concerns about the quality and relevance of FET qualifications. Hence, graduates of FET colleges have about a 30% chance of getting a job. The poor performance of the vocational training system has been exacerbated by confusion over the status of apprenticeship training, with the result that, from 2001 to 2006, South Africa produced on average 5600 artisans per year, as against the need for 12 500. With regard to higher education, while access has increased, student readiness and the quality of skills produced remain cause for concern. After 1994, the primary focus was on significantly increasing the enrolment of black students at higher education institutions — white students had a 75% participation rate in the 18—25 age group, but the rate for black students was only 5%. The number of institutions was The underperformance of the education system has resulted in poor educational outcomes in science, mathematics and basic literacy, combined with high dropout rates from Grade 9. This affects the development of important economic skills, such as engineering. South Africa has approximately 30 engineers per 100 000 people, as against 255 in the United States and 340 in Australia. The Department of Basic Education recently released the Action Plan to 2014: Towards the realisation of schooling 2025 for public comment. However, many areas in the framework for improving schools are still underdeveloped and much needs to be done to identify implementable activities that will have an impact. In addition, goals related to the teaching and learning process, enabling conditions and school climate — on which the whole enterprise crucially depends — are underdeveloped. If the Action Plan is to be successful, the institutional capacity within provinces and districts will need to be significantly increased and the role of the national department in enforcing minimum standards will need to be enhanced. With regard to higher and further education, as an economy changes, the shape of its skills needs also changes. In the transition from a developing economy to an industrialising economy, the following underlying shifts are commonly manifested:  Increased demand for highly skilled professionals;  Increased demand for intermediately skilled associate professionals and technicians;  Lower demand for workers with basic skills; and  Sharply lower demand for unskilled workers. Enrolment in higher education and further education and training (FET) institutions and the production of graduates should reflect the shape of the demand for labour. The desired distribution of the proportions between highly skilled, intermediately skilled and technical workers is given in Figure 11 (the normal triangle). It reflects the need for higher proportions of intermediately skilled workers relative to highly skilled workers. The current situation in South Africa is depicted by the inverted triangle, showing that the proportion of enrolment in higher education is larger than enrolment in the FET sector. This shows that the current shape Professionals and highly skilled workers in higher education Associate professionals and intermediately skilled workers in further education and training Current shape Desired shape Figure 11: Enrolment in higher education and FET institutions in South Africa
  • 29. Development Bank of Southern Africa 27 and academia also affects growth in research and development, limiting the rate at which the economy moves up the productive value chain. The Department of Higher Education and Training has embarked on various reform initiatives. These include a review of the sector education and training system, an assessment of student finance mechanisms and the development of a 10-Point Plan for Higher Education and Training in partnership with the DBSA. However, many of these initiatives have not been fully operationalised. Moreover, the challenges of youth unemployment and the poor performance of the further and higher education system require a multi-departmental and multi-stakeholder response. For example, aligning educational outputs with the needs of the economy requires the development of an industrial strategy with a coherent long-term perspective that describes the envisioned macro shape of the economy. This should be augmented by sectoral (e.g. mining) or cluster (e.g. boat building) plans, each with a skills plan based on committed interaction between the key players — government, industry and education. Joint commitments among the partners would hopefully generate the trust necessary for businesses to invest in expansion, for education institutions to develop programmes to generate new kinds of skills, and for the government to put in place the incentives. The Department of Higher Education and Training’s Strategic Plan sets out its responsibility to anticipate needs, facilitate institutional linkages, provide a policy and resource environment in which providers are supported and accountable to be efficient and effective, and establish and manage incentives that enable the system to be responsive and relevant to the complex dynamics of demand. The extent to which this new department can sustainably source, recruit and retain the required skills over the long term will affect the outcome of its plans. Income inequality has increased but non-income inequality and poverty have declined. With regard to inequality, income inequality, as measured by the Gini coefficient, grew between 1996 and 2009. reduced from 36 to 23. This was combined with increased capital investment in historically black institutions, as well as attempts to improve financial management. Despite these initiatives, urban universities still dominate. In addition, although black student numbers have increased from 473 000 in 1994 to 737 000 in 2005, enduring social and economic inequalities still result in asymmetrical patterns of access to higher education. Hence, in 2006, enrolment in public higher education institutions substantially favoured white students: 59% of the relevant age group were enrolled in higher education, as against only 12% of African students. Of the entire cohort of black children entering school in any one year, the education system can only convey approximately 5% to graduation, that is, from Grade 1 to the completion of an undergraduate degree. This contrasts starkly with the fortunes of white children, who have almost a 60% chance of graduating from university. Overall dropout rates remain high (50% in the first two years), and only 22% of students finish a three-year degree in three years. While greater focus on academic support programmes to compensate for schooling deficiencies will assist in improving throughput rates, this problem can only really be addressed by increasing schooling efficiencies in the medium to long term. From an employment perspective, those with incomplete secondary education have a 75% chance of being unemployed, those with matric 66%, those with a diploma 50% and those with a degree 17%. In addition, the quality of higher education outcomes remains inadequate in important social sectors (e.g. teacher development and nursing), as well as economically important high-end skills such as engineering. There is growing evidence that the curricula taught in important sectors are increasingly out of step with the needs of the market. For example, one of the constraints in the country’s ability to convert innovative ideas into economic growth is that many innovators are not taught business skills while learning about their primary discipline. The Department of Science and Technology also estimates that, in order for South Africa to move towards a knowledge-based economy, it will need to increase its rate of PhD production by a factor of five over the next 10 to 20 years.34 The lack of partnerships between business
  • 30. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 28 significantly from the increase in the provision of basic services since 1994, a large share of the African population remains without access to water, electricity, housing and sanitation’.36 Institutional, financial and spatial challenges continue to impede infrastructure delivery. With regard to electrification, the annual increase in the number of electrified households between 1999 and 2000 was 6%, while the average change in electrification from 1999 to 2009 was even lower at 4%. The reduction in the rate of electrification can be attributed to the difficulty of electrifying urban areas because of the substantial growth in informal settlements, which makes service delivery more challenging. The high cost of connecting households in remote and/or rural areas is another contributing factor to this reduction in electrification rates. According to the Department of Energy’s Strategic Plan for 2010/11, the amounts required for electrification for the years ending March 2011 and 2012 are R7.47 billion and R7.67 billion respectively. There is no indication of the number of annual connections linked to these funding requirements. However, only R2.7 billion and R2.97 billion were allocated for 2010/11 A decomposition of income by decile for 1993, 2000 and 2008 reveals that the income accruing to the richest decile increased, while that of the remaining nine deciles either declined or remained stagnant. Inequality also has a racial dimension, as demonstrated by changes in the per capita incomes of Africans, coloureds and Indians relative to that of whites from 1917 to 2008 (see Figure 12). In 1917, the per capita income of black South Africans was 9.1% of white per capita income. For coloureds and Indians, it was 22%. In 2008, per capita incomes (as a percentage of white per capita incomes) were 13% for Africans, 22% for coloureds and 60% for Indians. Consequently, ‘at any poverty line, Africans are very much poorer than Coloureds, who are very much poorer than Indians/Asians, who are poorer than whites’.35 However, evidence also suggests that, with the impact of black economic empowerment (BEE), income inequality within racial groups is also growing. At the same time, non-income inequality has declined in the democratic period, owing to the rollout of basic services and housing. This has to some extent mitigated the negative impact of income inequality. However, ‘while the African population has benefitted Figure 12: Annual per capita personal income by race as a proportion of white levels, 1917–200837 1917 1936 1956 1970 1980 1993 2000 2008  African 9.1 7.6 8.6 6.8 8.5 10.9 15.9 13.0  Coloured 22.0 15.6 16.9 17.3 19.1 19.3 23.0 22.05  Indian 22.1 23.1 21.9 20.2 25.5 42.0 41.0 60.0  White 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 %
  • 31. Development Bank of Southern Africa 29 the housing and infrastructure subsidies and provide land free of charge, a budgetary shortfall would still exist. In addition, reports of poor quality housing continue to emerge, while the expansion of low-density housing raises additional challenges of transport and service delivery.  Infrastructure finance: The integration of bulk service delivery with housing delivery is critical, but there is a lack of alignment between the funding streams. This has also had a detrimental impact on the level of private sector investment in the housing market.  Current economic climate: Job losses, declining productivity and reduced revenue suggest that public sector budgets are unlikely to grow in the short term and that allocations will be tighter than anticipated. At the same time, banks now require higher deposits, which, combined with the National Credit Act, severely hamper access to credit.  South Africa’s housing finance system and institutions: The current subsidy regime does not adequately respond to the challenges of scale, affordability and sustainability. Meanwhile, development finance institutions in the housing sector seem either to have inadequate financial capacity or not to use their capacity effectively to address the main challenges at hand.  State capacity: State institutions seem to lack the capacity to respond to the demand for services and the envisioned scale of delivery. This is exacerbated by the fact that the roles and responsibilities of provincial and local government in the delivery of housing and human settlements are unclear. In general, progress has been made in the delivery of basic services infrastructure. However, delivery continues to be dogged by poor planning and management, including inadequate maintenance. This is largely due to institutional weaknesses in individual government bodies, the lack of effective coordination and accountability mechanisms across the state, and the fact that infrastructure investments are not spatially referenced in terms of a clear national spatial development plan that articulates the growth and 2011/12 respectively. If the allocated budget is meant to address the goal of achieving universal electrification by 2012, based on the shortfall, it is unlikely that this target will be reached. In terms of water and sanitation, although South Africa has already attained the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) for access to water and sanitation services, some water services backlogs still exist: three million people are without access to basic water supplies and 12 million are without access to basic sanitation services. Water services backlogs persist in rural areas and informal settlements. In addition, with the focus on addressing access backlogs, less attention has been given to maintaining infrastructure. This resulted in new backlogs in the effective operation and sustainable maintenance of old and new infrastructure. With regard to housing and human settlements, a recent discussion document entitled ‘Framing a finance strategy for human settlements’ identified six core challenges, namely:  Scale: It has become increasingly clear that the current rate of housing delivery cannot keep up with demand. This not only suggests that the backlog eradication target of 2014 will not be met but also that informal settlements will continue to persist, given current patterns of migration and population growth and future trajectories. This has contributed to increasing frustration, sometimes resulting in service delivery and housing protests and labour strikes.  Affordability: Approximately 20% of South Africa’s population (about 2.3 million households) earn between R3500 and R9000. They are too rich to be eligible for a subsidy but too poor to buy new housing. At the same time, the ‘specs applied to a government subsidised house price the next level up out of the affordability of the target market’.38  Sustainability: Even if the problems of scale could be overcome, the budgetary capacity to meet the current backlog and address new family formation is insufficient. If the government were to combine
  • 32. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 30 High levels of poverty have also contributed to a high burden of disease. South Africa has a quadruple burden of disease associated with the epidemiological transition between diseases of poverty and lifestyle-related diseases, malnutrition and diarrhoea. In addition to poverty-related conditions and the growing burden of non-communicable diseases, the ‘third’ burden relates to premature deaths from violence and injuries, largely attributable to the high crime rate and motor vehicle accidents. The ‘fourth’ burden, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), has been described as the greatest one, accounting for nearly 40% of lives lost to premature death. South Africa has the highest number of people living with HIV (approximately 5.5 million), posing significant challenges for the health system. HIV and AIDS largely affect women, the poor and unemployed, and children. The disease also tends to strike victims during their most economically active years, with grave implications for growth and development. To make matters worse, South Africa reportedly has the 7th highest incidence of tuberculosis in the world, with a prevalence rate that has increased from 260 cases to 720 cases per 100 000 people.40 This has been exacerbated by the outbreak of multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis and extreme drug-resistant tuberculosis, which has a very high case fatality rate. The country also has low cure rates, owing to socioeconomic factors and HIV, among others. The high co-infection rate of HIV and tuberculosis does not appear to have been well managed, further extending the health system and driving (especially poor) households into strife and poverty. The government has demonstrated a renewed commitment to and has made significant investments in antiretroviral therapy, the prevention of mother-to-child transmission and tuberculosis programmes. However, reports of inefficient management of financial resources, resulting in limited access to comprehensive care and in preventable fatalities, reflect institutional issues that are great cause for concern. Hence, South Africa will struggle to achieve the health-related MDGs (reducing child mortality; improving maternal health; and combating HIV and path. Moreover, while delivery agreements have been developed for all the main infrastructure sectors, the indicators in these agreements reflect continued fragmented planning. The Presidential Review of State-Owned Enterprises, the Presidential Infrastructure Commission and initiatives to develop a 10-Year Integrated Infrastructure Plan are thus welcome within this context. However, the level and extent of institutional failure across all three spheres of government make turning the situation around a daunting task. Poverty remains high but crime and the high burden of disease are decreasing. With regard to poverty, empirical evidence suggests that while income poverty remained relatively stagnant, non-income poverty (i.e. access to services, housing, education and health) declined between 1994 and 2010. That said, more than 20 million people are living in poverty and the distribution of poverty across racial groups remains symptomatic of the apartheid era: in 2009, Africans accounted for 93% of poor households, coloureds for 6.1%, Indians for 0.7% and whites for a negligible 0.2%. Overall, 49.5% of Africans, 29.4% of coloureds and 11.5% of Indians were living below the poverty line in 2009. High levels of poverty and employment are often accompanied by high levels of crime; South Africa is no exception. However, crime statistics have shown a steady decrease in recent years. For example, the 2010/11 crime statistics reveal a decline in all types of ‘contact crime’, including murder, rape, assault with intent to do serious bodily harm, common assault, aggravated robbery and common robbery. Murder was down by 6.5% and sexual offences by 3.1%. Assault with intent to do serious bodily harm dropped by 4.5%, while robbery with aggravating circumstances was down by 12%. The biggest improvement was in bank robberies, which fell by a massive 58.1% — just 39 cases were recorded in 2010/11, down from 93 in the previous year. While much still needs to be done, these trends have been attributed to systematic improvements in visible policing, crime detection and response; steps by business to improve security; as well as partnerships with communities.39
  • 33. Development Bank of Southern Africa 31 control key financial resources. This will obviate the weak purchasing power that is a major problem for some of the medical schemes, resulting in spiralling costs. 4. Strengthen the under-resourced and strained public sector, and improve health systems performance. The Green Paper will form the basis of consultations that will eventually result in the promulgation of the National Health Insurance Act. It is envisaged that by April 2012, the piloting of National Health Insurance will commence in ten selected districts, and it is anticipated that National Health Insurance will be rolled out over a 14-year period. However, the Department of Health has emphasised that National Health Insurance will only succeed if the quality of service in public hospitals is significantly improved and the pricing of healthcare in the private sector is seriously addressed.42 The state is central to driving change but institutional reform efforts to date have met with limited success. It is clear that the nature of South Africa’s institutions — not just in health but also in all the areas discussed above — has been an important factor influencing the country’s current trajectory. A democratic state that is proactive and strategic, and intelligently intervenes to ‘create the conditions that support constructive endeavours for people-centred growth’,42 is crucial to overcoming poverty, inequality and underdevelopment.43 In all successful developmental states — the model many East Asian nations pursued after World War II to modernise their economies rapidly — the ruling party has managed to put together a social pact. This pact sets out the country’s developmental goals and the commitments and compromises that important social actors (government, business, labour, communities and other stakeholders) will make to achieve them. These goals are normally very clear and have specific timeframes. Since 1994, the South African government has introduced a number of initiatives aimed at creating an effective AIDS, malaria and other communicable diseases). For example, infant mortality increased from an average of 45.5 deaths per live births between 1993 and 1998 to 69 in 2005. Maternal mortality is also increasing at an alarming rate, from 200 per 100 000 live births in 2000 to 400 per 100 000 in 2008. However, more recent data suggests that government interventions are beginning to have a positive effect on health outcomes. In addition, large numbers of poor people are unable to access sufficient health services in many parts of the country because of a lack of public health infrastructure and the unaffordability of private health care. This is due to historical and current inequities in the health system. The public sector struggles to provide reasonable access to healthcare for 85% of the population on a budget of R99 billion, while the private sector has grown its financial resources to R93 billion but caters for only about 15% of the population, based on 2011/12 projections. There is also an acute maldistribution of health workers between the public and the private health sectors. The bulk of the health workforce is located in the private health sector, with a bias towards urban areas. Poor conditions of service in the public health care system, combined with the globalisation of healthcare, have also contributed to the loss of critical skills from the public health sector. Weaknesses in the district health system and in hospital management have led to a poor quality of care in some hospital facilities. To address some of these challenges, the Department of Health has embarked on a programme to accelerate health infrastructure delivery, improve hospital management, increase the quantity and quality of health professionals, and develop a National Health Insurance scheme. The latter has the following objectives: 1. Provide improved access to quality health services for all South Africans, irrespective of whether they are employed. 2. Pool risks and funds so that equity and social solidarity will be achieved through the creation of a single fund. 3. Procure services on behalf of the entire population and efficiently mobilise and
  • 34. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 32 to recognise the structural and systemic factors that drive South Africa’s spatial trajectory. Traditional approaches to spatial inequality have sought to ensure that economic growth is more spatially balanced by attempting to control migration and the growth of cities. Attempts to control internal migration tend to be more frequent in less developed than in more developed regions. Alternatively, countries have sought to sustain lagging areas through territorial development programmes that were meant to bring jobs to the people living there. These spatial targeting programmes have tended to focus on subsidising manufacturing industries to establish factories in ‘growth points’ within deprived areas or those regions experiencing economic setbacks. At the same time, rural development strategies have largely been informed by pro-poor growth strategies and sustainable livelihoods, as well as concepts of rurality (e.g. poor, subsistence-farming women in a poverty-wracked agricultural landscape). While these frameworks had some systemic elements, in practice pro-poor interventions have tended to be conceptualised separately from broader growth and development strategies. As a result, rural pro-poor interventions have often focused only at the micro or community level. However, internationally, attempts at inhibiting migration have largely failed, while the impact of spatial targeting programmes has been mixed. In addition, the impact and efficacy of traditional pro-poor approaches have been increasingly criticised. For example, in 2010, the United Nations Research Institute for Social Development (USRISD) issued a report on Combating poverty and inequality. The report criticised poverty reduction approaches that treat the poor as a category that requires discrete policies, and argued that where countries have successfully improved the well-being of the majority, they focused on long-term processes of structural transformation, rather than poverty reduction per se.45 These processes involved promoting growth and structural change that generate productive employment, social policies aimed at universal coverage, and redistributive policies to tackle inequality. This has and, later, a developmental state. These reforms have been extensive, involving policy reforms, organisational change (e.g. structures, systems and processes; centralisation and decentralisation; a range of service delivery models; and labour relations frameworks), as well as human resource and performance enhancement (competency frameworks, skills and capacity development, new performance management systems and talent management). However, the success of these initiatives has been mixed. The state has developed a number of areas of institutional strength (e.g. a respected judicial system; a strong Reserve Bank, Treasury and Revenue Service; as well as pockets of excellence in different national and provincial departments and some municipalities). However, it continues to lack significant capacity in critical areas (e.g. policy stability and coherence, policy enforcement and regulation, integration and coordination, and operational and service delivery capacity). Clearly, therefore, the state has struggled to lock in the changes it has sought. Reasons for this include weaknesses in evidence-based policymaking, which have sometimes resulted in a lack of realism. The challenges related to sectoral planning in the manufacturing sector have already been noted above. Another notable example relates to the failures of outcomes-based education: the 2008 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Review of national policies for education: South Africa noted that the vision of the National Curriculum Statement did not match the reality of the average South African school.44 Another example is the Local Government Turnaround Strategy, which had little impact, among other reasons because municipalities with a long history of dysfunctionality were suddenly expected to have the capacity to formulate their own turnaround strategies. This lack of realism has also sometimes been driven by paradigms and ideologies that are out of step with their context. Hence, one of the primary reasons why spatial development policy and praxis since 1994 have done little to address historical and current challenges in the space economy is that these initiatives have been dominated by inappropriate paradigms that fail
  • 35. Development Bank of Southern Africa 33 are critical. Hence, countries need to deal with macro spatial inequalities by reducing the distance between areas where economic activity is concentrated and lagging regions — through transport, telecommunications, and the like — as a means of increasing linkages and resource flows. In addition, they need to get density at local level right by, inter alia, harnessing market forces to encourage concentration and promote convergence in living standards between villages, towns and cities, while minimising the negative impacts of rapid urbanisation. This suggests that South Africa needs to shift from a primary focus on spatial targeting to incorporate other factors that play a critical role in enabling economic integration. This would require complementary interventions at different levels and scales (see Chapter 8). There have been consistent attempts from mid-2000 to shift the way in which the South African state conceptualises and engages with spatial inequality, economic competitiveness and sustainability at different spatial scales to take into account emerging good practice. However, traditional pro-poor and spatial targeting paradigms continue to prevail, resulting in a significant lack of coherence in terms of policy and praxis at national and sub-national levels. Another reason for limited institutional progress is a lack of capacity within the state to manage reforms. As noted, the South African state faces significant skills challenges. For example, in 2006, Cabinet commissioned a study47 to assess whether the public sector had the capacity to execute the Accelerated and Shared Growth Initiative for South Africa (AsgiSA) policy. It found that there were skills and capacity gaps across the three spheres of government, mismatches in the supply of graduates between the skills the public administration needed and what higher education institutions produced, huge disparities between the remuneration of professionals and senior management, and significant salary discrepancies between the technical professions in the public and private sectors. been accompanied by a growing recognition that there are a number of rural worlds, and the nature of rurality may differ between countries where agriculture is the major source of growth and highly urbanised countries. In turn, this has highlighted the importance of:  Taking a nuanced view of the definition and imaginaries of rural livelihoods;  Taking into account the nature of a country’s socioeconomic transition and its potential evolutionary path(s); and, in particular,  Taking cognisance of the cyclical nature of transitions: for example, many highly developed and urbanised countries are now going through a process of reverse migration. These developments have led to a growing recognition that spatial development is as much about linkages (global, regional, national and sub-national) as it is about distinctions (the needs and specificities of different settlement types). According to the 2009 World Development Report, international experience suggests that, in order to promote economic development and spatial integration, the provision of universal basic services (municipal and social) is critical to increasing human capabilities and decreasing spatial disparities in living standards in the short term. Effective transport and communications infrastructure and services are key drivers of spatial integration, economic productivity and, thus, income levels in the medium to long term. Similarly, the OECD points out that: [A] simple concentration of resources in a place is not a sufficient condition for sustained growth. The key appears to be how assets are used, how different actors interact and how synergies are exploited. Evidence of this is provided by analysis of the factors that drive growth: for example, infrastructure investment is effective when combined with other forms of investment, notably in education and skills [which in turn promote innovation]...46 The World Development Report further argues that, in terms of spatial integration, distance and density
  • 36. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 34 influences, and without a common understanding of the ‘rules of the game’. For example, the former Chairperson of the Public Service Commission noted that ‘a particularly worrying factor, from where we sit, is our own public service’s understanding of a “developmental state” as a meaning a state of underdevelopment in terms of performance, or groping in the dark in an infant state to fulfill its functions; implying mediocrity, weakness, ineptitude and a lack of cognizance to “raise the bar” on service delivery’.50 This has contributed to an environment where skill is ambiguous and contested, and ‘like skill, the illegitimacy and racism of historical authority structures and practices … have left a legacy of uncertainty about, and contestation over, legitimate management and supervisory practices’.51 This contestation of the supervisory relationship and the parallel authority role of union site structures in some administrations have created an environment where it becomes ‘impossible to raise or acknowledge pervasive institutional failure and poor performance and these problems are denied. The bureaucracy becomes unable to recognise problems in the system, account for them, or try to solve them, and senior managers become more concerned with reputation and the preservation of “face” than what happens in the system.’52 This has resulted in ‘contradictory rationalities’ in many parts — but not all — of the state. Some of these contradictions emanate from within the system, such as those relating to poor delineation of roles and responsibilities. Others are driven by influences from the wider system, such as those that relate to identities (i.e. public servant versus ‘rightful’ citizen), to whether transformation should be driven purely by redress imperatives or by redress and merit, or to perspectives of the state as the primary vehicle of black social mobility versus an independent, impartial bureaucracy, and so forth. These factors may have contributed to the apparently growing prevalence of hard and soft corruption in post- Attempts by the public service to upgrade skills have generally been disappointing. Internal surveys have partially blamed the fact that remuneration was ‘not flexible enough to attract and retain scarce skills’.48 The vacancy rate in the public service is also disturbingly high. A 2007 Public Service Commission survey49 estimated the vacancy rate at national level at 23%. As a result, there is an extreme dependence on consultants, without adequate capacity being built to sustain the reforms undertaken. High vacancy rates, accompanied by high levels of churn, also serve to undermine institutional memory, with a detrimental impact on policy coherence, continuity and stability within the state. The poor management of transformation and political leadership change processes within the state has also contributed to significant churn among public officials and the consequent loss of institutional memory. Hence, the South African state remains in a continuous state of transformation without ever reaching its destination or building institutional depth. These bureaucratic challenges have been accentuated by a decentralised state structure, with each sphere having its own constitutionally enshrined powers and functions. This makes it more difficult to intervene to address capacity gaps in the different spheres. In addition, the ‘corporatisation’ of state entities (influenced by New Public Management trends in public sector reform), without a concomitant increase in contract management skills and central capacity to coordinate and integrate delivery, has also contributed to state fragmentation. The state also faces significant cultural and ideational challenges born out of the apartheid legacy. The apartheid state left a legacy of delegitimised state institutions, where many black staff were alienated from the system in which they worked, while communities felt justified to bend or ignore rules imposed by an unjust government. At the same time, the system of patronage and partiality that was at the centre of the apartheid state resulted in a corrupted value system. In combination, these factors have produced a post-apartheid state weakened by contradictory ideational and cultural
  • 37. Development Bank of Southern Africa 35 affects their ability to make significant progress on their developmental objectives. Thus, the main imperative is to structure an appropriate relationship between the party and the state, whereby the ruling party has sufficient control over the state to carry out its policy agenda, while the bureaucracy has sufficient autonomy to retain the administrative stability and institutional memory necessary to sustain its ongoing functions. In order to achieve this balance, exercising party control over the state is usually done through a combination of contractual instruments — such as performance contracts or delivery agreements — and ensuring congruence between political terms of office and the contract period of senior public officials (who then use normal organisational instruments to lead and manage the bureaucracy beneath them). Such a system requires the political ability to set out the administrative outputs required to meet political and developmental objectives, the ability to determine if and when those outputs are met, and the ability to enforce performance consequences — negative or positive — to drive adherence to desired behaviours. These abilities, in turn, require high levels of leadership and managerial acumen. In the absence of such acumen, political leaders tend to fall back on non-contractual instruments of exerting control over the bureaucracy, such as linking access to public service employment to party affiliation. In instances where political leaders wish to use their term of office to pursue not just party objectives but also personal agendas, the primary mechanism of control shifts from an emphasis on being loyal to the party and the office to an emphasis on personal loyalty to the politician in question. So, even if the ruling party stays the same, changes in the political heads result in changes in the administrative heads, which can cause high levels of bureaucratic instability. In South Africa, where the apartheid state had to be fundamentally transformed from one which was designed to serve a few and oppress the majority to one that used new forms of governance to serve the apartheid South Africa. Hard corruption occurs when public officials bend the rules to channel patronage to relatives, friends and cronies, or accept bribes, or when private agents bribe public officials to give them exclusive advantages or rights. Soft or ‘quiet’ corruption occurs when public servants deliberately neglect their duties to provide public services or goods. Quiet corruption may not involve an exchange of money, but involves providers of public services, such as teachers, nurses or other officials, bending the rules for their own private interests. This includes, for example, public servants not turning up for work when they should. These two forms of corruption are mutually reinforcing — soft corruption paves the way for hard corruption, while hard corruption ‘legitimises’ quiet corruption. However, others argue that it is not so much that corruption is on the increase but rather that the democratic state has taken stronger steps to monitor, report and stem corruption, resulting in a higher level of media exposure. Either way, perceptions suggest that corruption is on the increase. In 2007, Transparency International accorded South Africa a Corruption Perceptions Index score of 4.7. As a high score points to lower perceived levels of corruption (the highest possible score is 10), this score was significantly worse than the 5.2 accorded in 1998. In 2010, South Africa’s score was 4.5, signalling a further deterioration in perceptions of corruption. The functioning of the democratic state has also been influenced by the structure of the relationship between party and state. Developmental interventions, especially in societies with deep systemic and structural challenges, often take time to have an impact. They require consistent implementation over a long period, withstanding changes in the ruling party or political leadership. This, in turn, necessitates a stable bureaucracy that has enough institutional depth to follow through on a long-term reform agenda, even if bureaucratic or political leaders change from time to time. Countries with a high level of political instability — because of changes in the ruling party or between factions within the same party — which translates into a high level of bureaucratic instability, often struggle to sustain a long-term reform agenda. This negatively
  • 38. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 36 societies where the majority of the population had been disenfranchised and where access to political power after independence or democracy has not brought significant increases in economic participation and control, all too often the state becomes the primary vehicle for social mobility for the previously disadvantaged majority. Likewise, access to political power becomes the primary vehicle for control of the state. The drivers for attaining political office and the quality of political leadership born out of elective processes within the party and the country are shaped by this social context. South African society has a hybrid of these characteristics, born out of apartheid but also out of more than 15 years of social change. These influence different political parties in different ways. However, if current trends of slow economic transformation and high levels of poverty and inequality continue, these social pressures may shape the extent to which political parties are used as vehicles of social mobility rather than social change. This, in turn, will affect the nature and quality of political leadership and the level of contestation for access to political office, affecting the quality and stability of political governance. The slow rate of economic transformation has been exacerbated by inappropriate models and unintended consequences. With regard to the relationship between the state, business and labour, the fault lines between the government and labour on the one hand and traditional business elites on the other are still largely structured along historical racial and political lines. Since 1994, attempts to bridge this gap have centred around two core strategies — building social coalitions through tripartite or bilateral arrangements, and bringing about the transformation of ownership and management within the economy and workplace. This transformation was not only imperative to redress the apartheid legacy but it was also hoped that it would increase the commitment of the private sector to a broader national agenda. This would, in turn, foster a whole nation, finding the appropriate balance between party-driven transformation and bureaucratic stability has not been easy. Having inherited a state dominated by National or Democratic Party bureaucrats, restructuring it to create greater synergy between the ruling party and top officials within the bureaucracy was a clear imperative. More recently, however, changes in bureaucratic leadership have largely been driven by changes in particular political heads rather than in the ruling party per se. New administrative leaders, in turn, have sought to change the composition of critical layers of management beneath them, resulting in wave after wave of restructuring. Moreover, as the relationship between the party and the state becomes increasingly blurred, political contestation within the ruling party all too often spills over into the workings of the state. For example, the Deputy Minister of Cooperative Governance and Traditional Affairs recently stated that: For municipalities to perform better, the [African National Congress-led] movement needs to be stronger and more stable. Some of our internal political tensions get transferred to municipalities and serve to create divisions that undermine municipal service delivery and development.53 This points to the fact that the nature of the relationship between party and state is also driven by the modus operandi of the ruling party, which is in turn driven by the social context. In democratic societies with highly educated and empowered citizens, a similarly high quality of political leadership is demanded, which is often drawn from the ranks of those who have been successful in other sectors of society. Power is also diffused across a variety of institutions within the broader state, as well as across a variety of civil society groupings. These institutions and groupings are then able to exercise influence over the manner in which political parties function and the processes or mechanisms that enable citizens to exert a high level of accountability over those they elect to lead them. In societies where citizens are not highly educated and empowered, people also identify with political leaders that are similar to them. Moreover, in post-colonial
  • 39. Development Bank of Southern Africa 37 has set a target of 25% black ownership of companies listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, a recent study found that black South Africans owned 18% of the top 100 companies but only 8% of stocks if treasury stocks, indirect ownership, state-held shares and stakes of overseas companies owned by South African firms are included.55 Furthermore, the financing structure of many BEE deals means that statistics on black ownership are not so much a reflection of actual capital ownership but rather of debt. It has been argued that the emphasis on capital reform in the initial conceptualisation of BEE was misplaced. For example, Moeletsi Mbeki states that: BEE is not a developmental model. It is a wealth redistribution model. But the problems of South Africa are not wealth distribution but wealth creation, and job creation in particular. BEE handicaps entrepreneurship … it takes the brightest amongst the black people who — instead of devoting their energies to creating new companies, to creating new products, to providing and creating employment — tend to spend most of their time, if not all of their time, looking for redistributing mechanisms to get shares in existing companies. So what you are getting is that the best and brightest black people in the country, instead of creating wealth, building up their own companies, are becoming second fiddle players to existing companies. My core criticism is that we need to be focusing our energies on entrepreneurial development.56 As for the state’s efforts to support entrepreneurs, concerns have been raised about the extent to which grants reach their intended beneficiaries. For example, attempts to increase the number of black commercial farmers have tended to result in an increase in joint ventures, strategic partnerships and BEE deals, while existing smallholder farmers — some of whom managed to survive even in the harshest of homeland conditions — struggle to get access to finance and support.57 Progress continues to be made in the use of government procurement processes to promote local greater level of connectedness between the government and business elites. Both of these strategies have had only a limited impact. As for the transformation of ownership and management, policy interventions have centred on increasing employment equity and reducing discrimination in the workplace on the one hand, while seeking to increase economic participation and black ownership of capital on the other. While some progress has been made in increasing workplace diversity and the number of women and people of colour in leadership and management positions, far more has been achieved in the public sector than in the private sector. Recent reports by the Employment Equity Commission suggest that progress in the private sector continues to be very slow.54 In addition, even where significant changes in leadership have been brought about in the private sector, this has not necessarily resulted in radical changes in the modus operandi, leading some commentators to raise concerns about the ‘embourgeoisement’ of black elites. However, the challenge is that strong, established institutions tend to have very effective socialisation processes, whereby those who succeed in the institution are those who fit in with the established culture. Radical institutional change is seldom brought about through incrementalism or ‘growing people from within’ but almost always requires bringing in leadership from outside to turn the institution around. In the absence of radical leadership changes — which have to driven from within by Boards or shareholders — the continued institutionalised racism in many private sector companies is not surprising. Proposals to increase the penalties for organisations that fail to comply with the Employment Equity Act are only likely to change this situation if the penalties are significant. However, if the penalties are too high, they may negatively affect investment decisions. Finding the right balance will not be easy. In addition, such penalties will only work if they are effectively enforced and — as has been shown — the enforcement capacity of the state is not always what it should be. With regard to BEE, the number of successful black entrepreneurs has risen after 1994 but the situation is still far from ideal. In addition, while the government
  • 40. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 38 Social partners have found areas of agreement but an overall national compact remains illusive. In terms of building social compacts, there have been a number of successful joint initiatives between all or some of the main social partners since 1994. These include the launch of the Business Trust in 2000, the Joint Initiative on Priority Skills Acquisition (JIPSA), the joint Framework on South Africa’s Response to the International Economic Crisis, and multi-stakeholder cooperation around the 2010 World Cup, to name but a few. However, attempts to build a national social compact between the government, business and labour continue to be bedevilled by high levels of distrust. Thus, the Minister of Finance recently commented that: Unless we do something spectacularly different, unless we can demonstrate the same boldness that we showed with the World Cup … we are not going to meet both the social and economic targets that we have set for ourselves. But achieving that goal will require a ‘humongous national effort’ and development of a social compact involving labour, business, the social sectors and government. We have got to now get the minds to meet … [so as] to determine a national intent.59 However, a point that is often missed regarding the ability to extend the successes of 2010 is that the World Cup was predicated on an externally enforced contractual regime that had significant consequences for failure. In the absence of such binding mechanisms and consequences, parties too easily revert to interest-based or ideological positions within negotiating forums, rather than building on areas of agreement to arrive at a higher level of consensus. Hence, while business and labour have respectively been able to take a united stance on certain critical issues (e.g. wage settlements or business incentives), strong fault lines remain with regard to economic and workplace transformation. Tripartite relationships have also been affected by differential levels of unity within labour and business formations. For example, Solidarity’s and black business. However, concerns have also been raised regarding the extent to which these processes are increasingly subject to abuse by ‘tenderpreneurs’ who use their political contacts to get access to lucrative state contracts, while having no demonstrable expertise in any particular area of business.58 Hence, the culture of racial patronage and party affiliation that shaped South African business before 1994 has continued into the democratic era. These trends have resulted in a complex black business landscape:  A growing number of black professionals but no radical institutional change (i.e. there may be more black people in charge but they are not necessarily in control);  A small number of very successful black entrepreneurs within the context of a much larger number of small, struggling black entrepreneurs and smallholders; and  Those who are not engaged in new wealth creation or genuine entrepreneurship but simply seek to enrich themselves by capitalising on relationships with the state or with established businesses that want to access the state. At the same time, ownership of capital and control of the South African economy largely continue to rest in white hands. If these trends persist, there is a real danger that the short-term interests of individuals or sections within important elements of political, business and even labour leadership may coalesce around a co-optive model of economic transformation. This could significantly undermine ongoing attempts to bring about fundamental economic transformation based on value creation and productive activity, as well as efforts to build social compacts based on a broader national agenda. Within this context, the recent revision of BEE codes to de-emphasise ownership in favour of broad-based approaches centred on skills development and entrepreneurship is welcome.
  • 41. Development Bank of Southern Africa 39 State-community relations seem to be deteriorating amid rising frustrations over service delivery. Lastly, with regard to the relationship between the state and communities, while several mechanisms have been introduced since 1994 to encourage public participation and engagements, including participative processes around Integrated Development Plans (IDPs), ward committees, Izimbizo, satisfaction surveys and presidential hotlines, these have not been as effective as hoped. It has been argued63 that this is partly due to misconceptions about the nature of collective action and association, and the extent to which forms of social capital can be ‘harnessed’ in building relationships with the state. This situation is exacerbated by poor participatory practices either because political representatives are not sufficiently rooted in their communities or because participation is seen as an ‘instrumentalist tool’ rather than building community empowerment and ‘social citizenship’. Thus, during elective or participatory processes, some politicians make promises to communities that they cannot possibly keep, and they later find it difficult to go back to the communities to explain why these promises have not been kept. While Izimbizo were put in place inter alia to try and offset some of these local weaknesses, in 2009, the Public Service Commission noted that the ‘critical challenge … [of Izimbizo was] that there [was] usually no feedback loop for communities to track whether their concerns [were] addressed or not’.64 International experience suggests that failure to promote genuine social dialogue on issues that affect the lives of most people tends to encourage undemocratic means of pressing claims and the delegitimisation of representative institutions. Hence, it is particularly important in new democracies for the policymaking and implementation processes to be sufficiently inclusive to induce major political actors to participate in representative institutions, rather than seeking to sidestep or subvert the democratic order, with negative consequences for political stability and economic development as a whole.65 In South Africa, since 2004, public confidence in government has decreased views on workplace transformation are in sharp contrast to those of the Congress of South African Trade Unions (COSATU). There have also been growing tensions between black and white business formations, with the recent suspension of participation in BUSA by black business formations due to ‘BUSA’s lack of commitment to transformation’ being a case in point.60 Moreover, the mechanism for holding parties accountable when they fail to fulfil tripartite agreements is unclear. This has led to questions about the efficacy and impact of tripartite forums such as the National Economic Development and Labour Council (NEDLAC).61 In some cases, there has been more success in the implementation of sector-specific compacts, but these pacts have also had limitations in terms of driving individual business choices or receiving the necessary support from critical government departments and spheres. Moreover, as noted, these agreements are not always practical and realistic, suggesting that the quality of economic stewardship within both government and business needs to be improved. The relationship between labour and the ruling party has also been complex, with COSATU raising ongoing complaints about the effectiveness of the Alliance and the extent to which the African National Congress (ANC) pays attention to the views of its labour and socialist counterparts.62 In turn, the ANC has at times accused the trade union movement of supporting narrow ‘workerist’ interests at the expense of broader national objectives, as seen in its opposition to the youth wage subsidy, its role in pushing up public sector salaries, and its possible contribution to dysfunctionality in health and education. At the same time, the relationship between different union affiliates within COSATU as well as between COSATU and other members of the Alliance has been influenced by growing political contestation and debates about the nature of the progressive movement and its management of the transition.
  • 42. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 40 and participatory governance processes, believing that protesting is a more effective way of achieving their demands. This is clearly a very dangerous trend. Thus, the Public Service Commission recently noted that the upsurge in community protests ‘should come as a signal to government that effective communication and public participation must remain a fundamental priority’.68 across all three spheres, with the greatest decrease being in the local government sphere (see Figure 13). At the same time, the number of service delivery protests has increased significantly (see Figure 14). Many of these protests relate not just to municipal performance but also to national and provincial functions, such as housing delivery. They suggest that communities are increasingly losing faith in formal representative Figure 13: Trust in government institutions, 2004–200966 National government Provincial governments Local governments 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 % 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 10 34 2 32 27 105 111 Number of protest actions Into the looking glass Foresight involves seeking to anticipate possible alternative futures and their potential consequences. Since the future is unknown and full of unintended consequences and unforeseen events, foresight processes are simply a mechanism to stimulate thinking about the future to enhance the quality of present day decision-making. They are not, nor are they intended to be, predictive. While there are a number of foresight methodologies, the best known is scenario analysis. In essence, scenarios are plausible stories of different pathways to the future, based on the potential interplay of different variables or driving forces within a system. The scenario development process is usually intuitive and not data-driven, i.e. scenarios are based on plausibility and not calculations of probability. However, in some instances, this intuitive process needs to be complemented by more data-driven techniques, such as trend analysis. Within the South African context, examples of intuitive scenario-building processes include the 2006 Live the Future Scenarios, focusing on how HIV and AIDS could shape South Africa’s future up to 2025,69 the 2025 Scenarios developed by the Presidency in 200870 and the Dinokeng Scenarios developed in 2010.71 In contrast, the Employment Scenarios to 2024 developed by the Human Sciences Research Council in 200772 were strongly data-driven, calculating different potential impacts of different GDP growth rates, labour force participation rates, sector growth Figure 14: Service delivery protests, 2004–201067
  • 43. Development Bank of Southern Africa 41 2. Future implications of current trends The New Growth Path suggests that South Africa will require GDP growth of 4%—7% if it is to create five million jobs in ten years, or 500 000 jobs per year. It estimates that this will result in an unemployment rate of 15% by 2020. In terms of current global economic forecasts by the IMF, it appears that South Africa will struggle to achieve 4% GDP growth in the next few years (see Table 3). Moreover, given that the European sovereign debt crisis and its contagion of the global economy could still get significantly worse, South Africa may well continue to experience relatively low growth rates for some time to come. In addition, in relation to the employment intensity of growth, calculations by the DBSA suggest that GDP growth of not less than 10% per year (as opposed to 4%—7%) may be required to create half a million jobs per year for the next ten years.73 Thas, the challenges cited above and the ongoing job losses in important labour-absorbing sectors prioritised by the New Growth Path suggest that the job creation targets are unlikely to be achieved in the short to medium term. Should trends in the unemployment rate stay the same, based on 2010 calculations, South Africa is likely to have an unemployment rate of around 20.9% by 2025,74 which is only a marginal change from current rates. Should the economy deteriorate even further, unemployment will obviously rise. With regard to poverty, in 1994, over half (53%) of the population lived on less than US$2 per day. By 2010, this percentage had dropped to 49%. However, baseline projections suggest that it will rise again to 53.4% in 2020 and 59.2% in 2025. In terms of educational output, the total number of graduates has almost doubled since 1994. In 2008, there were 115 000 graduates, and baseline projections suggest that this number will continue to rise from 122 600 in 2010 to 178 400 in 2025. However, it is estimated that only 9100 people graduated with degrees in mathematics and engineering in 2010, and baseline projections indicate that this number will increase to only 14 000 by 2025. The New Growth Path has set a target of at least 30 000 additional engineers by 2014. As for research and development, the proportion of the national budget spent on these increased to 1.3% in 2010. Nevertheless, this expenditure is well below the international norm of 2%. Still, baseline projections suggest that this norm will be reached by 2016 and exceeded (at 3.5%) by 2025, should current trends continue. With regard to health, approximately 60 of every 1000 babies born in 2010 died in infancy. However, the expansion of primary health care, better control (Into the looking glass continued) rates, and the like. The foresight methodologies used for this Development Report were a combination of data-driven and intuitive approaches. The data-driven process consisted of compiling baseline linear projections based on historical time series data for variables in the following areas: the economy, energy, water, health, education, human settlements, security, social capital and governance. While attempts were made to gather as much data as possible, baseline projections could not be done in certain areas given the lack of adequate time series data, such as the green economy, matric pass rates and FET throughput. This process was complemented by three Delphi processes, where South African experts from a number of fields were invited to provide their informed opinions on the probabilities of certain trends occurring. With regard to the intuitive scenario-building process, key driving forces were identified, which in turn led to the identification of a set of change levers. Their probability of success and time to impact were then used to craft a set of scenarios. This section focuses on baseline projections, which are not meant to be predictive but are simply pointers to a possible future. The outcomes of the scenario process are outlined in later sections below.
  • 44. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 42 since 1994, there has been a marked increase in the rate at which metropoles have grown in recent years. Baseline projections indicate that the 38.4% of the population living in metropolitan areas in 2010 will rise to 43.5% in 2025. Lastly, with regard to levels of social capital, the proportion of eligible voters participating in elections has declined steadily since 1994. In the last national elections in 2009, only 58% of the population of voting age took part. This is a significant decline from the 94% participation rate in 1994. The linear projection of recent trends shows that, by 2020, the voter participation rate in national and provincial elections could drop as low as 32%. Similarly, membership of a religious group — which, within the context of limited data, is often used as a proxy for the general social fabric of a society — has also been in decline. In 1999, 94% of adults said they belonged to a religious grouping; by 2006, this had fallen to 81%. The baseline projection indicates that religious group membership will drop to 57% by 2020, denoting a continued loss in this dimension of social capital. Trade union membership is another aspect of belonging to groups and, like church membership, denotes higher social capital. Although membership figures have oscillated in recent years, a simple projection of recent trends suggests of the HIV and AIDS pandemic, and a declining total fertility rate should allow this number to fall markedly over the next decade. A simple linear extrapolation of recent trends suggests a precipitous drop in infant mortality rates. A rate typical of developed countries (10 deaths per 1000 live births) is possible by 2020. Baseline projections of recent trends also indicate that the decline in life expectancy has stopped, and life expectancy will stabilise in future. In terms of access to services, between 1994 and 2010, the proportion of households with both mains electricity and water piped to their stand or dwelling increased from 51% to 66%. Baseline projections suggest that this will increase to 84.9% by 2025. This is still short of the government target of universal access by 2014. With regard to housing, between 1997 and 2009, the proportion of households living in informal settlements increased from 11% to 13%, despite massive state housing programmes. This increase is attributable to population growth, immigration and the unbundling of households into ever-smaller units. Should these trends continue unchecked, baselines projections suggest that the percentage of households living in informal housing will increase from 14.3% in 2010 to 18.2% in 2025. In addition, while the proportion of the population living in metropolitan areas has increased only slowly Table 3: IMF global economic outlook, September 201175 Year-on-year % change 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 World output 5.2 2.8 –0.6 5.1 4.0 4.0 Advanced economies 2.7 0.2 –3.4 3.0 1.6 1.9 United States 2.1 0.0 –2.6 2.9 1.5 1.8 Euro Area 2.7 0.5 –4.1 1.8 1.6 1.1 United Kingdom 2.6 –0.1 –4.9 1.3 1.1 1.6 Japan 2.3 –1.2 –6.3 4.0 –0.5 2.3 Emerging and developing economies 8.3 6.0 2.6 7.4 6.4 6.1 Developing Asia 10.6 7.7 7.0 9.6 8.2 8.0 China 13.0 9.6 9.2 10.3 9.5 9.0 India 9.4 6.4 5.7 10.4 7.8 7.5 Middle East and North Africa 6.2 5.0 1.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 Sub-Saharan Africa 7.0 5.5 2.8 5.1 5.2 5.8 South Africa 5.6 3.6 –1.7 2.8 3.2 3.4
  • 45. Development Bank of Southern Africa 43  Buffalo City and surrounds, and the Hibiscus Coast up to eThekwini and north to Richards Bay;  The Durban—Gauteng corridor from eThekwini-Pietermaritzburg to the Harrismith and Bethlehem areas;  The resource and agriculture-rich northern parts of the country, from the extended Gauteng region towards Nkangala District in the east, Bojanala District in the west, Mmabatho in the North West province, and Lephalale and Polokwane in the north; and  Resource-rich areas within the network of cities and towns, for example in the north-eastern and northern part of the country around Polokwane, Thohoyandou, Tzaneen and Thabazimbi in Limpopo; Mbombela (Ehlanzeni area) and Komatipoort in Mpumalanga; and Kroonstad, Bloemfontein and Kimberley. a continued but marginal growth in union membership, from 3.5 million in 2010 to 3.8 million in 2020. In terms of 2025 spatial projections, the areas that would most likely act as attractors of economic development in future, should current trends continue, are typically centres of economic agglomeration that are attractors of people (spanning income, skills and age groups), are highly accessible and have an ability to diversify and adapt their economies (see Figure 15). The areas highlighted as of importance, given the critical indicators of regional and uneven development, are:  The southern and eastern coastal regions, including the Cape Town region, Saldanha, Paarl, Stellenbosch and surrounds;  Knysna and Plettenberg Bay and surrounds;  Nelson Mandela Bay metropolitan area and surrounds; Figure 15: Areas likely to be key attractors of the economy in the next decade, and possibly up to 2025, given current trends76
  • 46. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 44  The densely settled KwaZulu-Natal coastal and inland areas, with higher densities in the more economically viable coastal towns to the south and the north;  eThekwini and surrounds, and the network of towns around the corridors to Gauteng and Mpumalanga;  The northern parts of the country, extending from the Gauteng region towards the densely populated areas of Bushbuckridge and Ehlanzeni in the north-east, and the Thohoyandou, Giyani and Polokwane areas in the north; and  Around towns and regional centres such as Mmabatho in the North West, Kimberley in the Northern Cape, and Motheo and Kroonstad in the Free State. The patterns also indicate persistent uneven development, with many areas and municipalities, especially the arid and less accessible Northern Cape and central parts, showing continued low economic activity. These areas are, however, also sparsely populated and likely to remain so. More alarming is the mismatch between The areas that would most likely act as attractors of high population densities and settlement growth in future (see Figure 16), given current trends, are typically centres of existing population concentrations. These are marked by high natural growth rates, internal (and probably also external) migration, and opportunities to make a living (e.g. formal and informal employment, and access to economically active people and grant incomes). The areas would include:  The southern coastal regions, including the Cape Town region, Saldanha, Paarl, Stellenbosch and surrounds, Knysna and the Plettenberg Bay area and surrounds;  The Eden district area, with towns such as Plettenberg Bay and Knysna, and the Nelson Mandela Bay metropolitan area and surrounds;  Buffalo City and surrounds, as well as the coastal strip and inland areas of the densely settled former bantustan areas of Transkei and Ciskei; Figure 16: Areas likely to be characterised by high population densities up to 2025, given current trends77
  • 47. Development Bank of Southern Africa 45  The highest mining potential — the central and northern parts of the country;  The highest agricultural capacity, with serious implications for food security — the central parts of the country and the northern parts of the Free State; and  Water-rich areas (highest mean annual water runoff), where future water sources have to be protected through appropriate land management and farming practices — typically the high-density settlements in KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape (see Figure 17). Clearly, trade-offs will have to be made between potential for future economic activity, current considerations in terms of other developments in these areas, and a recognition of the importance of natural assets for future generations, especially those that will determine water availability and food security. projected economic activity in the densely populated areas of the Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal, where high-density former bantustan areas are foreseen to experience further population growth despite evidence of outmigration, especially among the youth. In addition, spatial projections indicate that, by 2025, the water situation in most areas of the country may be dire if the necessary investments in development are not made. Areas of major concern are the eThekwini- Pietermaritzburg region, the western and southern parts of the Cape and the (already) densely settled central and northern parts of the country. While this map could look very different should investments in development be undertaken — especially for potentially water-rich areas such as the eThekwini-Pietermaritzburg area — the ongoing lack of sufficient investment is cause for concern. Moreover, the areas that may well face the most pressure for high-density development by 2025 are also the areas with: Figure 17: The relationship between projected water availability scenarios – without development – and population estimates for 202578
  • 48. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 46 Figure 18: The relationship between projected resource-rich regions and areas that act as ecosystem lifelines79 3. Key driving forces It is clear from the above analysis that South Africa’s current trajectory is affected by a confluence of different forces. These forces relate to path dependency arising out of the legacy of apartheid, changes in the global environment, broader geo-structural factors, the efficacy of the state and the relationship between the state and civil society. These driving forces include:  Globalisation  Changes in the global economy and geopolitics  Climate change and global sustainability concerns  Geo-structural factors  The space economy  Prevalence and spread of natural resources  Apartheid legacy  Enduring inequalities  The structure of the economy, e.g. the influence of the minerals-energy complex, export weaknesses and a lack of competition  Spatial marginalisation  The institutional fabric  A dysfunctional values system, i.e. apartheid-inspired racial patronage and a lack of meritocracy contributed to a post-democratic ambiguity around skill, authority and individual achievement versus entitlement  The state  The level of state effectiveness  State-party relationships  State-community relationships  The state and civil society  Social compact challenges  Ongoing skills shortages and deficits  The nature of economic transformation  The functioning of political parties The first two sets of forces cannot easily be influenced. The last two sets of forces will determine the extent to
  • 49. Development Bank of Southern Africa 47 and tangible progress can be made. Such interventions could also be used to start inculcating a new value system aimed at driving excellence through improving individual and community or group agency. With regard to the performance of the state, interventions to improve political governance must go hand-in-hand with improving the quality of administrative leadership, particularly in priority areas. In addition, given the capacity challenges across the state, more targeted and focused delivery improvement interventions need to be undertaken, while more long-term reform strategies continue to be rolled out. This must be accompanied by collective efforts to build skills pipelines in critical areas. The fragmented nature of the state also needs to be addressed through streamlining powers and functions in the short term and implementing measures to decrease institutional complexity in the medium to long term. These interventions are outlined in more detail below. While all of the proposed interventions are vital and possible, some have a higher probability of success, some will take longer to have an impact, and some will have a bigger developmental impact than others. Each intervention has been assessed against these factors. Time to impact is defined as short term (up to 2014), medium term (up to 2019) and long term (up to 2025 and beyond). Path-breaking interventions are those that have the potential to break South Africa’s current trajectory. Path-making interventions are those that have the potential to set the country on a fundamentally new path. The likelihood of success is ranked as low, medium and high, and denoted in the tables by the colours red, amber and green respectively. 4.1 Leadership 4.1.1 Improving political governance In the short term, improving the quality of political governance would involve optimising the quality of political leadership in priority areas or ministries. While the Performance Monitoring and Evaluation Unit has made great strides in the development of publicly available delivery agreements, the extent to which consequences for poor performance will actually be meted out is still to be fully tested. Increasing which South Africa can wrench itself out of apartheid path dependency. However, developing the institutions required to bring into being a truly developmental South African state will be a long-term process, which will intimately be tied to changes in society as a whole. In addition, while the current administration has once again embarked on an intensive and extensive reform programme, the challenges and constraints that have so far inhibited radical transformation in state performance as well as state-society relationships remain. Thus, these initiatives are also likely to have a limited impact in the absence of effective capacity to execute. The key is to develop a set of interventions that can be implemented within current constraints but also have the power to catalyse broader change in the system. This will involve leveraging existing areas of effective leadership and institutional strength to bring about change, drawing on the talents of all South Africans. It will also require a greater level of realism and an ability to prioritise. 4. Key levers of change The first priority needs to be addressing weaknesses in political governance where they occur, not just within local government but also within other areas of the state, accompanied by strengthening public accountability. An ongoing lack of effective political governance will continue to undermine efforts to increase the efficacy of the state and to forge broader social coalitions that unite the talents and energy of all South Africans behind a common agenda. Improving political governance is central to changing South Africa’s development path. This needs to go hand-in-hand with efforts to strengthen economic stewardship and civic leadership. Given the challenges noted above in building a national social compact, a more bottom-up approach might yield better results. This could take the form of sector-based agreements — not just in critical economic sectors but also in social sectors such as education and health. The focus should be on building on areas of institutional strength and depth to gain momentum in sectors where significant
  • 50. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 48 for the mayor, Speaker and council committees; confining direct political involvement in the administration to the competency-based appointment and objective oversight of the municipal manager; and barring political office bearers from appointment to administrative posts. Recent legislation in this regard is a welcome development. Ultimately, however, managing citizen expectations requires public leaders who 1) understand how government actually works and what it takes to deliver on something within what timeframe, so they do not make promises they cannot possibly keep; and 2) can communicate clearly and effectively so as to engender trust. How political leaders are chosen therefore becomes vital. It is important to develop effective models to improve the leadership development and deployment processes of political parties. This would involve defining the standards and competency requirements — innate abilities, skills and knowledge — for different political roles within the state; improving deployee assessment processes; creating proper career paths within the party and government; and revising training and development programmes. While a few parties have sought to incorporate some of these elements into their leadership selection processes, changing political cultures in the South African socioeconomic context will be a long-term process. However, over and above improving public accountability, the basis for this transition could be laid in the short term through celebrating incidences of good political governance, helping politicians to upgrade their skills through customised coaching and development programmes that expand their career options, as well as strengthening existing initiatives to define competency frameworks for different political offices. public awareness of and engagement with ministerial delivery agreements will be crucial to reinforcing the sense of public accountability. To this end, the structure of delivery agreements must be improved to indicate more clearly which outputs are to be delivered on a quarterly and annual basis, so that citizens can track progress effectively. In addition, outputs that are location-specific, such as infrastructure or the performance of a school, hospital or government office, are currently not spatially referenced, making it difficult for the public to track delivery. Hence, similar performance agreements or citizens’ charters must be developed for premiers, Members of the Executive Council (MECs) and mayors, to allow people to track visible improvements in their area. In addition, a mechanism needs to be developed for the external verification of results. This could take the form of an expanded performance auditing mechanism, housed within the Public Service Commission. Lastly, a number of sector, community and media-driven accountability mechanisms could be developed by civil society bodies to complement those developed by the state. The relationship between the party and the state also needs to be optimised to improve administrative stability and policy coherence. This will involve delinking changes in political heads from changes in administrative leadership (unless there has been a change in the political party in office), and concretising political roles and responsibilities where necessary. For example, at municipal level, a clear distinction needs to be established between legislative oversight and executive functions through regulatory measures to encourage the greater use of s80 committees; centrally determining and assigning proper roles and delegations Table 4: Improving political governance Proposed intervention Time to impact Path-breaking impact Path-making impact Likelihood of success Success likelihood rating Improving political governance PG1 Public accountability mechanisms 2014  High: Instruments exist and would be easy to strengthen  PG2 Structure of relationship between party and state 2014  Medium: Even if conceptually resolved, actual relationship would depend on political leader involved  PG3 Functioning of political parties 2025  Low: Will require deep cultural and socioeconomic shifts 
  • 51. Development Bank of Southern Africa 49 Unpacking government performance — the municipal differentiation model Traditional capacity building interventions for local government have tended to follow a one-size-fits-all approach, which has failed to take adequate account of different institutional dynamics and circumstances. In addition, national departments have tended use static models to categorise municipalities, which assumed that those with large endowments would also automatically perform well. In practice, however, this was not the case, with some well-endowed municipalities performing far worse in relative terms than some municipalities with far less. Hence, in order to promote a more nuanced and targeted approach to the assessment and management of municipal performance, the DBSA developed the Municipal Differentiation Model (dbsaMDM). The dbsaMDM is a dynamic model that seeks to place municipalities on a developmental continuum based on their endowments (their local space economy and financial reserves) and their performance (their execution capacity to use their endowments to achieve their goals and objectives in a sustainable manner). Thus, endowment indicators are derived from the municipality’s economic and financial resource base. Performance indicators relate to issues such as leadership, administration, regulatory compliance, service delivery and financial management. Though still in its initial stages, this model has enabled the DBSA to start building a picture of those municipalities that are functional (performing in terms of their endowments and likely to sustain their capital programme), those that are structurally dysfunctional (underachieving in terms of their endowments), and those that are systemically dysfunctional (have an extremely low resource base and are unable to sustain municipal services without special, focused interventions). The spatial distribution of functional, structurally dysfunctional and systemically dysfunctional municipalities is set out in Figure 19 below. It is hoped that this more nuanced approach will assist in ensuring that the design of local government support programmes is more fit-for-purpose, while also paving the way for the development of a new financial and institutional dispensation for systemically dysfunctional municipalities. Figure 19: Spatial distribution of functional and dysfunctional municipalities
  • 52. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 50 significant policy differences, which departments then continue to pursue independently, thus further undermining policy consistency. Hence, a clear decision on the leadership of economic strategy within government needs to be made, while putting in place better mechanisms for coordinating economic strategy across the state. In addition, the government should work towards gaining sufficient consensus around a realistic assessment of South Africa’s current and potential areas of competitive advantage and how to achieve such advantages. This would involve immediately strengthening and increasing the momentum of existing partnerships, for instance in the automotive and energy sectors, to stem job losses and boost growth in the medium term. The government must also move swiftly to resolve the policy uncertainty in the mining sector, so that the focus can shift to the successful implementation of the joint strategy agreed to by the parties. We need to undertake a realistic assessment of South Africa’s true areas of competitive advantage and what it will take to achieve them. Political contestation relating to agriculture and land reform continues to be influenced, and exacerbated, by the lack of proper policy direction and coherence in this area. For example, it is still unclear how the Green Paper on Land Reform relates to the forthcoming Green Paper on Rural Development and how both will relate to broader initiatives to increase growth and sustainable labour absorption in the sector (considering that many agricultural jobs are seasonal). Decisive political action will be required to resolve this issue, as will initiatives to address ongoing institutional weaknesses in the Department of Rural Development and Land Reform. Such initiatives will improve the Department’s ability to drive a coherent policy agenda that promotes agricultural competitiveness, while also addressing the imperatives of transformation (see below, as well as Chapter 8). In addition, a realistic assessment is needed of the country’s potential path to reindustrialisation. While competitive factors are different for different industries and sectors, two important areas need to The likelihood of success, the developmental impact and the time to impact of these interventions are set out in Table 4 below. The analysis suggests that the most effective path-breaking lever in the short term will be improving public accountability. While addressing the relationship between party and state could have short-term benefits, it has only a medium likelihood of success. Restructuring community-state relationships will take longer to have an impact and has only a medium chance of success. While changing the functioning of political parties would set South Africa on a different developmental path, the proposed short-term interventions would be offset by deep cultural and socioeconomic forces that will take a long time to shift. 4.1.2 Improving economic stewardship Roles and responsibilities relating to the leadership of economic strategy in South Africa remain ambiguous. This applies to those directly involved, such as the National Planning Commission, the National Treasury, the Department of Science and Technology, the Department of Trade and Industry, the Economic Development Department and the Department of International Relations and Cooperation. However, economic policy also influences other critical departments, such as Public Enterprises, Basic Education, and Higher Education and Training. The result is that different departments have produced different sets of documents, and the level of integration and alignment between them is not always clear. While the New Growth Path tries to bring about a level of integration, this also results in it being largely a consolidation of socioeconomic policy priorities across government, which thus does not adequately articulate what is old and what is new or some of the hard strategic choices required. For example, the microeconomic policies it proposes have been part of the economic policy discourse for at least a decade but have not been adequately implemented. Likewise, growth trajectories based on the industrial and primary sectors are simply enmeshed without any real discussion of their independent or collective viability or their trade-offs. While the politics of accommodation has many uses, it also has the danger of obfuscating
  • 53. Development Bank of Southern Africa 51 Much of the above would also apply to the potential of green economy initiatives, which also need to be supported by better policy coherence, a clearer regulatory framework, appropriate financial incentives, and improvements in local government capacity. Infrastructure development has already been identified as an important driver of economic growth, with many positive multiplier effects. However, if South Africa is to play to its strengths in this area, it will have to build on established capacity in strong public corporations and development finance institutions to carry out its infrastructure programme in the short term. From 2005, investment by public corporations has significantly outstripped that of government in general as well as the private sector (see Figure 20). Over and above economic infrastructure, investments by public corporations have many multiplier effects. For example, recent announcements by the Minister of Public Enterprises on the establishment of a competitive supplier development programme should contribute to establishing strong value chains between public enterprises and important industries in the local manufacturing sector. In addition, be addressed. For those manufacturing sectors where price is the main global competitive factor, hard choices will have to be made about reducing input costs if South Africa wishes to compete in these sectors. Where the main competitive factor is differentiation through innovation, South Africa must vastly increase technology transfer driven by foreign direct investment, supported by the mass importation of skills and much higher investment in research and development. Even here, substantive localisation is only likely to take place once educational outcomes and the productivity of the labour force improve. Hence, a knowledge economy is only likely to emerge in South Africa in the very long run. Furthermore, ‘Factory South Africa’ will only be possible if exports of value-added goods to Africa significantly increase, which in turn will depend on two core things. The first is the extent of the country's ability to support its African counterparts in addressing the institutional weaknesses that perpetuate non-tariff barriers to trade on the continent. The second is persuading its fellow BRIC partners, and other important investors, to see South Africa as a gateway to Africa rather than as just another competitor. Without these, South Africa will simply not be able to compete. Figure 20: Trends in gross fixed capital formation, 2000–201180 450 400 350 300 250 200 100 150 50 0 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Index Q1 2000 = 100 Ratio × 100 Seasonally adjusted constant 2005 price data Ratio: fixed investment/ GDP × 100 — right scale Public corporations — left scale General goverment — left scale Private business enterprise — left scale 2000 Q1 2000 Q3 2001 Q1 2002 Q1 2003 Q1 2004 Q1 2005 Q1 2006 Q1 2007 Q1 2008 Q1 2009 Q1 2010 Q1 2011 Q1 2001 Q3 2002 Q3 2003 Q3 2004 Q3 2005 Q3 2006 Q3 2007 Q3 2008 Q3 2009 Q3 2010 Q3
  • 54. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 52 Supporting regional integration DBSA activities in the region focus on promoting regional development and integration through infrastructure investments that support increasing economies of scale and cross-border connectivity, such as power, water, transport and telecommunications. The Bank's transactional and project financing focus is complemented by upstream strategic planning and project development activities, particularly relating to strategic projects that integrate South Africa with its neighbours and with high-potential SADC countries such as Angola and the Democratic Republic of Congo. In addition, in support of the South African government’s bi-national commissions and regional integration efforts, the DBSA plans to support cooperation between the SADC and adjoining Regional Economic Communities. For example, on behalf of the SADC, COMESA and the EAC, the DBSA has been given grant funding of £67 million by the United Kingdom’s Department for International Development (DFID) to act as an agent in support of regional and inter-regional integration projects, to blend with the Bank’s own financing across the north-south corridor comprising south and eastern Africa. In addition, the DBSA will be working on developing a common approach on engagement in the BRICS Banking Mechanism in support of the South African government’s objective of using the country’s BRICS membership to increase strategic cooperation among emerging market economies of the South. include addressing the current disconnect between sector departments and the Department of Public Enterprises. The technical capacity and governance systems of state-owned enterprises will also need to be enhanced. Shareholder departments should be better coordinated, possibly through a structure similar to the DFI Council. This structure should be tasked with reviewing current legislation on these institutions with a view to ensuring more coherence, development impact and operational efficiency. Access to off-balance-sheet and concessional funding will also be necessary. To this end, the government could provide equity, guarantees, transfers, tax exemptions or dividend retention, complemented by a structured partnership between development finance institutions and state-owned enterprises to ensure that the former support the resource planning and financing of important strategic programmes. At the same time, developing an integrated infrastructure plan for South Africa — which involves streamlining government efficiencies across a multi-sphere value chain — also requires the capability of other spheres of government to be addressed. In the short term, this could involve using strong development agencies and development finance institutions to build effective programme management capacity in priority national and provincial departments, as well as municipalities. This could go hand-in-hand with reorganising the relationship between large and smaller development state-owned enterprises have historically played a significant role in the development of intermediate skills. Some of them are beginning to resuscitate this role amid calls for the reintroduction of the apprenticeship system. The institutional arrangements for infrastructure delivery will need to be radically improved. However, the investment strategies followed by public corporations and the management of the infrastructure under their control have been driven largely by internal imperatives rather than by a broader set of strategic, integrated infrastructure development goals. Moreover, many state-owned enterprises have recently experienced poorly managed leadership transitions. These governance challenges will need to be addressed if public corporations are to fulfil their true potential. Furthermore, the role of regulatory bodies, their relationship with state-owned enterprises and their ability effectively to regulate the sectors under their control have also been subject to criticism.81 What is required, therefore, is a candid review of the mechanisms of infrastructure delivery in South Africa — including the role of regulatory bodies — in order to streamline and optimise powers, functions and accountabilities. Harnessing the capability of these corporations in a new direction will require shareholder departments to be capacitated to play their oversight role, which will
  • 55. Development Bank of Southern Africa 53 and managed (increasing operational efficiencies and optimising asset management and maintenance). These powers should include the ability to enforce integration and decide on trade-offs. The likelihood of success, the development impact and the time to impact of these interventions are set out in Table 5 below. finance institutions to improve the impact and capacity of the latter. In the medium to long term, this would also necessitate changes in powers and functions to streamline delivery around existing pockets of capacity (see below). This must be combined with the establishment of a central planning body that has the power to determine how infrastructure investments are undertaken (within the context of a clear spatial vision for South Africa) Table 5: Improving economic stewardship Proposed intervention Time to impact Path-breaking impact Path-making impact Likelihood of success Success likelihood rating Improving economic stewardship ES1 Leadership of economic strategy within the state 2014  Medium: Will require strengthening the Economic Cluster and making political trade-offs  ES2 Leveraging the strength of state-owned enterprises to accelerate the delivery of economic infrastructure 2014  Medium: Will require strengthening shareholder coordination and oversight  ES3 Integrated infrastructure planning across all three spheres 2019  Medium: Different sectors will have different success rates but full integration will require simultaneous and significant capacity improvements across all three spheres  ES4 Strengthening existing economic partnerships 2014  High: Should be easy to build on momentum already attained  ES5 Boosting the mining sector 2019  Medium: Will require strong political intervention to restore policy certainty  ES6 Boosting the agricultural sector 2025  Low: Impasse will not be resolved easily owing to the level of political and stakeholder contestation and weaknesses in government support capability  ES7 Path to industrialisation 2019  Medium: Spirit of cooperation strong but greater realism from all parties required, e.g. will depend on a major importation of skills, technology transfer and significant increases in research and development  ES8 Path to a knowledge economy 2025+  Low: Even if research and development grow and educational improvements succeed, it will take time for a strong national system of innovation to emerge  ES9 Greening the economy 2019  Medium: Support frameworks and mechanisms being put in place require greater realism, a strategy to ‘buy’ technology, improving government coordination, and strengthening local government  ES10 Increasing continental trade 2019  Medium: Infrastructure rollout will facilitate trade but non-tariff barriers will impede rapid progress  ES11 Increasing developmental emerging market trade 2019  Medium: Emerging trade and cooperation agreements have a developmental focus but government and industry players will need to maximise benefits 
  • 56. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 54 4.1.3 Improving civic leadership Despite the apparent increase in national civil society organisations in recent years, civic leadership at community level remains disparate and weak. What are needed are civic leaders and organisations that can drive generative ways of improving community governance and build individual and community agency. The government has developed a number of programmes aimed at stimulating community agency, such as Working for Water and the Community Works Programme, and several non-governmental agencies are working with communities in sectors such as housing, agriculture and gender. Still, more intermediation at a broader community level is required to support community-based planning processes. Better intermediation is key to boosting community agency. In addition, the way in which the relationship between the state and the community is conceptualised and the way in which government participatory processes are designed need to be reviewed. Ineffective participatory processes around IDPs could be replaced by more effective community-based planning processes, and poorly functioning ward committees could be replaced by greater use of other individual and collective mechanisms for citizens to engage with the state, in order to minimise elite capture. In addition, mechanisms must be improved for individuals and communities to provide structured feedback on performance against key indicators, as well as on general perceptions. These mechanisms could be developed by the state or non-governmental organisations. The results of the Public Service Commission audit as well as the citizen This analysis suggests that the most effective path-breaking lever in the short term will be strengthening existing partnerships. As for the other path-breaking interventions, concretising economic leadership within the state and boosting the mining sector both only have a medium likelihood of success, with the latter also having only a medium-term impact. Boosting the agricultural sector, however, has only a low likelihood of success, given the high level of stakeholder and political contestation, as well as weaknesses in government support programmes. Even if the latter were more effective, it would take some time to overcome the legacy of de-agrarianisation. In terms of path-making interventions, the most effective lever in the short term will be leveraging state-owned enterprises to accelerate the rollout of economic infrastructure, though this intervention has only a medium likelihood of success. However, integrated infrastructure planning across all three spheres would have an impact in the medium term but only a low to medium likelihood of success, given the significant capacity challenges that need to be overcome. In addition, the impact of successful reindustrialisation, including moves towards a greener economy and increased trade with African and emerging markets, is only likely to be felt in the medium term. These initiatives also have only a medium chance of success even if technology transfer and ‘buy’ strategies, as opposed to ‘make’ strategies, were used. Given the weaknesses in the national system of innovation and the quality of educational outputs, the path to a knowledge economy is seen to have a low likelihood of success in the near future and, if successful, the time to impact will be very long. Table 6: Improving civic leadership Proposed intervention Time to impact Path-breaking impact Path-making impact Likelihood of success Success likelihood rating Improving civic leadership CL1 Increasing community-based planning intermediation 2014  High: Work of existing intermediaries would need to be expanded  CL2 Community-state relationships 2019  Medium: Success of interventions would be mediated by different political and community dynamics in different areas 
  • 57. Development Bank of Southern Africa 55 4.2.2 Targeted interventions to improve delivery Given the multiple capacity challenges facing the state, the temptation to continue with an extensive and intensive reform agenda is likely to be significant. However, since a largely undercapacitated state will struggle to reform itself, a shift to more focused interventions is required. Internationally, a number of governments have established dedicated capacity to drive performance improvement interventions within the state, such as the Delivery Unit established by former Prime Minister Tony Blair in the United Kingdom. All too often, however, in the South African context, new institutions that were supposed to drive change have ended up being inappropriately staffed, and have added to institutional failure rather than relieving it. A more appropriate approach, therefore, would be to use existing islands of capability to support targeted interventions in priority departments and spheres. The prioritisation of areas of intervention should be based on the size and impact of positive outcomes in terms of advancing the country’s developmental agenda. Moreover, for support programmes to work, the organisation receiving the support must have a minimum level of capacity to play its role in the programme, for example by taking timely decisions, integrating the support initiative with the work of the department, and ensuring that important stakeholders are on board. All too often, government initiatives involve multiple support programmes from different partners, which are uncoordinated and run parallel to the day-to-day activities of the organisation — activities that tend to reinforce bad practice and undermine the impact of the support initiatives underway. Once the priority areas of intervention have been chosen, the effort must be led by strong and capable political and administrative leaders, committed to making a difference. Improving the state delivery system will require streamlining roles and responsibilities, building skills pipelines, enhancing administrative leadership and the greater use of public-public partnerships to boost institutional capacity. Organisations such as the DBSA are already working closely with a number of national and provincial evaluation process could then be published on at least a quarterly basis to incentivise better performance. The likelihood of success, the developmental impact and the time to impact of these interventions are set out in Table 6 on page 54. This analysis suggests that the most effective path-breaking intervention in the short term would be to increase the footprint of existing community-based planning intermediaries. Restructuring community-state relationships is only likely to have an impact in the medium term, and its success will be offset by the functioning of political parties, socioeconomic conditions and different political and community dynamics in different areas. 4.2 Building a delivery state 4.2.1 Improving administrative leadership in priority areas In the short term, the focus must be on ensuring that the top teams of priority departments and cities are staffed by efficient and effective administrative leaders. Where staff are already in place, coaching and customised development programmes should be provided as needed, linked to rigorous, independent performance audits that serve as an input into the incumbent’s performance review. Where staff are not in place, appointments should be determined not by individual political leaders but rather by a Cabinet or mayoral committee process of vetting top management appointments. Consideration should also be given to extending the contract period for these posts, subject to performance, to help stabilise the administration. Once stable and effective senior management teams are in place, they will be in a better position to drive institutional and delivery improvements in their areas of responsibility. Other mission-critical managerial and technical posts in priority departments also need to be filled (using deployees and/or imported skills as necessary). In future, all top and senior management appointments should be based on relevant and rigorous external tests of key competencies and demonstrable management expertise, while independent interview panels should be integrated into the recruitment and selection processes.
  • 58. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 56  Conducting capacity and competency assessments; and  Recruiting, managing and deploying technical and professional skills to accelerate delivery. In addition, government entities such as the South African Revenue Service (SARS) and the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) have also been called upon to provide turnkey solutions for other organs of state. Thus far, this support has been provided on request, but if South Africa is to change its current development trajectory, intensive support departments and municipalities in designing and implementing support programmes across the delivery value chain. This package of support includes:  Providing policy and strategy development advice;  Providing programme management support;  Embedding standard systems and processes;  Improving knowledge and information management;  Providing infrastructure planning and infrastructure audits;  Developing innovative funding models; Energy Address cost, skills and technical factors that impede energy diversification, linked to a clear import policy. Promote increased household access through the use of non-grid energy resources (e.g. liquified petroleum gas and solar water heaters) backed by local economic development programmes to promote affordability. Reduce the electricity intensity of the economy through improving consumption and production efficiencies, driven by the requisite incentives and penalties to encourage behavioural change. Develop a coherent plan to address electricity distribution infrastructure backlogs. Optimise refining capacity, particularly in relation to diesel, to provide a hedge against high oil prices. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Water Finalise the Integrated National Water Investment Framework to drive infrastructure planning and investment across the sector. Enhance institutional integration, capacity and regulation. Enhance the role of development finance institutions in developing innovative funding solutions to fast-track infrastructure delivery and crowd in the private sector. Develop a pricing and tariff structure that recognises the true value of water in each of the water user groups. Undertake high-impact skills development initiatives to address the critical skills shortages within the sector. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Health Strengthen the District Health System, including the capacity of provinces to support districts. Ensure effective hospital management. Accelerate the implementation of HIV, AIDS and tuberculosis strategic plans. Accelerate health infrastructure delivery. Progressively work towards an efficient and equitable healthcare financing system, taking forward the goals and objectives of National Health Insurance. Ensure the development of adequate and well-managed human resource capacity. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Basic Education Need to conduct a deeper analysis of what needs to be done at national, provincial and district levels to achieve goals of the Action Plan. success will depend on the following key levers: Adequate resources Effective school leadership Supporting changes in classroom practice that deepen learning Improved district capacity Improved administration at provincial level Appropriate allocation of responsibility and accountability across the system Roll out high-impact interventions to provide momentum to longer-term change programme. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ The Further and Higher Education Develop a clear industrial policy. Improve coordinated planning between the Departments of Basic Education and Higher Education and Training. Improve the capability of FET sector institutions to accommodate school leavers and unemployed youth. Build a new generation of high-quality lecturers. Expand academic development programmes to address the needs of the current cohort of students. Improve student selection of study paths and the institutional selection of students. Mobilise the public and private sector to increase work experience and training. Encourage greater participation of the private sector in skills development and training. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Developing a new spatial trajectory for South Africa Shift from a primary focus on spatial targeting to also promoting spatial integration. Develop the institutional capacity to manage/facilitate economic development, spatial investments and service delivery in a coordinated manner. Improve land administration and management systems. Develop innovative funding models for housing and rural infrastructure, supported by changes in grant and subsidy regimes to increase access, streamline delivery and promote private sector participation. Improve the sustainability and economic impact of cities through providing targeted capacity support, creating fiscal space, promoting sustainable service delivery choices and increasing densification through better public transport and flexible tenure options. Catalyse rural development through building effective rural institutions; improving access to social services and social protection, as well as land use and access; and linking agrarian reform to economic development, supported by connective infrastructure and tied to processes that build economic and social agency. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Summary of key interventions
  • 59. Development Bank of Southern Africa 57 professional bodies and strong sister departments in other countries, and jointly design a pipeline development programme. Central to this would be increasing the level of government investment in the early identification of talent, the development of career paths, augmented school teaching support, university bursaries (complemented by international teaching and work experience exchanges to improve skills and professional socialisation), and guaranteed internships for successful candidates. Both these interventions would need to be underpinned by a reconceptualisation of the type of skills needed for effective public management. ‘International literature suggests that holistic development programmes require a high capacity for creativity and innovation … The reason for this is that the technical, institutional, political and economic complexities of these programmes require managers who can work adaptively and not procedurally according to a rule book’.82 However, traditional approaches to the teaching and practice of public administration, within a context of Weberian bureaucracies, have tended to emphasise rule-based processes of management. Many schools of public administration and management in South Africa continue to teach this way, while the higher education system encourages specialisation rather than multidisciplinary pollination. 4.2.4 Decreasing institutional fragmentation Decreasing institutional fragmentation would involve differentiating functional and financial allocations between national and provincial departments and municipalities, based on their institutional capacity. This must be complemented by the streamlining of powers and functions. Indications of this are becoming apparent in health, education and the devolution of housing and transport functions to cities, as well as the development of a special purpose vehicle (SPV) for local government. Asymmetrical approaches would also be appropriate in the water sector, human settlements planning and roads management. The likelihood of success, the development impact and the time to impact of these interventions are set out in Table 7. programmes will be needed in priority areas. Such programmes and areas could include: 1. Providing policy, organisational development and programme management support to vital economic and social sectors, such as water, health, education, energy, transport and logistics, housing and human settlements, and information and communications technology (ICT). The specific interventions required in these areas are discussed in more detail in Chapters 2 to 8. The DBSA is already involved in support interventions in the first four areas, based on requests from national departments. In some instances, however, a wider package of support will be required. 2. Facilitating spatial and settlement planning, linked to integrated infrastructure planning and investments. This would include specific measures to strengthen urban governance and rural development (see Chapter 8 for details of the proposed interventions). The multiplicity of departments and spheres involved in this area, many of which have significant capacity challenges, suggests that support programmes should be constructed at two levels. The first area of focus should be the establishment of a central coordinating capability. The second should be supporting the development of effective delivery value chains in priority geographic areas to drive economic growth and integrated development. 4.2.3 Building skills pipelines To enhance the relevance and effectiveness of public management development programmes, the focus should be on developing partnerships with important national and international institutions to enhance the practical content of leadership development programmes. This should be accompanied by the rollout of executive coaching programmes for senior managers, linked to performance-based pay. Once designed, these practical leadership and management development programmes, based on action learning, should first be piloted and then rolled out in priority state sectors. As for technical pipeline development, priority departments should strengthen partnerships with
  • 60. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 58 Table 7: Building a delivery state Proposed intervention Time to impact Path-breaking impact Path-making impact Likelihood of success Success likelihood rating Building a delivery state DS1 Strengthening administrative leadership in priority areas 2014  Medium: Will be difficult to shift weak incumbents but there is potential to influence new appointments  Targeted delivery improvement interventions DS2  Water 2014  Medium: Bold and consistent leadership required from national department to drive effective support programmes to address significant institutional gaps  DS3  Health 2014  High: Key interventions systematically driving better (though still slow) performance  DS4  Education 2025+  Medium: Challenges of section 100 intervention in Eastern Cape highlights complexities of enforcing minimum standards  DS5  Energy 2014  Medium: Bold and consistent leadership required from national department to increase speed of progress  DS6  Transport/logistics 2014  Medium: Progress will depend on stronger regulatory framework to drive alignment  DS7  Housing/human settlements 2019  Medium: Progress likely in rental stock and mixed-use settlements but institutional and integrated planning challenges and massive demand will limit progress  DS8  ICT 2014  Low: Bold leadership required to address ongoing challenges in regulatory environment  DS9  Coordinative mechanism to drive spatial settlement planning 2019  Medium: Progress on spatial vision but accountability and enforcement likely to be a challenge   Integrated development planning across three spheres in priority areas 2025  Low: Land management issues and significant institutional weaknesses will take time to overcome  Building skills pipelines DS10  Practical programmes 2014  High: Strong potential to build on good practice established in private sector and some state-owned enterprises and departments  DS11  Pipeline development 2019  Medium: Success will vary across sectors, based on strength of national department and professional associations  DS12  Reconceptualisation of public management programmes 2025  Low: Academic resistance and weaknesses in higher education system likely to delay progress  Decreasing institutional fragmentation DS13  Financial mechanisms 2014  High: Strong potential to expand schedule 7 grants and other key instruments to more sectors  DS14  Sectoral asymmetry 2014  Medium: Will differ across sectors depending on strength of sector leadership and levels of resistance from affected parties 
  • 61. Development Bank of Southern Africa 59 basic education, youth unemployment, and improving the enabling environment for entrepreneurship. It is time to pool our disparate efforts into more coordinated approaches that have a higher chance of achieving system change. 4.3.1 National Partnership for School Improvement Over and above government initiatives, enormous investments have been made in school improvements by non-governmental organisations in South Africa. For example, ten years ago, around a fifth of the country's schools benefited from development projects initiated by donor and non-governmental organisations, valued at around R500 million per year. In addition, different private companies, along with organisations such as the National Business Initiative and Bridge, continue to run a variety of school improvement programmes. As noted, however, these initiatives have not had the kind of impact hoped for, largely because of their disparate nature. Hence, the investments made by the donor community, non-governmental organisations and the private sector need to be optimised through a more coherent and integrated approach. To this end, the DBSA is working with a range of non-governmental organisations, private and union individual and representative organisations, as well as the Department of Basic Education, to develop a National Partnership to Accelerate District and School Improvement. This Partnership is in the spirit of the 2011 NEDLAC Accord on Basic Education and Partnerships with Schools, and in line with Minister of Basic Education’s stated wish to create a broad-based partnership to advance quality learning in schools. It builds on proven models of support to direct coordinated action towards clear results, with compacts that are based on clear frameworks of accountability. The goal of the Partnership is to effect system change that results in better learner performance in all schools at all levels within chosen districts. It is envisaged that the programme will be financed by co-investments from both social partners and the government to drive ownership, and that the entrance of school districts to This analysis suggests that the path-breaking interventions that are likely to be the most successful and have a short-term impact are using financial instruments to decrease institutional complexity, rolling out practical management development programmes, and using targeted interventions in the health sector. Other short-term path-breaking interventions such as strengthening administrative leadership, using targeted interventions in the water sector, as well as linking institutional capabilities to responsibilities are likely to have only a medium level of success. Progress with housing delivery is likely to be slow, with significant progress only being made in the medium term. With regard to path-making interventions, targeted interventions in the education, energy and transport sectors, coordinated spatial planning, and pipeline development are only likely to have an impact in the medium term and are seen as having only a medium likelihood of success. Targeted interventions in the ICT sector are unlikely to succeed in the absence of bold leadership. In addition, the reconceptualisation of public management programmes will take a long time to have an impact and is likely to have a low level of success if weaknesses in the higher education system cannot be overcome. 4.3 Building effective social coalitions As for building national coalitions in other sectors, while broad accords or campaigns are symbolically useful, they seldom have a significant impact. Rather, the focus should be on targeted interventions in priority areas that 1) bring together people and groups with a proven capacity to make a difference; and 2) build on past lessons and good practice linked to practical and measurable performance outputs. To ensure a focus on practical implementation, the scope of these accords would have to go beyond the national sphere to reach provinces and municipalities. In addition, such agreements could involve a variety of groupings, not necessarily only traditional social partners. The brokering of these agreements would be driven by organisations that are independent enough to be trusted by all parties but influential enough to draw in all the relevant players. Critical areas for such interventions could include
  • 62. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 60 learning for dropouts, public employment programmes geared to young people, the rollout of soft skills training for young people, more funding for both higher and further education, and the rollout of vocational counselling for all students in Grade 9 (when subject choices are made) and in Grade 12 (when students are poised to enter either the labour market or further and higher education institutions).  In the medium term: Interventions should focus on strengthening active labour market programmes, particularly with respect to vocational counselling, placement and structured exposure to the labour market; and reviewing and restructuring secondary schooling and vocational education.  In the long term: The imperative is to transform the education system so that it becomes functional in terms of providing young people with the skills required by the economy, and to restructure the economy to absorb more labour. Furthermore, the role of the private sector and civil society organisations in driving employment creation needs to be more clearly defined and formalised in social compacts. Successful implementation of this strategy will require coordinated action from a range of government, private and civil society players. Given the size and urgency of the problem, a national partnership on youth employment — based on similar principles as the Partnership for School Improvement — is long overdue. Supporting youth development The DBSA is currently involved in two important youth development initiatives. The Young Professionals Programme provides both professional and personal development training for technical (e.g. engineering), town planning and municipal finance graduates. In 2011/12, over 170 young professional skills development and employment opportunities will be created. The Artisan Programme recruits and trains low and unskilled youth members as apprentices. This programme plans to employ 300 artisans in 2011/12. the programme will be competitive, in order to drive a commitment to excellence. 4.3.2 Addressing youth unemployment The DBSA has just finalised a Youth Employment Strategy83 that identifies gaps and misalignments in current programmes aimed at addressing youth unemployment. These gaps include:  The provision of interventions to keep young people in school;  The implementation of second-chance learning programmes;  The development of soft skills linked to vocational and skills programmes;  The development of transitioning skills, and the provision of job intermediation and counselling centres;  The mentoring of new and emerging businesses by existing businesses;  The need for employment creation programmes, such as the Expanded Public Works Programme (EPWP), that are tailored to the specific needs of young people;  The promotion of ‘socially useful jobs’ (even stipend-based) beyond the constraints of the budget envelope, as a way for the youth to attain workplace experience;  The need for a clear occupational framework that signals the value of different qualifications; and  The need for tailored support programmes and options for rural youth. The Strategy concludes that ‘the spectrum, scale, reach and targeting of existing programmes are inadequate and under-resourced when evaluated against the complexity and scale of South Africa’s challenge of youth unemployment’.84 Hence, it proposes a number of short, medium and long-term interventions to promote youth employment, which are summarised as follows:  In the short term: Interventions should focus on a set of activities to enhance access to the labour market fairly quickly. These include second-chance
  • 63. Development Bank of Southern Africa 61 (i.e. those who are simply seeking an income rather than actually wanting to be self-employed). This will significantly increase the success rate of entrepreneurship programmes. Hence, making enterprise development work at scale requires South Africa to move away from disparate and ad hoc interventions to formulate a more systematic approach, using the strengths and talents of all social partners. In addition, black business organisations need to play a far more effective role in working with each other and with other social actors to support the development of more value-creating, strong and sizeable black-owned and black-managed companies. The likelihood of success, the developmental impact and the time to impact of these interventions are set out in Table 8. The intervention that is most likely to succeed and have a short-term, path-making impact is the National Partnership for School Improvement. While a national coalition to support entrepreneurship has the potential to realise some benefits quickly, significant progress is only likely in the medium term, and it is seen as only having a medium chance of success in the absence of strong business leadership and better intermediation. Lastly, given the scale of the problem and the lack of agreement among important social partners, a national coalition to address youth unemployment is only likely to have a mixed impact (e.g. differing by sector) and, thus, medium chance of success. It is also likely to take a medium time to have an impact. Black business organisations need to play a far more effective role in working together to develop value-creating, strong and sizeable black companies. 4.3.4 Valuing excellence If the interventions cited above are to succeed and be sustainable, they must be accompanied by measures to bring about a fundamental paradigm shift in the way many South Africans approach excellence and competition. Successful developmental states tend to put 4.3.3 Building a strong entrepreneurial class With regard to changing the ownership of the economy, the above analysis suggests that interventions for economic transformation need to shift from a primary focus on employment equity and wealth redistribution to a larger focus on entrepreneurship and value creation. To bring this about, current obstacles to the emergence of a strong black entrepreneurial class need to be systematically removed, including high barriers to entry and a lack of access to finance and markets. While these obstacles have been recognised for some time, the initiatives and institutions that aim to address them struggle to do so. This is either because of a lack of capacity within the state and funding institutions to play an effective intermediation role, or because of limited transformation of the financial sector, resulting in a lack of financing for small, medium and microenterprises (SMMEs). Commercial banks have also become significantly more risk averse during the global financial crisis, negatively affecting SMME access to finance. The slow recovery and the prospects of a renewed recession in Europe suggest that this trend is likely to continue in the medium term. In addition, SMMEs have complained that, in some cases, the conditions put forward by development funding agencies are no better than those of commercial banks. This is partly because development finance institutions raise money for their lending activities in the same markets as commercial banks, which limits their ability to play a countercyclical role. Slow changes in the monopoly structure of the economy, despite the valiant efforts of the Competition Commission, are also likely to impede SMME development for some time to come. While some established businesses have structured SMMEs into their value chains through supplier partnerships, mainstreaming this approach will require significant intermediation support and stronger incentive frameworks. In addition to removing barriers to entrepreneurship, more rigour is needed in entrepreneurship support programmes to ensure that they are appropriately designed. For example, business support is often woefully inadequate. The focus should be on real entrepreneurs as opposed to ‘necessity’ entrepreneurs
  • 64. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 62 Initiatives such as Lead South Africa could be built upon to promote and recognise excellence in a variety of sectors. A national partnership would have to be developed to encourage consistent messaging from the media, business leaders, civil society organisations, the government and politicians. However, this initiative would have to go hand-in-hand with changing people’s day-to-day experience. Thus, the success of initiatives to build community and individual agency, cited above as a means of giving people greater access to opportunity and platforms of professional socialisation, will be key. We need to rediscover the meaning of merit and the value of striving for excellence. The likelihood of success, the developmental impact and the time to impact of these interventions are set out in Table 9. This analysis suggests that the path-breaking intervention that is likely to have the most success in the short term is messaging from non-governmental organisations. While private sector workplaces help to develop a strong professional ethic, ongoing inequalities are likely to perpetuate value ambiguity, which makes the likelihood of success uneven and thus medium. The dysfunctional cultures in many public sector organisations will probably be resistant to change, making the likelihood of success low. They may even serve as a platform for the a strong emphasis on individual or group achievement and competitive excellence, first through the acquisition of skills and experience, and then through rigorous processes of evaluating and rewarding performance. In the South African context, an apartheid past, a legacy of institutionalised racism that continues to put race before merit, and the discourse of redress that has sometimes nurtured a culture of entitlement have contributed to a devaluing and labelling of skills requirements and competition as mechanisms of exclusion. Individual or group agency is subsumed to collective entitlement and people’s locus of control becomes external rather than internal, as millions of people wait to be given a better life. Not only does this stymie individual productivity but it also makes individuals and communities more vulnerable to patronage in the context of high levels of poverty and unemployment. South Africa must begin to build a society that values and seeks to nurture individual and group achievement, thereby building the capacity to compete as individuals, as groups and as a nation. In the long term, this will involve creating social institutions — such as the family, the education system and the workplace — that encourage and reward talent and excellence. Progress in the short term, however, will depend on using existing and quicker socialisation processes to drive change, such as media messages. With regard to messaging, the first step will be to review and change who the country celebrates. Table 8: Building effective social coalitions Proposed intervention Time to impact Path-breaking impact Path-making impact Likelihood of success Success likelihood rating Building effective social coalitions SC1 School improvement 2014  High: Strong partners and momentum behind a coordinated, systematic initiative  SC2 Youth unemployment 2019  Medium: Education interventions will take time to have an impact, while short-term high-impact interventions (e.g. youth employment incentives) are still impeded by a lack of consensus among social partners  SC3 Entrepreneurship 2019  Medium: Requires better intermediation and strong business leadership 
  • 65. Development Bank of Southern Africa 63  Implementing targeted delivery improvement interventions in the health sector;  Building a National Partnership on School Improvement;  Implementing financial mechanisms to decrease institutional complexity;  Increasing community-based planning intermediation; and  Driving a new set of values using messaging by non-governmental bodies.  Short-term interventions with a medium probability of success  Enhancing the structure of the relationship between party and state;  Strengthening administrative leadership in priority areas of the state;  Implementing targeted delivery improvement interventions in the water, energy and transport sectors;  Matching roles to responsibilities in key state sectors;  Leveraging state-owned enterprises to accelerate the rollout of economic infrastructure; and entrenchment of dysfunctional value sets. While the transformation of formative institutions, such as the family and the basic education system, will have the largest path-making impact, the transformation process will take generations to have an impact at scale. In addition, especially with regard to the family, it will need to be accompanied by significant socioeconomic change. Hence, the likelihood of their success is seen as medium and low respectively. 4.5 Summary of key interventions Based on the above analysis, the interventions proposed above can be categorised as follows:  Short-term interventions with a high probability of success  Strengthening existing partnerships in economic sectors;  Using public accountability mechanisms to improve political governance;  Implementing practical management development programmes; Table 9: Valuing excellence Proposed intervention Time to impact Path-breaking impact Path-making impact Likelihood of success Success likelihood rating Valuing excellence Messaging linked to building agency VE1 Non-governmental responses 2014  High: Strong potential to harness increase in civil society organisations  VE2 Government responses 2019  Medium: Ambiguity regarding skills will take time to overcome  Transforming social institutions VE3 The family 2025+  Low: Will require significant socioeconomic shifts  VE4 The basic education system 2025+  Medium: National partnership will make an impact in chosen districts, but large-scale systemic changes to transform schools into effective platforms of socialisation will take generations to effect  VE5 The workplace (private) 2019  Medium: Strong professional ethics but institutionalised racism and inequalities need to be overcome  VE6 The workplace (public) 2025  Low: Dysfunctional culture likely to be resistant to fast change, even within the context of the state interventions proposed above 
  • 66. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 64 5. Scenarios for the future 5.1 Islands of excellence The implications of the above analysis for South Africa’s development path are as follows: In the short term (2011—2014) Strengthening existing partnerships in the economic sectors will help to limit job losses and lay the basis for better sectoral planning to drive growth in future. Stronger public accountability mechanisms will build the foundation for improvements in political governance over time, complemented by better community-based planning intermediation processes to deepen public accountability at local level and remodel state-community relationships. These initiatives will be augmented by civil society campaigns aimed at inculcating a new set of values. Targeted improvements in the health sector will promote infrastructure delivery and access to health care, supported by the rollout of National Health Insurance in pilot districts as well as measures to improve the management of health facilities. Hence, the trend of slow but ongoing improvements in health outcomes is likely to be maintained. At the same time, the National Partnership for School Improvement will boost the effectiveness of the schooling system in key districts, which will gradually improve educational outcomes and drive greater levels of agency among important stakeholders, as well as a stronger commitment to excellence. Improvements in the health and education sectors will be supported by the rollout of practical management development programmes, as well as the use of financial instruments to improve control and accountability in the delivery chain. In addition, if key constraints are overcome, this period could also see wider improvements in state effectiveness. Enhancing the structure of the relationship between party and state will facilitate greater administrative stability, thus laying the basis  Ensuring leadership of economic strategy by the state.  Medium-term interventions with a medium probability of success  Boosting the mining sector;  Setting a path to industrialisation;  Greening the economy;  Increasing continental trade;  Increasing developmental emerging market trade;  Restructuring community-state relationships;  Implementing targeted delivery improvement interventions in national and provincial education departments;  Setting up a coordinative mechanism to drive spatial and settlement planning;  Enhancing pipeline development in key sectors;  Setting up a national partnership to promote entrepreneurship;  Setting up a national coalition on youth employment; and  Driving a new set of values using messaging by the government, and enhancing the socialisation impact of private sector workplaces.  Long-term interventions with a medium probability of success  Driving a new set of values through transformation of the basic education system; and  Setting the path to a knowledge economy.  Interventions with a low probability of success  Improving the functioning of political parties;  Boosting the agricultural sector;  Ensuring integrated infrastructure planning across all three spheres;  Ensuring integrated development planning across all three spheres;  Implementing targeted delivery improvement interventions in the ICT sector;  Reconceptualising public management education programmes; and  Driving a new set of values through transformation of the family and public sector workplaces.
  • 67. Development Bank of Southern Africa 65 positive effects on job creation in terms of the EPWP and youth employment, as well as boosting the construction sector. SME development will benefit from using large contractors to subcontract and transfer skills to smaller players in the construction as well as the operations and maintenance phases, thus ensuring quality while increasing developmental impact. Also, the localisation of infrastructure inputs will be supported by a stronger procurement system. Lastly, increases in state effectiveness should also enable a more coherent approach to the leadership of economic strategy within the state, laying the basis for greater coherence in economic policy and certainty in critical areas such as mining. This should also result in better and more realistic economic planning, building on existing economic partnerships to develop a clearer understanding of South Africa’s real current and potential areas of economic competitiveness — within the context of sustainability imperatives — and how they will be realised over time. A clearer economic path will also support better skills planning, driving improvements in the structure of the further and higher education system and its links to basic education. In addition, in terms of increased continental trade, while the implementation of economic infrastructure and Free Trade Area agreements will create an enabling environment, progress will be slow because of challenges within countries and within the Regional Economic Communities. Trade with Europe will be dampened, while trade with emerging markets is likely to remain asymmetrical, driven by mineral and metal exports. In the medium term (2015—2019) While the South African economy will still be facing the residual effects of the economic recession, the above interventions will lay the basis for increased investments and growth in the mining, important manufacturing and green economy sectors, while strengthening the tertiary sector. This will be supported by technology transfer based on foreign direct investment, significant increases in spending on research and for stronger administrative leadership in priority areas. At the same time, greater alignment in state roles and responsibilities around areas of institutional capacity will help to streamline delivery chains and accountability, provided the necessary legislative changes are implemented soon. In turn, these interventions will support delivery improvements in the water, energy, transport and housing sectors, as well as improving the coordination and management of state-owned enterprises. In the water sector, this is likely to result in higher investment in raw, regional and municipal bulk infrastructure as well as operations and maintenance, based on an integrated National Water Investment Framework. This will help increase the security of supply for vital economic sectors and new developments. Household access to water and sanitation will also increase, though increased access in remote rural areas may still be hampered by the slow uptake of non-grid options, such as rainwater harvesting. In the energy sector, increased capacity will have a positive impact on the reserve margin and security of supply, which will be strengthened by decreased demand during the economic recession. This period should also see an increase in independent power producers and, in terms of renewables, an increased rollout of solar water heaters, supported by an optimised REFIT programme. At the same time, improvements in the transport and logistics system would help decrease transport costs and increase economic competitiveness, while also improving access to public transport. However, the impact of the latter on improving city efficiencies and densification would be offset by ongoing challenges in human settlement planning. In housing, there would be some increases in mixed-use developments and rental stock, supported by a revised subsidy policy and a review of development finance in the sector. However, a new housing regime predicated on a self-build, incrementalist approach, combined with trade-offs around land values that tend to be at the expense of the poor, will see the continuing prevalence of informal settlements on the periphery. The rollout of infrastructure in these sectors will also have
  • 68. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 66 The development of technical skills pipelines in important sectors is also likely to start bearing fruit, and ambiguity towards skills will slowly be overtaken by a stronger focus on the professionalisation of the bureaucracy, increasing the impact of government messaging. The positive socialisation impact of private workplaces will also have improved because of an increase in employment and economic transformation — not just in terms of employment equity, which will probably have improved only slowly, but also in terms of the growth in SMEs and strong black business enterprises. Lastly, better public accountability and community-based planning will also have laid the basis for improving the structure of community-state relationships. Progress will, however, be uneven and dependent on internal political and community dynamics in different areas. In the long term (2020—2025) Improvements in the basic education system, supporting improvements in further and higher education, will begin to drive significant increases in participation rates, labour productivity, entrepreneurship, social mobility and living standards, They will also accelerate industrialisation and localisation, bringing South Africa closer to achieving export-led growth. Educational improvements, accompanied by ongoing increases in spending on research and development, as well as the growth in triple helix partnerships, will lay the basis for South Africa to transition to a knowledge economy. However, this is only likely to occur after 2025. 5.2 A reversal of gains Interventions with a low probability of success are likely to counteract the above scenario. Slow change in the functioning of political parties, difficulties in dislodging dysfunctional cultures and contradictory rationalities in the public sector, and difficulties in building appropriate skills due to the failure of higher education institutions to reconceptualise public management programmes are likely to affect improvements in state effectiveness and hamper the development, as well as large increases in the importation of critical skills. While growth in these sectors will boost employment, some sectors will move faster than others in providing opportunities for youth employment, depending on the level of agreement between social partners. Sectoral growth, combined with the ongoing rollout of the infrastructure programme, will also provide increased opportunities for SME development, linked to supplier value chains. Improvements in entrepreneurship will be driven by a restructured microfinance and development finance regime to enhance access to finance and business development support, combined with stronger leadership from organised black business, resulting in an increase in black-owned and managed value-creating enterprises. However, the absorption of low-skilled and unskilled workers may still be insufficient and the economy is still unlikely to be creating 500 000 jobs per year. Continental trade will have increased but progress will be slow, while trade with emerging markets is likely to increase significantly. However, the structure of trade relationships with the United States, Europe and Asia will remain suboptimal, and South Africa is still likely to have a trade deficit. With regard to the state, improvements in state effectiveness in the previous period will have seen the development of a national spatial vision linked to an integrated planning and budgeting mechanism and a revised national land management system. However, enforcement of integrated spatial and settlement planning is likely to remain difficult, resulting in uneven progress. The greatest improvements are likely to be in areas with strong government institutions across all three spheres — e.g. greater city regions in Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal and the Western Cape — as well as greenfield growth points such as Lephalale and Cornubia. The targeted delivery improvements in the national and provincial basic education departments are also likely to start showing results, supported by improvements in the delivery chain as well as the national partnership. However, bold leadership will still be required to enforce minimum standards.
  • 69. Development Bank of Southern Africa 67 momentum slowly to benefit the broader system. Gains in the effectiveness of the state will facilitate further decreases in corruption, crime, the burden of disease, as well as non-income inequality and poverty. Meanwhile, an improved education system will spur higher labour absorption, eventually decreasing the mismatch between educational outputs and the demands of an economy increasingly dominated by the secondary and tertiary sectors, as well as by green industries. These factors will lead to greater social mobility, a gradual rise in household savings and living standards for the majority, as well as a decrease in income inequality. Educational improvements will also help to deepen democracy and support better state-civil society relationships, which in turn will influence the functioning of political parties and thus spur further improvements in state effectiveness. Moreover, the momentum gained in collectively addressing constraints in important economic sectors will enable South Africa to fulfil its potential as a gateway to Africa, working with other African countries to remove non-tariff barriers and vastly expand the size of the African market. This, combined with increased trade with and investment by BRIC countries (Brazil, Russia, India and China) and other emerging markets, will lay the basis for South Africa eventually to attain GDP growth rates of 7%—10%, driving labour absorption, living standards and growth-enhancing domestic investments. 5.4 Summary It is clear from the above analysis that, above all, two key areas will have the most significant impact on South Africa’s development path, one being a game-changer and the other a gatekeeper to progress. The game-changer: Improving the quality of education will have significant ripple effects in terms of supporting economic growth, boosting employment and decreasing poverty, enhancing social mobility and contributing to the development of a new set of social values, as well as deepening democracy, which in turn will have a positive effect on political governance. The gatekeeper: A deterioration in the quality of political governance will significantly hamper South recrafting of state-society relationships. At best, this will decrease the speed of improvements in these areas. In addition, ongoing challenges in integrated infrastructure planning and spatial development will continue to slow the development of spatial efficiencies — within cities and between remote rural areas and growth points. Many people, therefore, will remain distant from economic opportunities for a long time to come, resulting in ongoing high transport costs for the poor, with high service connection costs that are financially unsustainable (assuming rural areas will increasingly move to off-grid options). Ongoing challenges in the agricultural sector will also have a negative impact on rural development and food security, further undermining the livelihoods of the rural and urban poor. Weaknesses in state capacity and spatial development will also undermine sustainable development initiatives, increasing the country’s vulnerability to the damaging effects of climate change. The low probability of success of interventions to address challenges in the ICT sector will also lessen economic growth and technological innovation. Furthermore, challenges in the structure of the family, linked to slow changes in socioeconomic conditions, will not only hamper the development of a new set of social values but will also limit people’s ability to take advantage of opportunities afforded by gradual improvements in the education system, locking in intergenerational poverty. At worst, these factors — particularly relating to the functioning of political parties and the public sector — could result in a reversal of gains. Eventually, this could lead to worsening socioeconomic conditions for the majority, while a social compact based on a co-optive economic model drives up between-group and within-group inequality. Growing levels of inequality, combined with a failure to address the constraints to South Africa’s growth potential, will further hamper growth and development, resulting in a vicious downward spiral. 5.3 Diffusion Alternatively, the path suggested in section 5.2.2 above will build upon and expand existing islands of excellence within South Africa, creating enough
  • 70. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 68 Africa’s ability to meet its development objectives, impeding better state management and service delivery, economic stewardship and the ability to build effective state-society relationships. Thus, South Africa must:  Act now to improve the quality of education, enhance political governance, stabilise government administrations and consolidate economic stewardship;  Act together by increasing the use of public-public, public-private and public-community partnerships to maximise its collective strengths and drive integrated solutions to its common challenges; and  Act differently by taking conscious action to put long-term national interests before short-term individual gains, to let go of dysfunctional value systems and outdated paradigms, thus opening the way for the country to chart a new course. 6. Conclusion While South Africa has the potential to realise an inclusive and sustainable development path, there are many challenges to be overcome. Some of these challenges arise from the global context or intrinsic geo-spatial factors and are thus difficult to influence, but many others can be influenced with the right leadership and institutional mix. There are a number of initiatives underway, driven by the state and civil society organisations. However, there is a danger that they will fail to have the desired impact because of ongoing institutional weaknesses in the state, challenges in state-society relationships, as well as the disparate nature of many civil society interventions, which undermines their ability to gain critical mass. Furthermore, if South Africa continues on this road, while there will continue to be areas of success, current trends could also result in a reversal of gains, setting the country on a vicious downward spiral. Hence, making significant progress in changing the country’s current trajectory in the short term will require high-impact interventions in priority areas, driven by effective leadership, which will catalyse broader system changes in the medium to long term. Such leadership would best be derived from building on existing areas of effective leadership and institutional strength, drawing on the talents of all South Africans. It will also require a high level of realism about what South Africa can achieve and within what timeframes.
  • 71. Development Bank of Southern Africa 69 25 Napier, M & Mulenga, A.L., 2002: Environmental technologies in South Africa: Pathways towards sustainable innovation in human settlements? Report, Phase 5, BP416, Technologies for Enhanced and Environmental Mangement. Johannesburg: Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR). 26 Source: DBSA, 2011a. 27 DBSA, 2011a:30. 28 The official definition includes only the ‘searching unemployed’ — i.e. people who are not employed, and have actively searched for employment in the past four weeks. 29 The wide definition includes the ‘discouraged unemployed’ — i.e. unemployed people who would have liked to have worked in the past four weeks, but have not actively searched for employment in that period. 30 Comprising financial intermediation, real estate and business services; community, social and personal services; trade, catering and accommodation; transport, storage and communication; and other producers. 31 Sources: Stats SA, 2010a. Labour force survey, Historical revision March series 2001 to 2007, Statistical Release P0210, p. 16; Stats SA, 2010b. Quarterly labour force survey Quarter 1, 2010, Statistical Release P0211, p. 9. 32 Sources: Stats SA, 2010a:16—18; Stats SA, 2010b:6. 33 Leibrandt, M, Woolard, I, Finn, A & Argent, J. 2010. Trends in South African income distribution and poverty since the fall of apartheid. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Social, Employment and Migration Working Papers 101. Paris: OECD Publishing. doi: 10.1787/5kmms0t7p1ms-en, p. 10. 34 DST (Department of Science and Technology), 2008. Innovation towards a knowledge-based economy: A ten-year plan for South Africa (2008 — 2018). Pretoria: DST, p. 28. 35 Leibrandt et al., 2010:18. 36 Bhorat H, Van der Westhuizen C & Jacobs, T, 2009. Income and non-income inequality in post-apartheid South Africa: What are the drivers and possible policy interventions? Development Policy Research Unit (DPRU) Working Paper 09/138. Cape Town: DPRU, p. 23. 37 Source: Leibrandt et al., 2010. 38 Rust, K, 2009. Framing a financing strategy for the Human Settlements Department: Current context, opportunities and challenges. Unpublished draft 11 September. Johannesburg: Finmark Trust and Urban Landmark, p. 35. 39 South Africa Info, 2011. Thumbs up for South Africa crime statistics. www.southafrica.info/news/crimestats2011, 11 October. 40 Department of Health, 2007. Annual report 2007. Pretoria. www.doh.gov.za/docs/reports/annual/2007 41 Department of Health, 2011. Media statement by the Minister of Health on the release of the National Health Insurance Green Paper. 12 August. www.info.gov.za/speech/DynamicAction?pageid= 461&sid=20630&tid=39149 42 Bertucci, G & Alberti, A, 2001. Reinventing government for the twentieth-first century: State capacity in a globalizing society. A report for the 2001 United Nations World Public Sector Report, p. 16. 43 Bertucci & Alberti, 2001:25. Endnotes 1 National Planning Com mission, 2009. Green Paper on National Strategic Planning. Pretoria: National Planning Commission, p. 2. 2 Sources: South African Reserve Bank, World Bank World Development Indicators data, and World Bank staff calculations. 3 World Bank, 2011. South Africa economic update: Focus on savings, investment and inclusive growth. Washington, DC: World Bank, p. 19. 4 Sources: South African Reserve Bank, World Bank World Development Indicators data, and World Bank staff calculations. 5 Hausmann, R, 2008. Final recommendations of the International Panel on Growth. Report submitted to National Treasury, p. 12. 6 RSA (Republic of South Africa), 2011. Stakeholders’ declaration on strategy for the sustainable growth and meaningful transformation of South Africa’s mining industry. www.gov.za, 10 October. 7 FA0 (Food and Agriculture Organization), 2002. The state of food Insecurity in the world 2001. Rome: United Nations. 8 Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, 2002. The Integrated Food Security Strategy for South Africa. Pretoria: Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. 9 Alemu, Z, 2010. Tracing spatial dimensions of food insecurity, a first step to a strategic move to combat insecurity: The case of South Africa. Midrand: Development Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA). 10 Alemu, Z, 2010:14. 11 BUSA (Business Unity South Africa), 2010. Discussion document: Perspectives on an inclusive higher job rich growth path. Johannesburg: BUSA, p. 11. 12 Source: dti (Department of Trade and Industry), 2011. Industrial Policy Action Plan 2011/12—2013/14. Pretoria: dti. 13 Source: SARB (South African Reserve Bank), 2011. Quarterly Bulletin, June. Pretoria: SARB. 14 BUSA, 2010:27. 15 Source: Department of Water Affairs and Forestry. 16 dti (Department of Trade and Industry), 2010. A South African Trade Policy and Strategy Framework. Pretoria: dti. 17 DIRCO (Department of International Relations and Cooperation), 2011. White Paper on South Africa’s Foreign Policy — Building a better world: The diplomacy of ubuntu. Pretoria: DIRCO, p. 27. 18 Zuma, J, 2011. Closing remarks. SADC-COMESA-EAC Tripartite Heads of State and Government Summit Meeting, Sandton, 12 June. 19 Source: SARS (South African Revenue Service), 2011. Customs and excise, Foreign trade data, August. Pretoria: SARS. 20 DIRCO, 2011:21. 21 DIRCO, 2011:23. 22 Source: World Bank. 23 Business Day, 2011. Keep the focus on labour needs in climate plan. www.businessday.co.za, 14 October. 24 DBSA (Development Bank of Southern Africa), 2011a. Programmes in support of transitioning South Africa to a Green Economy. Working Paper 24. Midrand: DBSA, p.32.
  • 72. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 70 65 Przeworski, A, 1991. Democracy and the market: Political and economic reforms in Eastern Europe and Latin America. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Linz, JJ & Stepan, A, 1996. Problems of democratic transition and consolidation: Southern Europe, South America, and post-communist Europe. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. 66 Source: National Treasury, 2011. Local government budget and expenditure review. Pretoria: Government Printer. 67 Source: National Treasury, 2011. 68 PSC, 2009:39. 69 Metropolitan Holdings Limited, 2006. Live for the future – HIV and AIDS scenarios for South Africa: 2005 – 2025. Johannesburg: Metropolitan. 70 PCAS (Policy Coordination and Advisory Services), 2008. South Africa scenarios 2025 – The future we chose? Pretoria: The Presidency. 71 Dinokeng Scenario Team, 2010. Dinokeng Scenarios – 3 futures for South Africa. www.dinokengscenarios.co.za. 72 Altman, M, 2007. Employment scenarios to 2024. Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC). 73 Alemu, ZG & Jahed, M, 2011. Employment intensity of growth in South Africa. Forthcoming, Development Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA). 74 These figures are derived from a foresighting process undertaken by the DBSA at the beginning of 2011 in order to examine South Africa’s current trajectory and the factors that would affect South Africa’s ability to achieve consistently high rates of economic growth in the medium to long term. 75 Sources: IMF (International Monetary Fund), 2011. World economic outlook update September. Washington, DC: IMF; DBSA (Development Bank of Southern Africa), South Africa forecast, 2011. 76 Source: The Geospatial Analysis Platform (GAP, 2006) was used to compile this map. 77 Source: The Geospatial Analysis Platform (GAP, 2006) was used to compile this map. 78 Source: Water availability and WMA boundaries from the National Water Resource Strategy (2004); population projection data modelled by the DBSA (2011). The Strategy is being updated, but still uses the water availability calculations reflected here, with some additional modelling. 79 Source: AGIS (Agricultural Geo-referenced Information System), 2004; South African National Biodiversity Institute, 2004; CSIR (Council for Scientific and Industrial Research), HSRC (Human Sciences Research Council) & Econrise, 2009. A national overview of spatial trends and settlement characteristics, 2008. Report commissioned by the South African Cities Network (SACN), the Department of Local and Provincial Government and the Presidency; CSIR Mesozone. 80 Source: SARB, 2011. 81 BUSA, 2010. 82 Pieterse, E & Van Donk, M, 2008. Developmental local government: Squaring the circle between policy intent and impact. In: Van Donk, M, Swilling, M, Pieterse, E & Parnell, S (eds), Consolidating developmental local government: Lessons from the South African experience. Cape Town: UCT Press, p. 65. 83 DBSA (Development Bank of Southern Africa), 2011b. Youth Employment Strategy. Working Paper Series. Midrand: DBSA. 84 DBSA, 2011b:36. 44 OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development), 2008. Reviews of national policies for education: South Africa. Paris: OECD. 45 UNRISD (United Nations Research Institute for Social Development), 2010. Combating poverty and inequality. Geneva: UNRISD. 46 OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development), 2009. Regions matter – Economic recovery, innovation and sustainable growth. Paris: OECD, p. 17. 47 DPSA (Department of Public Service and Administration), 2006. Capacity building the three spheres of government. Presentation to the Portfolio Committee of Public Service and Administration, National Assembly, Cape Town, 14 June. 48 DPSA (Department of Public Service and Administration), 2000. Policy statement on the establishment of a senior management service in the public service. Pretoria: Government Printer, p. 2. 49 PSC (Public Service Commission), 2007. Report on the audit on vacancy rates in national and provincial departments. Pretoria: Government Printer. 50 Sangweni, SS & Mxakato-Diseko, N, 2008. It does not matter what slant or take you have on the developmental state: At the end of the day, a strong, coherent and astute public service is critical. In: Turok, B (ed.), Wealth does not trickle down: The case for a developmental state in South Africa. Cape Town: New Agenda, p. 41. 51 Von Holdt, K, 2010. Nationalism, bureaucracy and the developmental state: The South African case. South African Review of Sociology, 41(1):4–27, p. 15. 52 Von Holdt, 2010:13–14. 53 Business Day, 2011. State to look at special funding for municipalities, 15 September. 54 Commission for Employment Equity, 2011. 11th Annual Report, 2010—2011. Pretoria: Department of Labour. 55 See South African Good News, 2010. Black South Africans increase ownership on JSE. 2 September. 56 Mbeki, M, 2004. Moneyweb interview, 10 September, In: Gqubule D (ed.), 2006. Making mistakes, righting wrongs: Insights into black economic empowerment. Johannesburg: Jonathan Ball Publishers. 57 See Hall, R, 2009. A fresh start for rural development and agrarian reform? Policy Brief 29. Cape Town: Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS). 58 See Nzimande, B, 2010. Fight tenderpreneurs to defend entrepreneurship! 30 June. www.politicsweb.co.za. 59 Engineering News, 2010. Gordhan says South Africa needs to target sustained growth of 7% for 20 years, 20 August. 60 See Business Day, 2011. Black Business Indaba send BUSA team packing, 7 September. www.businessday.co.za. 61 See Motlanthe, K, 2011. Speech at the 15th National Economic Development and Labour Council Annual Summit, 11 September. www.gov.za. 62 SAPA (South African Press Association), 2011. Failed Alliance is a real threat: COSATU, 1 July. news.za.msn.com, 19 September. 63 Pieterse, E, 2003. Rhythms, patterns and articulations of social formations in South Africa. Development Update, 4(3):1–36. 64 PSC (Public Service Commission), 2009. State of the Public Service Report. Pretoria: PSC, p. 39.
  • 73. Development Bank of Southern Africa 71 List of figures Figure 1 Savings rate: South Africa and other emerging economies, 1980, 1990s and 2000s Page 11 Figure 2 Trends in the domestic fixed investment rate, 1980, 1990s and 2000s Page 11 Figure 3 Food insecurity by district municipality Page 15 Figure 4 IPAP 2 sectoral analysis Page 16 Figure 5 South African sectoral activity, 2008—2011 Page 16 Figure 6 Mean annual runoff, population and economic activity (GDP) per WMA Page 19 Figure 7 Distribution of South African trade, January—June 2011 Page 20 Figure 8 Potential green economy programmes and enabling platforms Page 24 Figure 9 Distribution of employment by sector, 2010 Page 25 Figure 10 Change in employment by sector, 2001—2010 Page 25 Figure 11 Enrolment in higher education and FET institutions in South Africa Page 26 Figure 12 Annual per capita personal income by race as a proportion of white levels, 1917—2008 Page 28 Figure 13 Trust in government institutions, 2004—2009 Page 40 Figure 14 Service delivery protests, 2004—2010 Page 40 Figure 15 Areas likely to be key attractors of the economy in the next decade, and possibly up to 2025, given current trends Page 43 Figure 16 Areas likely to be characterised by high population densities up to 2025, given current trends Page 44 Figure 17 The relationship between projected water availability scenarios – without development – and population estimates for 2025 Page 45 Figure 18 The relationship between resource-rich regions and areas that act as ecosystem lifelines Page 46 Figure 19 Spatial distribution of functional and dysfunctional municipalities Page 49 Figure 20 Trends in gross fixed capital formation, 2000—2011 Page 51 List of tables Table 1 National water reconciliations and potential for development in South Africa (million m3/year) Page 18 Table 2 Key BRICS indicators, 2009 Page 21 Table 3 IMF global economic outlook, September 2011 Page 42 Table 4 Improving political governance Page 48 Table 5 Improving economic stewardship Page 53 Table 6 Improving civic leadership Page 54 Table 7 Building a delivery state Page 58 Table 8 Building effective social coalitions Page 62 Table 9 Valuing excellence Page 63
  • 74. Development Report 2011 – Overview Prospects for South Africa’s future 72 www.dbsa.org Development Bank of Southern Africa PO Box 1234, Halfway House 1685 South Africa Telephone: +27 11 313 3048 Telefax: +27 11 206 3048